Contents

Yamaha DTX Module Owner's Manual PDF

1 of 174
1 of 174

Summary of Content for Yamaha DTX Module Owner's Manual PDF

DRUM TRIGGER MODULE

OWNERS MANUAL

ENDING

CLICK

KICK/MISC.

ACCOMP

SNARE/CYMBAL

AUX INMIN

MAX

MASTER VOL.

MUTE

MUTE

MUTE

MUTE

MAIN A MAIN B

FILL AB FILL BA

INTRO ENDING

3OFF

DRUM KITCHAIN

PATTERN SONG

MISC.

SNARE

KICK CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE

INPUT

QUANT.

CLICK

DRUM KIT

BASS

TMP TR

CHORD

CHO TR

RHYTHM

PAT TR

VOICE

UTILITY

STORE

PATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

CLICK

PAGE

ERASE

SHIFT

SOLO

TR1

TR2

+1/YES

-1/NO

TEMPO

CYMBAL

MISC.

SNARE

MAIN B

FILL BAMAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

KICK

PAGE

TRIGGER

DRUM TRIGGER MODULE Version 2.0

Y A M

A H A D

R U M

TR IG

G ER

M O

D U LE D

TX V

ER S IO

N 2

.0 O

W N

ER S

M A N

U A L

DRUM TRIGGER MODULEVersion 2.0

ADVARSEL! LithiumbatteriEksplosionsfare ved fejiatig hndtering. Udskiftning m kun ske med batteri af samme fabrikat og type. Levr det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandoren.

VARNING Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte. Anvnd samma batterityp eller en ekvivalent typ som rekommenderas av apparattillverkaren. Kassera anvnt batteri enligt fabrikantens instruktion.

VAROITUS Paristo voi rjht, jos se on virheellisesti asennttu. Vaihda paristo ainoastaan laitevalmistajan suosittelemaan tyyppiin. Hvit kytetty paristo valmistajan ohjeiden mukaisesti.

FCC INFORMATION (U.S.A)

1. IMPORTANT NOTICE: DO NOT MODIFY THIS UNIT! This product, when installed as indicated in the instructions contained in this manual, meets FCC requirements. Modifications not expressly approved by Yamaha may void your authority, granted by the FCC, to use the product. 2. IMPORTANT: When connecting this product to accessories and/or another product use only high quality shielded cables. Cable/s supplied with this product MUST be used. Follow all installation instructions. Failure to follow instructions could void your FCC authorization to use this product in the USA. 3. NOTE: This product has been tested and found to comply with the requirements listed in FCC Regulations, Part 15 for Class "B" digital devices. Compliance with these requirements provides a reasonable level of assurance that your use of this product in a residential environment will not result in harmful interference with other electronic devices. This equipment generates/uses radio frequencies and, if not installed and used according to the instructions found in the user's manual, may cause interference harmful to the operation of other electronic devices. Compliance with FCC regulations does not guarantee that interference will not occur in all installations. If this product is found to be the source of interference, which can be determined by turning the unit "OFF" and "ON", please try to eliminate the problem by using one of the following measures :

Relocate either this product or the device that is being affected by the interference.

Utilize power outlets that are on different branch (circuit breaker or fuse) circuits or install AC line filter/s.

In the case of radio or TV interference, relocate/reorient the antenna. If the antenna lead-in is 300 ohm ribbon lead, change the lead-in to co-axial type cable.

If these corrective measures do not produce satisfactory results, please contact the your local retailer authorized to distribute this type of product. If you can not locate the appropriate retailer, please contact Yamaha Corporation of America, Electronic Service Division, 6600 Orangethorpe Ave, Buena Park, CA 90620

The above statements apply ONLY to those products distributed by Yamaha Corporation of America or its subsidiaries.

Caution Always use the supplied Yamaha AC Adaptor to power DTX. The use of an incompatible adaptor may pose a serious shock hazard.

ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES:

Yamaha strives to produce products that are both user safe and envi-

ronmentally friendly. We sincerely believe that our products and the

production methods used to produce them, meet these goals.

In keeping with both the letter and the spirit of the law, we want you to

be aware of the following:

Battery Notice:

This product MAY contain a small non-rechargeable battery which (if

applicable) is soldered in place. The average life span of this type of

battery is approximately five years. When replacement becomes nec-

essary, contact a qualified service representative to perform the re-

placement.

This Product may also use "household" type batteries. Some of these

may be rechargeable. Make sure that the battery being charged is a

rechargeable type and that the charger is intended for the battery

being charged.

When installing batteries, do not mix old batteries with new, or with

batteries of a different type. Batteries MUST be installed correctly.

Mismatches or incorrect installation may result in overheating and

battery case rupture.

Warning:

Do not attempt to disassemble, or incinerate any battery. Keep all

batteries away from children. Dispose of used batteries promptly and

as regulated by the laws in your area.

Note: Check with any retailer of household type batteries in your area

for battery disposal information.

Disposal Notice:

Should this Product become damaged beyond repair, or for some

reason its useful life is considered to be at an end, please observe all

local, state, and federal regulations that relate to the disposal of prod-

ucts that contain lead, batteries, plastics, etc. If your dealer is unable

to assist you, Please contact Yamaha directly.

NAME PLATE LOCATION:

The name Plate is located on the bottom of the product. The model

number, serial number, power requirements, etc., are located on this

plate. You should record the model number, serial number, and the

date of purchase in the spaces provided below and retain this manual

as a permanent record of your purchase.

Model

Serial No.

Purchase Date

SPECIAL MESSAGE SECTION (USA)

This product utilizes batteries or an external power supply (adapter).

DO NOT connect this product to any power supply or adapter other

than one described in the manual, on the name plate, or specifically

recommended by Yamaha.

WARNING: Do not place this product in a position where anyone

could walk on, trip over, or roll anything over power or connecting

cords of any kind. The use of an extension cord is not recommended!

IF you must use an extension cord, the minimum wire size for a 25'

cord (or less) is 18 AWG. NOTE: The smaller the AWG number, the

larger the current handling capacity. For longer extension cords, con-

sult a local electrician.

This Product should be used only with the components supplied or; a

cart, rack, or stand that is recommended by Yamaha. If a cart, etc., is

used, please observe all safety markings and instructions that ac-

company the accessory product.

SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE:

The information contained in this manual is believed to be correct at

the time of printing. However, Yamaha reserves the right to change or

modify any of the specifications without notice or obligation to update

existing units.

This product, either alone or in combination with an amplifier and

headphones or speaker/s, may be capable of producing sound levels

that could cause permanent hearing loss. DO NOT operate for long

periods of time at a high volume level or at a level that is uncomfort-

able. If you experience any hearing loss or ringing in the ears, you

should consult an audiologist. IMPORTANT: The louder the sound,

the shorter the time period before damage occurs.

Some Yamaha products may have benches and/or accessory mount-

ing fixtures that are either supplied with the product or as optional

accessories. Some of these items are designed to be dealer as-

sembled or installed. Please make sure that benches are stable and

any optional fixtures (where applicable) are well secured BEFORE

using.

Benches supplied by Yamaha are designed for seating only. No other

uses are recommended.

NOTICE:

Service charges incurred due to lack of knowledge relating to how a

function or effect works (when the unit is operating as designed) are

not covered by the manufacturer's warranty, and are therefore the

owners responsibility. Please study this manual carefully and consult

your dealer before requesting service.

PLEASE KEEP THIS MANUAL 92-BP

1

Your DTX will give you years of reliable service if you follow the simple rules given below:

Location

Do not expose the instrument to the following conditions, to avoid deformation, discoloration, or more serious damage. Direct sunlight, such as near a window. High temperatures, for example, near a heat source, outdoors, or in a car during the daytime. Excessive humidity. Excessive dust. Strong vibrations.

Power Supply

Always use the supplied Yamaha AC Adaptor (PA-1207, PA-3B or an equivalent) to power your DTX. Other adaptors may cause damage to the DTX. Also, make sure that the adaptor you have is appropriate for the AC mains supply voltage in the area where you intend to use the DTX. Turn the power OFF and unplug the AC adaptor when the instrument is not in use. Unplug the AC adaptor during electrical storms. Avoid plugging the AC adaptor used with the DTX into the same AC mains outlet as appliances with high power consumption, such as electric heaters or ovens. Also avoid using multi-plug adaptors since these can result in reduced sound quality and possibly damage. Turn off the power before making or breaking connections. To avoid damage to the instrument and other devices to which it is connected (a sound system, for example), always turn the power switches of all related devices OFF before connecting or disconnecting audio and MIDI cables.

Handling and Transport

Never apply excessive force to the controls, connectors, or other parts of the instrument. Always plug and unplug any cables by gripping the connector, not the cord itself. Disconnect all cables before moving the instrument. Dropping the DTX or otherwise subjecting it to strong physical shocks can damage it. Handle it with care.

Cleaning

Clean the cabinet and panel with a soft dry cloth. A slightly damp cloth may be used to remove stubborn grime and dirt. Do not use solvents such alcohol, benzine, or thinner to clean the cabinet or panel. Avoid placing vinyl objects on top of the instrument. Vinyl can stick to and discolor the surface.

Electrical Interference

The DTX contains digital circuitry and may cause interference or noise if placed too close to TV sets, radios, or similar equipment. If such a problem does occur, move the DTX further away from the affected equipment.

Memory Back-up

The DTX contains a special long-life battery that retains the contents of its internal RAM memory even when the power is turned OFF. The back- up battery should last for several years. When the back-up battery needs to be replaced, the message ERR-Low battery will momentarily appear on the display when you turn the power ON. When this happens, have the back-up battery replaced by qualified Yamaha service personnel. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REPLACE THE BACK- UP BATTERY YOURSELF. Transfer important data from your DTX to a MIDI data recorder such as the Yamaha MDF2 MIDI Data Filer for safe long-term storage. Yamaha cannot be held responsible for data loss caused by battery failure or improper operation of the DTX.

Service and Modification

The DTX contains no user-serviceable parts. Opening the case and/or tampering with the internal circuitry can lead to irreparable damage and will void the warranty. Refer all maintenance to qualified Yamaha service personnel.

Third-party Software

Yamaha cannot take any responsibility for software produced for this product by third-party manufacturers. Please direct any comments about such software to the manufacturer or their agents.

Yamaha is NOT responsible for damage caused by improper handling or operation.

2

INTRODUCTION Welcome to the Yamaha DRUM TRIGGER MODULE DTXthis is a COMPLETELY NEW type of drum trigger module with Yamahas high quality AWM (Advanced Wave Memory) tone generation system and sequencer functions. It is equipped with the features and capability required for professional recordings, rehearsals, and practice sessions as well as live performances. In order to take full advantage of the DTX, please read this manual carefully and try out all of the examples set forth. Also, always keep this manual in a safe place for further reference.

ABOUT THIS MANUAL This manual consists of 2 sections: Getting Started and Feature Reference.

Getting Started

This section describes the basic steps you need to quickly plug and play with a set up using the DTX. A general explanation of the DTX is also available in the Overall Structure and Modes section (P.18) .

Feature Reference

This section describes each function in detail. You can use it as a dictionary to look up functions or answers to your questions. The Table of Contents (P.4) or the Index (P.140) will help you look up words, features and functions. Page references are also made throughout this section for your quick reference.

DESCRIPTIONS The following icons are used throughout this manual to draw attention to important points and information where necessary. AThis icon indicates more detailed information of a feature or function. CThis icon warns of possible hardware damage, software malfunction, or any other serious problem that may occur due to improper operation or set up.

INSIDE THIS PACKAGE The DTX Owners Manual (This book) Quick Guide Yamaha AC Power Adaptor PA-1207 or PA-3B

3

What is a DTX? In addition to the conventional drum trigger functions, the DTX is a multi-function digital instrument with an AWM 2 tone generator which is compatible with the GM standard providing high quality sounds, rhythm machine functions with many rhythm styles, and sequencer fucntions enabling you to create an entire song. You can use the DTX in many situations such as studio production, live performances and rhythm practice.

Drum trigger function

Rhythm machine function

AWM2 tone generator

Sequencer function

The Main Features of the DTX

Drum trigger functions allow you to designate detailed edits to each of the 12 input jacks for live performances and other purposes.

32 practical preset drum kits as well as memory space for 32 user drum kits to assign your original set of voices to.

928 high quality drum voices and an AWM tone generator (triggering up to 32 voices at one time) with 128 keyboard sounds that comply to the GM System Level 1.

Edit functions to edit the effect, volume and pitch of each drum voice.

Complete sequencer functions to create or record the rhythm and backing patterns of your preference (pattern record) using a pad or a MIDI keyboard as well as to easily create an entire song using patterns or preset styles (song record).

Chain functions to conveniently conduct live performances and rhythm practice effectively.

Large LCD and LED displays, transport buttons and a Data scroll wheel that makes programming faster and easier.

4 volume sliders to control the volume of the entire system as well as each rhythm or accompaniment part.

Groove checking functions to check the difference (percentage: %)in timing or groove feel.

Various MIDI functions to enhance the DTX system by connecting to MIDI devices or computers.

As a high quality drum voice module. To practice rhythm by playing to the patterns. As a rhythm machine. To conduct a solo live performance by creating an accompaniment in advance. As a 16-part GM tone generator for computer music and create or edit songs any way you want by using

the pattern or song functions. ...or in any other way you choose! The DTX is a talented reliable partner for all musicians.

4

Contents

Controls and Functions ............................................................ 6 Setting Up ................................................................................. 9

Getting Started Getting Started ........................................................................ 14 Overall Structure and Modes .................................................. 18

Drum or Percussion Sounds and Drum Kits ....................................... 18 Pattern and Song ................................................................................ 19 Triggering .......................................................................................... 20 The Modes of the DTX ....................................................................... 21

Basic Operation ....................................................................... 22 Entering a mode ................................................................................. 22 Tips on the LCD ................................................................................ 25 PAGE and PAGE Buttons ............................................................. 26 QCursor Buttons .................................................................. 26 Data Scroll Wheel .............................................................................. 27 +1/YES and -1/NO Buttons ................................................................ 27 Transport Buttons .............................................................................. 27

Feature Reference Drum Kit Play Mode ............................................................... 30

Entering Drum Kit Play Mode ............................................................ 30 Selecting a Drum Kit .......................................................................... 30

Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode ................................................... 32 Entering the Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode .......................................... 32 Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode (Page structure and operation) .............. 33

1 Kit name ................................................................................ 35 2 PAD Type (pad type) .............................................................. 35 3 Auto Set ................................................................................. 36 4 PAD Gain ............................................................................... 36 6 VelRange (velocity range) ....................................................... 37 7 VelCurve (velocity curve) ....................................................... 38 8 Self Rej (self rejection) ............................................................ 39 9 Reject (rejection) .................................................................... 39 10 Spec Rej (specific rejection) .................................................... 40 11 Note= (note numbers settings) ............................................... 40 12 Note= (gate time) ................................................................... 42 13 Note= (MIDI channel) ............................................................ 42 14 KeyOn.................................................................................... 43 15 VelXFade (velocity cross-fade) ............................................... 44 16 RIMKeyOn ............................................................................. 44 17 RIM Vel (RIM velocity) ........................................................... 45 18 PAD Func (pad function) ....................................................... 45 19 FS Func (FS function) ............................................................ 46 20 FS MIDI (FS MIDI channel) ................................................... 47 21 FS HHcls (FS hi-hat control) .................................................. 47 22 FC Func (hi-hat control function) .......................................... 47 23 FC MIDI (hi-hat control channel) .......................................... 47 24 FC Sens (hi-hat control sensitivity) ........................................ 48 25 HH Ctrl (hi-hat control) ......................................................... 48 26 In 9 to 10 (Input 9 to 10) ....................................................... 48 27 In 11 to 12 (Input 11 to 12) ................................................... 48 28 Copy INP (copy input) ........................................................... 48 29 Copy TRG (copy trigger) ........................................................ 49 30 Edit (edit recall) ..................................................................... 49 31 SetChord= (setting the note number by chord) ...................... 49

Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode ..................................................... 50 Entering Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode .................................................. 51 Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode (Page structure and operation) ................. 51

1 VCE (voice) ............................................................................ 53 2 Volume .................................................................................. 53 3 Pan ......................................................................................... 54 4 Pitch ...................................................................................... 54 5 Rev send (send reverb) ........................................................... 55 6 Modify ................................................................................... 55 7 Filter ...................................................................................... 56 8 Decay ..................................................................................... 56 9 Key mode ............................................................................... 57 10 AlterGrp (alternate group) ...................................................... 57 11 Key Off .................................................................................. 58

12 Out Port ................................................................................. 58 13 REV Rtn (reverb return) ......................................................... 58 14 REV Type (reverb type) .......................................................... 59 15 REV Time (reverb time) ......................................................... 59 16 PC Ch= (transmit program change) ........................................ 59 17 BK CH= (transmit bank select) ............................................... 60 18 CC Ch= (transmit control change: volume) ............................ 60 19 CC Ch= (transmit control change: pan) .................................. 61 20 CC Ch= (transmit control change) ......................................... 61 21 Root Note ............................................................................... 62

Chain Play Mode ..................................................................... 63 Entering the Chain Play Mode ............................................................ 63 Selecting a Chain ............................................................................... 64 Switching the Steps ............................................................................ 64

Chain Edit Mode ..................................................................... 65 Entering the Chain Mode ................................................................... 65 The Chain Edit Mode (Page structure and operation) ......................... 66

1 Name (chain name) .................................................................. 67 2 Chain create or revise ............................................................... 67 3 Edit recall ................................................................................. 68

Store Mode .............................................................................. 69 Entering Store Mode .......................................................................... 69

Drum Kit Store Mode .................................................................. 69 Chain Store Mode ....................................................................... 69

Storing ............................................................................................... 70 Copying the Drum Kit or Chain ......................................................... 70

Pattern Play Mode ................................................................... 71 The Concept of pattern ................................................................... 71

Types of Patterns ......................................................................... 71 Style ............................................................................................ 71 Section ........................................................................................ 71 User Patterns ............................................................................... 72

Entering Pattern Play Mode ................................................................ 72 Selecting a Pattern .............................................................................. 72 Playing a Pattern ................................................................................ 74 Volume Adjustment ........................................................................... 75 Adjusting the Tempo ......................................................................... 76 Click (metronome) ............................................................................. 76 Muting or Soloing Each Track ............................................................ 77 Selecting the Chords .......................................................................... 78

Pattern Record Mode .............................................................. 80 Recording .................................................................................... 80

Pattern Job Mode .................................................................... 88 Entering Pattern Job Mode ................................................................. 88 The Pattern Job Mode (page structure and operation) ........................ 88

1 Copy (Pat/Dest): pattern copy ................................................. 90 2 Quantize (quantization) ........................................................... 91 3 CrTrNote (clear specific note) .................................................. 91 4 ClrTrack (clears a track) ........................................................... 92 5 ClearPat (clear pattern) ............................................................ 92 6 Pgm= (selects the voices of a chord, bass or rhythm track) ................... 92 7 Pat Name (pattern name) ......................................................... 92

Song Play Mode ....................................................................... 93 The Concept of song ....................................................................... 93

Track Structure ........................................................................... 93 Sequence Track ........................................................................... 93 Backing Track ............................................................................. 93 Types of Songs ............................................................................ 93

Entering Song Play Mode ................................................................... 94 Selecting a Song ................................................................................. 94 Playing a Song .................................................................................... 95 Volume Adjustment ........................................................................... 96 Adjusting the Tempo ......................................................................... 96 Click (metronome) ............................................................................. 96 The Mute/Solo Function .................................................................... 97 Groove Check Function ..................................................................... 97

Song Record Mode .................................................................. 99 Recording .................................................................................... 99

Song Job Mode ...................................................................... 107 Entering Song Job Mode .................................................................. 107 The Song Job Mode (page structure and operation) ......................... 107

1 Copy (Song/Dest): pattern copy .......................................... 108 2 Quantize (quantization) ....................................................... 109

5

Getting Started

Feature Reference

Appendix

Chain Edit Mode

Store Mode

Drum Kit Play Mode

Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode

Chain Play Mode

Pattern Play Mode

Pattern Record Mode

Pattern Job Mode

Song Play Mode

Song Record Mode

Song Job Mode

Utility Mode

3 ClrTrack (clear track) ........................................................... 109 4 Clr Song (clear song) ............................................................ 109 5 PgmCh (select the voices of each channel) ........................... 110 6 VolCh (channel volume) ...................................................... 110 7 PanCh (channel pan) ........................................................... 110 8 PlayMode ............................................................................. 110 9 B Lnr TR (bass linear track mode) ........................................ 111 10 Pat Mute (pattern track mute mode) .................................... 111 11 SongName ............................................................................ 111

Utility Mode .......................................................................... 112 Entering Utility Mode ...................................................................... 112 The Utility Mode (page structure and operation) .............................. 112

1 SYSTEM ............................................................................... 114 2 EditMode ............................................................................. 114 3 LinkMode ............................................................................ 115 4 Lrn Mode (learn mode) ........................................................ 115 5 SldrMode (slider mode) ....................................................... 116 6 Bypass .................................................................................. 116 7 JumpRcnt (jump to recent page) .......................................... 116 8 FC offset .............................................................................. 117 9 Ma to Aux (main output to auxiliary output) ....................... 117 10 Inc Func (increase function) ................................................ 117 11 Dec Func (decrease function) ............................................... 117 12 MIDI .................................................................................... 117 13 DeviceNo (device number) ................................................... 117 14 Receive SysX (receiving system exclusive data) ..................... 117 15 Receive PC (receiving program change data) ........................ 118 16 RecvCh10 All (receiving channel message through MIDI data from channel 10) . 118 17 RecvCh10 PC (receive program change through channel 10) 118 18 SendHH (send hi-hat control change) .................................. 118 19 LocalClt (local control) ......................................................... 118 20 DumpTime ........................................................................... 119 21 MergeOut ............................................................................. 119 22 Dump Out (bulk data send) ................................................. 119 23 P/C->KIT (program change table) ....................................... 120 24 EQ (equalizer) ...................................................................... 120 25Lo Mi Hi (gain) ..................................................................... 121 26 Lo Freq (low frequency) ....................................................... 121 27 Mid Freq (mid frequency) .................................................... 121 28 Hi Freq (high frequency) ...................................................... 121 29 SEQ (sequencer) .................................................................. 122 30 Click Hi ............................................................................... 122 31 Click Mid ............................................................................. 122 32 Click Lo ............................................................................... 122 33 Click Out ............................................................................. 123 34 PlyClick (play click) ............................................................. 123 35 Tempo ................................................................................. 123 36 Count ................................................................................... 123 37 GrvCheck (groove check) ..................................................... 124 38 Break TB (break top/bottom) ................................................ 124 39 MIDIctrl (MIDI control) ....................................................... 125 40 SyncMode (synchronization mode) ...................................... 125 41 MULTI (multi-timbre) .......................................................... 126 42 MastTune (master tune) ....................................................... 126 43 Program ............................................................................... 126 44 Volume ................................................................................ 127 45 Pan ....................................................................................... 127 46 Pitch .................................................................................... 128 47 RevSend (Reverb Send) ........................................................ 128

Appendix MIDI ...................................................................................... 129

MIDI Data Format ............................................................................ 134 Troubleshooting ............................................................................... 136 Error Messages ................................................................................. 138 Specifications ................................................................................... 139 Index ............................................................................................... 140 Drum Voice List ............................................................................... 143 GM Keyboard Voice List .................................................................. 147 Drum Kit List ................................................................................... 148 Preset Style List ................................................................................ 165 Preset Song List ................................................................................ 165 Drum Kit Trigger Edit Parameter (Blank Chart) ............................... 166 Drum Kit Voice Edit Parameter (Blank Chart) .................................. 166 MIDI Implementation Chart ............................................................ 168

6

Controls and Functions

Top Panel

DRUM KIT

BASS TMP TR

CHORD CHO TR

RHYTHM PAT TR

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STOREPATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

CLICK KICK/MISC.

CLICK

PAGE ERASE

SHIFT SOLO

TR1 TR2

+1/YES1/NO

TEMPO

CYMBALMISC.

SNARE

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

KICK

PAGE

ACCOMP SNARE/CYMBAL

AUX IN

MIN

MAX

MASTER VOL.

MUTE MUTE MUTE MUTE

MAIN A MAIN B FILL AB FILL BA INTRO ENDING

3 OFF

DRUM KIT CHAIN

PATTERN SONG

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE INPUT

QUANT. CLICK

DRUM TRIGGER MODULE Version 2.0

! LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) (P.25) The large multi-function LCD panel shows all the prompts and parameters needed to operate the DTX easily and efficiently. Each screen of parameters is called a display page. The various pages of each mode can be picked using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. Within a page, there is a blinking letter, word, number, or symbol referred to as the cursor. A focus area refers to the parameter you can adjust. Use the Q cursor buttons to move the cursor to the focus area.

" LED (Light Emitting Diode) Display (P.31) The large two-digit LED display shows the selected drum kit number so you can be sure of your selection especially during live performances with poor stage lighting.

# MASTER Volume Slider (P.31) This volume control slider adjusts the total volume of sound output from the PHONES jack, the OUTPUT (L/ MONO and R) jacks.

$ AUX IN Volume Slider (P.11) This volume control slider adjusts the volume of the incoming signals of the AUX IN jack (CD player, tape recorder, etc.)

% ACCOMP SNARE/CYMBAL Volume Slider (P.31) This volume control slider adjusts the volume of the accompaniment, snare drum, or cymbals of a song or pattern.

& CLICK KICK/MISC. Volume Slider (P.31) This volume control adjusts the volume of the metronome click sound, kick, or other musical instruments.

' DRUM KIT Button (P.30) Press this button to put the DTX into Drum Kit Play mode.

( CHAIN Button (P.63) Press this button once to put the DTX into Chain mode. Press twice this button to put the DTX into Chain Edit mode.

) SONG Button (P.94) Press this button once to put the DTX into Song mode. Press twice this button to put the DTX into Song Job mode.

* PATTERN Button (P.72) Press this button once to put the DTX into Pattern mode. Press twice this button to put the DTX into Pattern Job mode.

7

+ TRIGGER Button (P.32) Press this button to put the DTX into Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode.

, VOICE Button (P.51) Press this button to put the DTX into Drum Kit Voice Edit mode. This button also acts as an audition button which allows you to listen to a voice without actually changing it while you are editing.

- UTILITY Button (P.112) Press this button to put the DTX into Utility mode.

. STORE Button (P.69) Press this button to put the DTX into Drum Kit Store mode or Chain Store mode.

/ PAGE/ERASE (MAIN A) Button (P.26, 73) This button selects the previous page. In Pattern mode, press this button while holding the SHIFT button to select the MAIN A pattern. In recording mode, press this button to erase data.

0 PAGE (MAIN B) Button (P.26, 73) This button selects the next page. In Pattern mode, press this button while holding the SHIFT button to select the MAIN B pattern.

1 (FILL AB) Button (P.26, 73) This button allows you to move backward among the focus areas in a page. In Pattern mode, press this button while holding the SHIFT button to select the FILL AB Pattern.

2 (FILL BA) Button (P.26, 73) This button allows you to move forward among the focus areas in a page. In Pattern mode, press this button while holding the SHIFT button to select the FILL BA Pattern.

3 -1/NO (INTRO) Button (P.27, 73) This button decreases the value of a parameter. In Pattern mode, press this button while holding the SHIFT button to select the INTRO Pattern.

4 +1/YES (ENDING) Button (P.27, 73) This button increases the value of a parameter. In Pattern mode, press this button while holding the SHIFT button to select the ENDING Pattern.

5 TEMPO Button (P.76) This button directly selects the TEMPO focus area.

6 SHIFT Button (P.73, 77) This button sets a secondary function, for example selecting a section or muting part of a rhythm, by pressing another specific button while holding this buttn.

7 TR1 (MISC.) Button (P.77) This button turns TR1 (Track 1) of the song ON or OFF. Press this button while holding, the SHIFT button, to mute the MISC. (other instruments) part of the rhythm.

8 TR2 (CYMBAL) Button (P.77) This button turns TR2 (Track 2) of the song ON or OFF. Press this button while holding, the SHIFT button, to mute the CYM (cymbal) part of the rhythm.

9 BASS TMP TR (SNARE) Button (P.77) This button turns the Bass Track or Tempo Track of the song ON or OFF. Press this button while holding, the SHIFT button, to mute the SNARE part of the rhythm.

: RHYTHM PAT TR (KICK) Button (P.77) This button turns the Rhythm Track or Pattern Track of the song ON or OFF. Press this button while holding, the SHIFT button, to mute the KICK part of the rhythm.

; CHORD CHO TR Button (P.77) This button turns the Chord Track of the song ON or OFF.

< SOLO Button (P.78) Press the rhythm part buttons while holding this button to listen to the soling of a rhythm part.

= CLICK Button (P.76) This button turns the metronome ON or OFF.

> PAUSE Button (P.74, 95) This button pauses the song. The song will start where it was stopped when the button is pressed again.

? REWIND Button (P.74, 95) This button moves the location indicator backward by a measure. Press continuously to rapidly rewind.

@ START/STOP Button (P.74, 95) This button starts or stops playback or recording.

A FORWARD Button (P.74, 95) This button steps the indicator forward by a measure. Press continuously to fast forward.

B RECORD Button (P.81) This button switches the DTX into Record-ready (stand- by) mode.

C Data Scroll Wheel (P.27) The Data Scroll Wheel allows rapid control over the parameters of the focus area. For fine single-step adjustments, you may want to use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons described above.

8

Rear Panel

12/11

INPUT ATTENUATION

10/9 KICK

AUX OUT

8 H.HAT 7 CRASH 6 RIDE 5 TOM4 4 TOM3 3 TOM2 2 TOM1 1 SNARE

DC IN 12VPOWER R L R L/MONO PHONES AUX IN FOOT SW H.HAT CONTROLOUTPUT MIDI

CONTRAST OUT IN

! POWER Switch (P.12) Press this button to turn the DTX ON or OFF.

" INPUT ATTENUATION Switches These switches adjust the input level when pads of varying output levels are connected. The input level increases when the switch is lowered. Try this when the volume does not respond to the pad played or when a double-triggering occurs to one tap.

# DC IN Jack (P.12) Connect the AC adapter (Yamaha PA-1207, PA-3B or an equivalent) included in this package.

AThe Yamaha PA-3 CANNOT be connected.

$ 12/11 Input (P.9) Connects with an optional pad. If you use a stereo phone plug to connect the DTX and two pads, two triggers can be input. If you use monaural phone plugs, only 11 is available to use.

% 10/9 KICK Input (P.9) Connects with an optional pad. If you use a stereo phone plug to connect the DTX and two pads, two triggers can be input. If you use monaural phone plugs, only 9 is available to use.

& 1 SNARE to 8 H.HAT Inputs (P.9) Connect stereo phone plugs to input from trigger or switch type pads (Yamaha TP80S or PCY80S). Use a monaural phone plug for plain trigger input.

APlugging a monaural phone plug when the power is ON may cause a reversed phase and the switch may malfunction. In this case, turn the power OFF, reconnect the plug and turn the power ON again.

' AUX OUT L and R Jacks This jack is used to separately output specific sound(s) such as the kick and snare. To assign a sound to these output jacks, select the Output Port on the 12th page in Drum Kit Voice Edit mode (P.12). To assign a metronome click to these output jacks, set the SEQ ClickOut on the 27th page in Utility mode (P. 58).

( OUTPUT L/MONO and R Jacks (P.10) Use these jacks to connect to external amplifiers or mixers using a monaural phone plug. For monaural playback, connect to L/MONO. For stereo playback, connect to both L/MONO and R.

) PHONES Jack (P.9) Connect a stereo headphone to this jack to monitor the DTX.

* AUX IN Jack (P.11) Use this jack to input data from an external audio device using a miniature stereo phone plug. This is convenient when you are playing to music from a CD or cassette tape.

+ FOOT SW Jack (P.9) Connect a footswitch (Yamaha FS50 or FC5) to this plug. Select the footswitch function you want to use from the 19th FS Function page in Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode (P. 46).

, H.HAT CONTROL Jack (P.9) Connect the hi-hat foot controller (Yamaha HH80 or FC7) to this plug. You can use this as a MIDI controller by changing the parameter on the 22nd Hi-hat Control Function page in Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode (P. 47).

- CONTRAST Knob This knob adjusts the contrast of the LCD.

. MIDI IN/OUT (P.9) Use these connectors to send or receive MIDI data to or from an external MIDI device. You can create a large scale MIDI system by connecting the DTX to an external MIDI tone generator or sequencer.

9

Setting Up

Setting Up with Pads Only

Connect each pad to the proper DTX input jack as shown below: (This illustration is an example of the pads, triggers and devices that can be connected to the DTX. Refer to P.8 for the types of pads or triggers that can be connected to each input jack.)

KP80,etc.TP80,etc.Additional Pads PCY80,etc. PCY80,etc. TP80,etc.TP80,etc. TP80,etc. TP80,etc. TP80,etc. TP80,etc.

MIDIkeyboard,etc.

MIDI tone generator,etc.

Audio output

FS-50,etc.

CD Player,etc.

HH80,etc.Headphones

AC Power Adaptor

12/11

INPUT ATTENUATION

10/9 KICK

AUX OUT

8 H.HAT 7 CRASH 6 RIDE 5 TOM4 4 TOM3 3 TOM2 2 TOM1 1 SNARE

DC IN 12VPOWER R L R L/MONO PHONES AUX IN FOOT SW H.HAT CONTROLOUTPUT MIDI

CONTRAST OUT IN

ATo further add a pad, use a conversion cable (which separates the stereo plug to two monaural plugs) for INPUT 10/9 and 12/11 which enables you to enter two different trigger signals. For most preset drum kits, a cupped cymbal voice is set to INPUT 10 and asuitable percussion voice for each preset drum kit is set to INPUT 11 and 12.

Two monaural plugs Stereo plug

To the DTX Input 10/9 or 12/11To the pads

Conversion cable

10

Setting Up with an Acoustic Drum Set (5-piece) and 5 Pads

*Connect each acoustic drum piece to a drum trigger pick-up (Yamaha DT10not included) in advance. (P.11) Connect each drum trigger pick-up to the proper input jack as shown below:

HH80

Ch. 2Ch. 1

Headphones

Mixer

Amplifier

Speaker Speaker

AC Power Adaptor

MIDI keyboard or other devices

MIDI tone generator/keyboard or other devices

12/11

INPUT ATTENUATION

10/9 KICK

AUX OUT

8 H.HAT 7 CRASH 6 RIDE 5 TOM4 4 TOM3 3 TOM2 2 TOM1 1 SNARE

DC IN 12VPOWER R L R L/MONO PHONES AUX IN FOOT SW H.HAT CONTROLOUTPUT MIDI

CONTRAST OUT IN

11

Using the AUX IN jack The AUX IN jack (stereo mini jack) is located on the near panel. You can enter a sound source from a CD or cassette player through this jack, mix it with the DTX sounds and send it out through the output jacks on the rear panel. This is convenient when you practice a rhythm by playing to a tune or hold a band session. It is also posible to independently control the output volume of the sound source coming in from the external device by using the AUX IN volume slider. By doing so you can adjust the balance between the drum kits of the DTX and the external sound.

CLICK KICK/MISC.

ACCOMP SNARE/CYMBAL

AUX IN

MIN

MAX

MASTER VOL.

5 TOM4 4 TOM3 3 TOM2

PHONES AUX IN FOOT SW

AUX IN jack

Mounting the Drum Trigger Series DT

! Bass Drum Mount the DT10 Sensor (trigger) on the batterhead of the bass drum close to, yet not touching the edge of the rim.

" Snare Mount the DT10 Sensor (trigger) on the batterhead of the snare close to, yet not touching the edge of the rim across the player.

# Toms Mount the DT10 Sensor (trigger) on the shell, close to, yet not touching the rim. Place the triggers away from the influence of other drums (snare or toms), hi-hat, and cowbells.

Sticky tape Sticky tape

CBe sure to connect the audio devices before turning all the related devices ON.

12

Removing the Drum Triggers

When changing the batterhead, carefully remove the trigger sensor with a sharp object before loosening the head. Take care not to pull the cord when you are removing the trigger.

ATTENTION Make sure the surface of the batterhead or the shell where the trigger is mounted is free from dirt or grind. Clean the surface with alcohol in advance.

To prevent broken trigger cords caused by the vibration of the drum rim, cover and fix the triggers and cords onto the batterhead with sticky tape.

Irregular vibration and sustained resonance on the batterhead or the shell may cause double-triggering. This can be prevented by applying a mute (such as the Yamaha Ring Mute) to the batterhead and controlling the excessive vibration.

Once you have removed the drum trigger and want to mount it again, be sure to completely remove the used sticky tape and apply new sticky tape. Using used sticky tape may cause bad pick-up response or double-triggering.

The Power Supply

! Make sure the POWER switch is OFF and connect the power adaptor (included) to the DC IN jack on the rear panel of the DTX, then plug the adaptor into a convenient wall AC outlet.

12/11

INPUT ATTENUATION

10/9 KICK

AUX OUT DC IN 12VPOWER R

AC power adaptor

Wall AC outlet

CBe sure to use PA-1207, PA-3B or an equivalent included in this kit. Using an improper power adaptor may cause irreparable damage to the DTX, and might pose a serious shock hazard. Also, unplug the power adaptor from the electric outlet when the DTX is not in use for long periods of time.

" Make sure all the devices such as the pads, external devices, or audio systems are connected correctly and turn the POWER switch on the rear panel of the DTX, ON. When the power is turned on, the DTX analyses the connections and optimizes the settings.

POWER

CTo avoid speaker damage, make it a rule to turn the power on in the order of 1) the DTX, 2) mixers and amplifiers, 3) audio devices. When turning the system off, simply reverse the process.

CHAPTER

1

Getting Started

This chapter describes the basic operations of the DTX. Use this to get an overall image of the DTX and master the basic uses.

Getting Started ....................................................................................................... (P.14)

Overall Structure and Modes ................................................................................. (P.18)

Basic Operation ...................................................................................................... (P.22)

14

Getting Started

! Turn the power ON.

POWER

" Enter Drum Kit Play mode by pressing the DRUM KIT button.

DRUM KIT

Acoustkt

DRUM KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STOREPATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

YAM A

H A

D R U

M TRIGGER

M O

D U

LE

DTX

Getting Started

Choose a Drum Kit and Start Playing!

Your Yamaha DTX contains 928 drum and percussion sounds. Drum and percussion sounds make up a drum kit (drum voice) and the drum kits are categorized by musical style. There are 64 drum kits: 32 preset drum kits and 32 user drum kits which enable you to enjoy performances of various musical styles just by selecting a kit. You can create your own drum kit (user drum kit) from scratch. (P.32)

AThe LCD illustrations in this manual are just examples used for the purpose of explanation. The display is subject to change depending on the operation, mode, settings or usage.

# Select a drum kit.

DRUM KIT

BASS TMP TR

CHORD CHO TR

RHYTHM PAT TR

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STOREPATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

CLICK KICK/MISC.

CLICK

PAGE ERASE

SHIFT SOLO

TR1 TR2

+1/YES1/NO

TEMPO

CYMBALMISC.

SNARE

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

KICK

PAGE

ACCOMP SNARE/CYMBAL

AUX IN

MIN

MAX

MASTER VOL.

Press the Q cursor buttons and move the cursor to the drum kit number.

DRUM KIT

SONG

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

Acoustkt

CityDogs

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel to select the drum kit you want to use.

A The drum kit number is also displayed on the LED. No. 1 to No. 32 are the user drum kits, and No. 33 to No. 64 are the preset drum kits. The user drum kits No. 1 to No. 32 contain readily usable drumsounds.

15

Getting Started

$ Play the pads

% Adjust the volume Use the MASTER Volume Slider to adjust the volume of the entire drum kit.

CLICK KICK/MISC.

ACCOMP SNARE/CYMBAL

AUX IN

MIN

MAX

MASTER VOL.

& Play to the Click Press the CLICK button to start the metronome. Press the CLICK button again to stop the metronome.

CLICK

' Change the Tempo of the Click Press the TEMPO button to move the cursor to TEMPO on the LCD. Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/ YES and -1/NO buttons to set the click tempo between [=30 to 299.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

DRUM KIT

SONG

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

Acoustic

CityDogs

PAGE ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE

( Change the Volume of the Click Use the CLICK volume slider to adjust the volume of the metronome click.

CLICK KICK/MISC.

ACCOMP SNARE/CYMBAL

AUX IN

MIN

MAX

MASTER VOL.

A You can also adjust the beat or quantization by moving the cursor to the BEAT or CLICK focus area and using the Data Scroll Wheel or the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

DRUM KIT

BASS TMP TR

CHORD CHO TR

RHYTHM PAT TR

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STOREPATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

CLICK KICK/MISC.

CLICK

PAGE ERASE

SHIFT SOLO

TR1 TR2

+1/YES1/NO

TEMPO

CYMBALMISC.

SNARE

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

KICK

PAGE

ACCOMP SNARE/CYMBAL

AUX IN

MIN

MAX

MASTER VOL.

16

Getting Started

Play to a Pattern!

Your Yamaha DTX features rhythm machine functions containing 660 preset patterns (110 styles x 6 sections) and 100 user patterns. One pattern consists of rhythm part, bass part and chord part. Each preset style contains 6 sections (MAIN A, MAIN B, FILL AB, FILL BA, INTRO, and ENDING). Try out the various patterns.

! Enter Pattern Play mode. Press the PATTERN button to enter Pattern Play mode.

DRUM KIT

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

Acoustic

RP Hop

MAIN A

A The Drum Kit Play mode and the Pattern Play mode will appear on the same display.

" Select a style or pattern. After making sure the cursor is located on the style or pattern number, rotate the Data Scroll Wheel to select a style or pattern number.

DRUM KIT

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

GM jazz

RP Candy

MAIN A

A The style or pattern number focus area is automatically selected and blinks when you enter Pattern Play mode.

% Adjust the volume of the pattern. Use the MASTER volume slider to adjust the volume of the entire system. Also, use the ACCOMP volume slider to adjust the volume of the accompaniment of the pattern. This is convenient when you want to listen only to the rhythm.

CLICK KICK/MISC.

ACCOMP SNARE/CYMBAL

AUX IN

MIN

MAX

MASTER VOL.

# Start to play the pattern. Press the START/STOP button to play a pattern. You can play the pads to the pattern.

CLICK

A It is possible to change to another style or pattern while a pattern or style is playing.

$ Adjust the tempo. Press the TEMPO button to move the cursor to TEMPO on the LCD. Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel to change the tempo of the pattern between a range of [ =30 to 299.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

MAIN A

DRUM KIT

PATTERN

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

CMaj7 ___ _

PAGE ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE

GM jazz

A Each style has a default tempo value. Therefore, even if you change the tempo, once you stop playing and select a different style, the tempo will return to the default value of the newly selected style. However, when you select a different style in the middle of a pattern playback, the tempo will not change.

DRUM KIT

BASS TMP TR

CHORD CHO TR

RHYTHM PAT TR

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STOREPATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

CLICK KICK/MISC.

CLICK

PAGE ERASE

SHIFT SOLO

TR1 TR2

+1/YES1/NO

TEMPO

CYMBALMISC.

SNARE

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

KICK

PAGE

ACCOMP SNARE/CYMBAL

AUX IN

MIN

MAX

MASTER VOL.

17

Getting Started

) Soloing each part. You can play each part of the rhythm solely and mute the other parts in one step. This is convenient when you want to audition each rhythm part or voice. Play each rhythm part solely by pressing the SNARE, KICK, CYMBAL, or MISC. button while holding SOLO. To cancel the solo function, press the SOLO button again.

BASS TMP TR

CHORD CHO TR

RHYTHM PAT TR

SOLO

TR1 TR2

CYMBALMISC.

SNARE KICK

BASS TMP TR

CHORD CHO TR

RHYTHM PAT TR

SOLO

TR1 TR2

CYMBALMISC.

SNARE KICK

+

While holding the SOLO button ...

AThe DTX is factory preset to automatically switch the drum kit to its most appropriate pattern each time the pattern is changed. To keep the drum kit from switching to its preset pattern, turn the PC function of the RecvCh 10 PC in Utility Mode off.

' Mute each part. Press and turn off the BASS, CHORD, or RHYTHM button individually to mute each part. You can mute parts which are not necessary when you practice. To cancel the mute, press the same button again. The LED above each button will light up when the part is ON.

BASS TMP TR

CHORD CHO TR

RHYTHMRHYTHM PAT TR

SOLO

TR1 TR2

CYMBALMISC.

SNARE KICK

( Mute each rhythm track. The rhythm part consists of KICK, SNARE, CYMBAL, and MISC. (other instruments) tracks. You can mute each track. Press the SNARE, KICK, CYMBAL, or MISC. button while holding SHIFT to mute each track. Use this to practice a particular part such as the snare or kick part by muting the part and substitute it by playing the snare or kick pad by yourself. The LCD will hide the Data indicators of the muted track and MUTE will appear on the right side of the rhythm track. To cancel, press the same button while holding SHIFT.

MUTE

FILL AB

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

BASS TMP TR

CHORD CHO TR

RHYTHM PAT TR

SOLO

TR1 TR2

CYMBALMISC.

SNARE KICK

PAGE ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE

+

While holding the SHIFT button ...

AThe lower part of the LCD displays the data indicators of each rhythm track in a 16-beat format. Refer to P.19, 77 for details.

& Switch sections. Press the MAIN A, MAIN B, FILL AB, FILL BA, INTRO, or ENDING buttons while holding the SHIFT button to change the sections of the currently selected style. The name of the section currently playing is displayed on the bottom level of the LCD.

DRUM KIT

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

CMaj7 _ _

FILL AB

PAGE ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE PAGE ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE

+

While holding the SHIFT button ...

GM jazz

AEach style contains 6 sections which have a variety of usage. Refer to P.71for details.

DRUM KIT

BASS TMP TR

CHORD CHO TR

RHYTHM PAT TR

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STOREPATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

CLICK KICK/MISC.

CLICK

PAGE ERASE

SHIFT SOLO

TR1 TR2

+1/YES1/NO

TEMPO

CYMBALMISC.

SNARE

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

KICK

PAGE

ACCOMP SNARE/CYMBAL

AUX IN

MIN

MAX

MASTER VOL.

18

Getting Started

YAM A

H A

D R U

M TRIGGER

M O

D U

LE

DTX

Overall Structure and Modes The following describes how the DTX works in detail.

Drum or Percussion Sounds and Drum Kits

Your DTX has a total of 928 drum voices (drum and percussion sounds). These drum and percussion sounds are categorized and called drum kits. Drum kits consist of drum voices which are stored in correspondense to MIDI note numbers (P.41) There are 29 user drum kits and 32 preset drum kits which are frequently used, each categorized by music style. You can assign drum and percussion sounds to register 32 user drum kits. Each drum and percussion sound can be edited in many ways such as changing the pitch, adding a reverb, etc. You can use the chain function to set drum kits in the order of your preference and play them back in this order. This function is useful for live performances. Your DTX also contains 128 normal keyboard voices. These voices are used to add bass or chord parts to the DTX rhythm pattern. It is also possible to play a melody or obbligato by changing a part (MIDI channel). The tone generator section complies to the GM standard level 1 and can be used to play back the commercially available Standard MIDI Files by an external sequencer.

Tone generator

928 drum voices MIDI note numbers 13 to 84

Preset drum kits (33 to 64)

User drum kits (1 to 32)

Kick

Cymbal

Hi-hat

Snare

Drum Kit Voice Edit Drum Kit Trigger Edit

Parts and Voices

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Part Voices to use

MIDI channel

Melody and others

Keyboard voice

Keyboard voice

Drum voice

Chord

Bass

Melody and others

Drum (rhythm)

Melody and others

128 normal keyboard voices

Piano

Organ

Guitar

Pattern or song

Bass part

Chord part

Melody part

MIDI file playback

19

Getting Started

Pattern and Song

A pattern consists of a rhythm track containing various drum voices and a backing track containing the chords and bass line which accompanies the rhythm. The rhythm pattern is displayed on the LCD in 4 parts: KICK, SNARE, CYMBAL and MISC. (other instruments) enabling you to visually check the rhythm structure.

Pattern

LCD display

Rhythm pattern

Backing pattern

MISC. (other instruments)

CYMBAL

SNARE

KICK

Chord

Bass

+ MAIN A

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Your DTX contains 660 preset patterns (110 styles x 6 sections) with matching preset backings. 100 original user patterns can be created and stored within the DTX. In the same manner as the drum kit, the patterns can also be played back in a specified order using the chain function. These patterns arranged in a specific order and combind with suitable chord progression create a song. Chords can be established by combining each root note with 25 chord types. A maximum of 30 original songs can be created using preset or user patterns. You can also actualy play a melody, obligato or drum part and store it as a song. It is also possible to play a drum kit to a particular pattern or song.

110 styles 6 sections

660 preset patterns

ENDINGFILL BAFILL ABMAIN BMAIN AINTRO

Pattern 1

Pattern 2

Pattern 3

Pattern 4

CGFC

100 user patterns

Song

Store

Style or pattern

Chord progression

Recording of the actual playing of a melody, obbligato or drum

20

Getting Started

Creating a Song

You can create a song on the DTX by following the steps below:

! Audition the preset patterns in a preset style and find the pattern of your preference (P.71).

" If you do not find a pattern of your preference, create your original pattern in the order of drum, bass, and chord and store it as a user pattern (P.80).

# Place the pattern and chord on the backing track of the song in the order according to the structure of the song (P.99). It is also possible to enter the tempo changes.

$ Audit the backing track and record the necessary brass refrains, string obligatos, and melody to the sequence track (TR 1 or TR2) (P.105).

% To complete the song, adjust the tones, volume balance and pan position of each part.

Triggering

The term triggering refers to drive a tone generated from the DTX. The DTX is designed to produce a trigger signal when a pad or a drum with a trigger sensor connected to the DTX is hit. By assigning up to 5 types of voices of your preference you can produce them at one time by triggering a single signal from a drum pad. This can be used to perform various effects.

DTX

Tone generator

21

Getting Started

Modes of the DTX

Modes refer to functions which are grouped for efficient operation. The following 8 types of modes are available.

DRUM KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STOREPATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

Chain Play mode (P.63): To play a preset chain (drum kits or patterns set in a specific order). Chain Edit mode (P.65): To create or edit a chain.

Drum Kit Play mode (P.30): To select and play a drum kit.

Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode (P.32): To edit trigger input levels such as sensitivity.

Drum Kit Voice Edit mode (P.50): To edit various drum and percussion sound settings.

Song Play mode (P.93): To select and play a song. Song Record mode (P.99): To record a song. Song Job mode (P.107): To edit a song.

Utility mode (P.112): To change the settings of the entire system such as MIDI, reverb, equalizer, sequencer and multi-timbre tone generators.

Store mode (P.69): To store the drum kit or chain settings.

Pattern Play mode (P.71): To select and play a pattern. Pattern Record mode (P.80): To record a pattern. Pattern Job mode (P.88): To edit a pattern.

22

Getting Started

YAM A

H A

D R U

M TRIGGER

M O

D U

LE

DTX

Basic Operation The following describes the basic operation.

Entering a mode

Press the button of a mode.

DRUM KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STOREPATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

Drum Kit Play mode: Press the DRUM KIT button.

DRUM KIT TEMPO BEAT

GM std 1 DRUM

KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STOREPATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode: Press the TRIGGER button.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Kit Name

GM std 1

DRUM KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STOREPATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

Drum Kit Voice Edit mode: Press the VOICE button.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

VCE P 52

P SurdoM

DRUM KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STOREPATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

23

Getting Started

Chain Play mode: Press the CHAIN button.

CHAIN TEMPO BEAT

Chain 1 DRUM

KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STOREPATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

Chain Edit mode: Press the CHAIN button twice or press the CHAIN button once while in Chain Play mode.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Name =

Chain 1

DRUM KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STOREPATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

Pattern Play mode: Press the PATTERN button.

MAIN A

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

MEASURE CLICK

DRUM KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STOREPATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

RP Hop

TEMPO BEAT

Pattern Record mode: Enter this mode by taking several steps in Pattern Play mode. Refer to P.80 for details.

OFF

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE QUANT.

Realtime

REC Mode

Pattern Job mode: To enter this mode, press the PATTERN button twice or press the PATTERN button once while in Pattern Play mode.

MAIN A

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Copy Pat

RP Hop

DRUM KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STOREPATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

24

Getting Started

Song Play mode: Press the SONG button.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

MEASURE CLICK

CityDogs

DRUM KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STOREPATTERN

SONG

CHAIN SONG

TEMPO BEAT

Song Record mode: Enter this mode by taking several steps in Song Play mode. Refer to P.99 for details.

OFF

SONG

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE QUANT.

STEP REC

REC Mode

Song Job mode: Press the SONG button twice or press the SONG button once while in Song Play mode.

SONG

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

CopySong

CityDogs

DRUM KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STOREPATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

Utility mode: Press the UTILITY button.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

UTILITY

[SYSTEM]

DRUM KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STOREPATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

Store mode: Press the STORE button while in Drum Kit Play, Trigger Edit or Voice Edit mode to enter Drum Kit Store mode.

DRUM KIT

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Store DK

to 1

DRUM KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STOREPATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

25

Getting Started

Press the STORE button while in Chain Play mode, Chain mode or Edit mode to enter Chain Store mode.

CHAIN

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Store CH

to 1

DRUM KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STOREPATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

Tips on the LCD

The Drum Kit Play mode and Chain Play mode share a common display focus area as shown in the illustration. The currently selected mode name is displayed on top of the focus area.

MUTE MUTE MUTE MUTE

MAIN A MAIN B FILL AB FILL BA INTRO ENDING

3 OFF

DRUM KIT CHAIN

PATTERN SONG

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

MEASURE INPUT

QUANT. CLICK

Mode Drum kit or chain name

Drum kit or chain number

TEMPO BEAT

The Pattern Play mode and Song Play mode also share the common display focus area.

PATTERN SONG

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

MEASURE CLICK

Style or song number

Mode

Style or song name

Two Play modes can be displayed on the LCD at one time. For example, the Drum Kit Play mode or Chain Play mode can be displayed at the same time with either the Pattern Play mode or Song Play mode. Other modes are displayed one at a time.

MUTE MUTE MUTE MUTE

MAIN A MAIN B FILL AB FILL BA INTRO ENDING

3 OFF

DRUM KIT

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE INPUT

QUANT. CLICK

Drum Kit Play mode display

MUTE MUTE MUTE MUTE

MAIN A MAIN B FILL AB FILL BA INTRO ENDING

3 OFF

CHAIN

SONG

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE INPUT

QUANT. CLICK

Chain Play mode display

Song Play mode displayPattern Play mode display

Example 1 Example 2

26

Getting Started

PAGE and PAGE Buttons

All modes except Play mode and Store mode have multiple display pages. Use the PAGE or PAGE buttons to select the page. For example, in Chain Edit mode, each time you press the PAGE button the previous page is selected and each time you press the PAGE button the next page is selected.

Name =

Chain 1

=DrumKit

num= 1

Edit

recall ?

PAGE ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE

A You can also turn the display pages back and forth rotating the Data Scroll Wheel while holding the SHIFT button.

QCursor Buttons

The Q cursor buttons allow you to move the cursor (the blinking character or symbol) to each focus area on the LCD and the parameters.

DRUM KIT

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

CityDogs

PAGE ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE

SONG

Use the PAGE or PAGE buttons in Play mode to move up and down the display between the modes (e.g. Drum Kit mode and Pattern mode).

DRUM KIT

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

CityDogs

PAGE ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE

SONG

27

Getting Started

Data Scroll Wheel

The Data Scroll Wheel is used to rapidly change the value of the focus area. Use this to select a drum kit number or pattern number, or to change the value of various settings.

+1/YES and -1/NO Buttons

The +1/YES and -1/NO buttons change the parameter of the focus area. Use these buttons for fine single-step selections or adjustments. The parameter will continue to change if you continue to press one of these buttons. This buttons are also used to answer the yes/no question when you are storing data on the DTX.

PAGE ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE

Transport Buttons

The START/STOP button controls the playback of a pattern or song. The RECORD button puts the DTX into Record-ready mode. The CLICK button is used to switch the metronome ON and OFF. Refer to P.74, 76, 81, for details.

CLICK

Initializing Process

Problems due to program conflict may occur when internal settings have been changed while you are using the DTX. It is possible to initialize your DTX if you need to set all of the settings back to factory preset conditions in one procedure for this reason or other.

COnce the initialization is executed, the factory preset settings will replace the current contents. Please take precautions to avoid losing your important data. It is also recommended to store the settings you need to save in advance to external devices such as the Yamaha MIDI Data Filer (MDF2). (See P.199)

The following changes will occur when the initialization is executed.

The contents of the preset drum kit will be copied to the user drum kit. All of the chain data will be deleted. All of user songs and user patterns will be deleted. All of the parameter values that can be changed will be set to their standard values.

Turn the power switch on while holding the DRUMKIT, PAGE , and PAGE buttons all at the same time.

28

Getting Started

CHAPTER

2

Feature Reference

This chapter describes the functions of each mode. Use this as a dictionary to look up items or the details and

get to know the various ways to use a function.

Drum Kit Play mode ............................................................................................. (P.30)

Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode ................................................................................ (P.32)

Drum Kit Voice Edit mode ................................................................................... (P.50)

Chain Play mode .................................................................................................. (P.63)

Chain Edit mode .................................................................................................. (P.65)

Store mode ........................................................................................................... (P.69)

Pattern Play mode ................................................................................................ (P.71)

Pattern Record mode ............................................................................................ (P.80)

Pattern Job mode .................................................................................................. (P.88)

Song Play mode .................................................................................................... (P.93)

Song Record mode ................................................................................................ (P.99)

Song Job mode...................................................................................................... (P.107)

Utility mode ......................................................................................................... (P.112)

30

Feature Reference Drum Kit Play Mode

YAM A

H A

D R U

M TRIGGER

M O

D U

LE

DTX

Drum Kit Play Mode This mode enables you to play the DTX drum voices from connected pads and triggers. You can choose from 64 drum kits.

Entering Drum Kit Play Mode

Press the DRUM KIT button.

DRUM KIT

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

Acoustic DRUM

KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STOREPATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

AThe Drum Kit Play mode is displayed in the same format as the Pattern Play mode (or Song Play mode).

Selecting a Drum Kit

! Use the Q cursor buttons to select the drum kit number.

DRUM KIT

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

Acoustic

Drum kit nameDrum kit number

PAGE ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE

A The drum kit number is automatically selected and blinks when you enter Drum Kit Play mode.

31

Feature Reference Drum Kit Play Mode

" Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel to choose the drum kit number you want to use. The drum kit number is also displayed on the LED.

DRUM KIT

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

Rock 1

AYou can also change the drum kit number using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

Drum Kit Numbers User drum kit: 1 to 32 Preset drum kit: 33 to 64

Adjusting the Volume

Use the MASTER volume slider to control the volume of the entire drum kit.

CLICK KICK/MISC.

ACCOMP SNARE/CYMBAL

AUX IN

MIN

MAX

MASTER VOL.

Individually Adjusting the Volume of Snare and Kick The volume of the snare and kick can be adjusted independently from other voices. Move the ACCOMP (SNARE/CYMBAL) volume slider or CLICK (KICK/MISC.) volume slider while holding SHIFT to adjust the volume of the SNARE voice or KICK voice separately from other voices. This is very handy at live performances where you can directly control the volume of SNARE, KICK.

+ CLICK

KICK/MISC. ACCOMP

SNARE/CYMBAL AUX IN

MIN

MAX

MASTER VOL.

PAGE ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE

AThese volume sliders are originally programmed to function as volume adjustment sliders for an accompaniment part of a pattern (ACCOMP) or metronome click (CLICK) when the SHIFT button is not pressed. You can change the slider assignment between ACCOMP and SNARE, CLICK and KICK by changing the parameters in Slider Mode on the 5th page (P.116) in Utility mode. This enables you to use these volume sliders to directly control the volume of the SNARE and KICK.

AWhen playing the pads to a pattern or song, you can balance the volume of the drum voices you are triggering with the pads and the pattern or song, as well as adjust the volume of each part of the accompaniment or rhythm independently. Refer to P.75 for details.

32

Feature Reference Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

YAM A

H A

D R U

M TRIGGER

M O

D U

LE

DTX

Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode This mode contains various settings to adjust the sensitivity or velocity of the inputs from pads and triggers or assigning drum and percussion sounds to each pad (input). You can create a new drum kit from scratch or by modifying preset drum kits or existing user drum kits. These new drum kits can be stored in the user drum kit area (No. 1 to 32).

A No. 1 to 29 include drum kits entered in advance. To edit the drum kit for these numbers, it is recommended to copy a user kit between No. 30 to 32 and use it at a later stage. If you have written over No. 1 to 29 , turn the power on while holding down the DRUM KIT, PAGE up and PAGE down keys at the same time to reset it to its original factory settings. When you do so, all the data will be erased. Save the data you have edited to an external device such as the Yamaha MIDI Data Filer MDF2 before you reset.

A You cannot edit a preset drum kit. The changes made to the preset drum kit are temporary. If you want to keep the edited data, select a user drum kit and save the changes to the user drum kit.

A Use the blank chart provided at the end of this manual (P.166) to memo the editing contents of the user drum kit.

Editing Procedures

! Choose the drum kit you want to edit in Drum Kit Play mode. " Enter Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode. # Name the drum kit if necessary. $ Turn the page and set the necessary parameters.

AIt is necessary to choose the input jack number (between 1 and 12) before setting the parameter on the 2nd to 18th and 26th pages in this mode.

% Enter Store mode to store the drum kit to any one of the user drum kit numbers 1 through 32.

Entering the Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

Press the TRIGGER button.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Kit Name

GM std 1

DRUM KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STOREPATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

A Choose the drum kit you want to edit in Drum Kit Play mode before entering this mode. The LED display will show the drum kit number you have chosen even after you have entered Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode.

AWhen the JumpRcnt (jump to recent page) parameter on the 7th page in Utility mode is on, the DTX will display the page you selected the last time you edited. Your DTX will display the 1st page when the JumpRcnt (jump to recent page) parameter is off. See P.116 for details regarding the JumpRcnt (jump to recent page) parameter.

33

Feature Reference Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode (Page structure and operation)

The Drum Kit Trigger Edit modes consists of 31 display pages of various functions as the drum kit trigger modules. However, by setting the Edit mode on the 2nd page in Utility mode to easy, some of the pages which are seldomly used will not appear. Change the Edit mode to "advance" to display all 31 pages.

AThe following page shows the list of the 28 display pages. The display pages with asterisks (*) will not appear when the Edit mode in Utility mode is set to easy.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Kit Name

GM std 1 Input level

Output MIDI velocity

Parameter

Page number

Function name

Hi-hat control Level

! Select the page using the PAGE or PAGE buttons.

AJump some of the display pages by pressing the DRUM KIT or TRIGGER button while holding SHIFT.

" Select the parameter using the Q cursor buttons.

# Select the input jack number for each of the input numbers 1 to 12. It is necessary to choose the input jack number before changing the parameters for the 2nd through 18th and the 30th pages. As a short cut, set the Learn mode on the 4th page in Utility mode to always. The input jack number will automatically be selected by playing a pad connected to the appropriate input (P.115).

$ Set the value by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

A In this mode, the input level and the output velocity of the pad you play will appear next to the MISC. and CYMBAL, respectively, as a kind of VU meter. The Hi-hat control level will also appear on the kick bar chart. This is convenient in editing the sensitivity or velocity.

A Once you have edited in this mode, a small dot lights on the lower right-hand corner of the drum kit number displayed on the LED to indicate that the edit results have not been stored. Refer to P.69 on how to store your edit. The dot disappears when you go to Drum Kit Play mode or Chain mode during an edit to select a different drum kit. The edited settings will return back to the default settings, but you can recall the edited data using the Recall function (P.49).

Indicates you have not saved the edited settings.

34

Feature Reference Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

Functions of Each Display Page

1 Kit Name (drum kit name) ..................................................................................... (P.35)

2 PAD Type (pad type) .............................................................................................. (P.35)

3 Auto Set .................................................................................................................. (P.36)

4 PAD Gain................................................................................................................ (P.36)

5 LevelRng (level range) ............................................................................................ (P.37)

6 VelRange (velocity range)....................................................................................... (P.37)

7 VelCurve (velocity curve) ....................................................................................... (P.38)

8 Self Rej (self rejection) ........................................................................................... (P.39)

9 Reject (rejection) .................................................................................................... (P.39)

10 Spec Rej (specific rejection) ................................................................................... (P.40)

11 Note= (note numbers 1 to 5) .................................................................................. (P.40)

*12 Note= (gate time) ................................................................................................... (P.42)

*13 Note= (MIDI channel) ............................................................................................ (P.42)

*14 Key On.................................................................................................................... (P.43)

*15 velXFade (velocity cross fade) ................................................................................ (P.44)

*16 RIMKeyOn .............................................................................................................. (P.44)

*17 RIM Vel (RIM velocity) .......................................................................................... (P.45)

*18 PAD Func (pad function) ....................................................................................... (P.45)

*19 FS Func (FS function) ............................................................................................ (P.46)

*20 FS MIDI (FS MIDI channel) ................................................................................... (P.47)

*21 FS HHcls (FS hi-hat control) .................................................................................. (P.47)

*22 FC Func (hi-hat control function) .......................................................................... (P.47)

*23 FC MIDI (hi-hat control channel) .......................................................................... (P.47)

*24 FC Sens (hi-hat control sensitivity) ....................................................................... (P.48)

25 HH Ctrl (FS hi-hat control) .................................................................................... (P.48)

*26 In 9 to 10 (input 9 to 10) ....................................................................................... (P.48)

*27 In 11 to 12 (input 11 to 12) ................................................................................... (P.48)

28 Copy INP (copy input) ........................................................................................... (P.48)

29 Copy TRG (copy trigger) ........................................................................................ (P.49)

30 Edit (edit recall) ..................................................................................................... (P.49)

*31 SetChord= (setting the note number by chord) ..................................................... (P.49)

A The "26 In 9 to 10 (input 9 to 10)" and "27 In 11 to 12 (input 11 to 12)" are additional features of DTX version 2.0. Please refer to the System Upgrade Information Guide (included in this package) for details.

35

Feature Reference Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

1 Kit Name (drum kit name)

Use up to 8 letters to name your original user drum kit.

! Use the Q cursor buttons to go to the first letter of the drum kit name and choose the necessary alphabet, number, or symbol by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/ YES and -1/NO buttons.

" Move to the right and choose the necessary letter.

# Repeat steps ! and " above and name your drum kit using a maximum of 8 letters.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Kit Name

GM std 1

The available letters to choose from are:

(Space)

2 PAD Type

Set the type of the pad or drum connected to each input jack. To ensure stable performance, be sure to select the proper pad type. Pad1 has the quickest response and kick2 has the longest response.

! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the input jack number. As a short cut, set the Learn mode on the 4th page in Utility mode to ALWAYS. The input jack number will automatically change to the connected input jack by playing a pad, (P.115).

" Move the cursor to the PAD TYPE parameter and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the pad type that suits the pad or drum connected to the input jack number.

# Repeat steps ! and " to set the proper pad type for each input jack number.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

INPUT

PAD Type

= pad2

Settings: The following parameters are available for input numbers 1 to 12.

pad1/pad2: Select this when you have connected an optional pad. Choose the response time for each connected pad. Pad2 responds faster than pad1. snare: Select this when you have connected the Yamaha DT10 to a snare. hi tom: Select this when you have connected the Yamaha DT10 or DT20 to a hi tom (smaller tom). lo tom: Select this when you have connected the Yamaha DT10 or DT20 to a low tom (larger tom). kick1/kick2: Select this when you have connected the Yamaha DT 10 to the kick (bass drum). Kick2 responds faster than kick1.DT10 and DT20 are drum trigger sensors. Refer to P.11.

36

Feature Reference Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

3 Auto Set

This automatically sets the input gain (sensitivity) of each input jack number.

A The appropriate input gains are preset as a setting example so that you can start to play without any input adjustment. However, you are required to adjust the input gain for each pad either here or in the next PAD gain section for your own drum settings.

! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the input jack number. You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115) to automatically select the input jack number by hitting each pad or drum, then select the input gain.

" Move the cursor to the focus area and press the +1/YES button. The display will change to HIT2ff.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

INPUT

Auto Set

= Off

" Slowly beat the pad or drum connected to the input jack hard (ff=fortissimo) twice. The first beat changes the display to HIT1 ff and the second beat changes the display to Off quitting the automatic setting.

# Repeat steps !, ", and # to set the input gain for each input jack number.

4 PAD Gain

This manually sets the input gain (sensitivity) of each input jack number.

! Move the cursor to INPUT and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/ NO buttons to choose the input jack number. You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115) to automatically select the input jack number by hitting each pad or drum, then select the input gain.

" Move the cursor to the gain focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/ YES and -1/NO buttons to set the Gain. Play the pad or drum connected to the selected input jack number hard (ff=fortissimo) and adjust the Gain level to approximately 90% of the Input level.

# Repeat steps ! and " and set the input Gain for each input jack number.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

INPUT

PAD Gain

=32(00%) Input level

Gain

BThe input gain can be set faster and more efficiently if you use the Auto Set first to automatically set the levels and then make fine adjustments here.

Settings: The following parameters can be set for input numbers 1 to 12. Gain: 0 to 63.

AThe Input level display here is operated differently from other displays and cannot be set by moving the cursor to the focus area. Set the Input level by following step 2 above.

37

Feature Reference Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

5 LevelRng (level range)

Set the Maximum and Minimum input levels of each input jack number. The levels are determined in proportion to the value set here.

A Refer to P.38 for further details regarding the relation between input level and velocity.

! Move the cursor to INPUT and Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/ NO buttons to choose the input jack number. You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115) to automatically select the input jack number by hitting each pad or drum.

" Move the cursor to the Maximum or Minimum level focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/ NO buttons to set the level.

# Repeat steps ! and " to set the Maximum and Minimum levels for each input jack number.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

INPUT

LevelRng

10%to99% Minimum level

Maximum level

ANo sound will be produced if the input signal is below the minimum level. If the input signal is above the maximum level, the sound produced will be at the maximum velocity set on the Velocity Range display page (the 6th page of this mode).

Settings: The following parameters can be set for input numbers 1 to 12. Minimum level: 0 to 98 Maximum level: 1 to 99

6 VelRange (velocity range)

Set the Maximum and Minimum velocity of each input jack number. This responds to the maximum and minimum input levels set on the 5th page and delivers each sound within the velocity range set in this step.

A Refer to P.38 for further details regarding the relation between input level and velocity.

! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the input jack number. You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115) to automatically select the input jack number by hitting each pad or drum.

" Move the cursor to the Minimum Velocity or Maximum Velocity focus areas and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/ NO buttons to set the velocity.

# Repeat steps ! and " to set the Maximum and Minimum Velocity levels for each input jack number.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

INPUT

VelRange

32to127 Minimum velocity

Maximum velocity

Settings: The following parameters can be set for input numbers 1 to 12. Minimum velocity: 1 to 126 Maximum velocity: 2 to 127

38

Feature Reference Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

7 VelCurve (velocity curve)

Set the velocity curve for each input jack number. This velocity curve defines the relation between the level range set on the 5th page and the velocity range set on the 6th page.

! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the input jack number. You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115) to automatically select the input jack number by hitting each pad or drum.

" Move the cursor to the Velocity Curve focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the type.

# Repeat steps ! and " to set the Velocity Curve of each input jack number.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

INPUT

VelCurve

= normal

Settings: The following velocity curves can be set for input numbers 1 to 12.

VelCurve: normal Velocity

Input level

VelCurve: hard 1 Velocity

Input level

VelCurve: hard 2 Velocity

Input level

VelCurve: loud 1 Velocity

Input level

VelCurve: loud 2 Velocity

Input level

Relationship between input level and velocity.

Case 1 This figure shows that the velocity will be output at an input level range of 12% to 99%. The velocity value is 001 when the input level is 12% and 127 when the input level is 99%. (In this case, the velocity range is 1 to 127.)

127

001 99%12%

Velocity

Input level

Case 2 This figure shows that the velocity range is set between 064 and 127, and the velocity triggers at an input level of 50% to 99%. The velocity value is 064 when the input level is 50% and 127 when the input level is 99%. No sound will be produced when the input level is between 0% and 49%.

127

064

001 99%50%

049% No sound

Velocity

Input level

39

Feature Reference Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

8 Self Rej (self rejection)

This function prevents double triggering. When 2 sounds have been played at the same time, the second sounds will be automatically muted for a certain length of time. The larger the value the longer the time. Set the length for each input jack number.

! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the input jack number. You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115) to automatically select the input jack number by hitting each pad or drum.

" Move the cursor to the 8 Self Rej (self rejection) focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the level.

# Repeat steps ! and " to set the time length for each input jack number.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

INPUT

Self Rej

= 0

Settings: The following parameters can be set for input numbers 1 to 12. 0 (self rejection function disabled) to 9

9 Reject (rejection)

This function prevents cross talk (mixed sounds) and double triggering among the pads or drums connected to other input jacks. When a sound is triggered shortly after another, the voice will not be delivered if the input level is lower than the level set here. Set the level for each input jack number.

! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the input jack number. You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115) to automatically select the input jack number by hitting each pad or drum.

" Move the cursor to the 9 Reject (rejection) focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the level.

# Repeat steps ! and " to set the level for each input jack number.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

INPUT

Reject

= 0

Settings: The following parameters can be set for input jack numbers 1 to 12. 0 (rejection function disabled) to 9

40

Feature Reference Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

10 Spec Rej (specific rejection)

This function prevents cross talk (mixed sounds) among the pads or drums connected to specific input jacks. When a sound is triggered shortly after a specific sound, the sound will not be delivered if the level is lower than the level set here. Set the level for each input jack number.

! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the input jack number. You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115) to automatically select the input jack number by hitting each pad or drum.

" Move the cursor to the specific input focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the input jack number.

# Move the cursor to the level focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/ YES and -1/NO buttons to set the level.

$ Repeat steps !, ", and # to select and set the level of each input jack number.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

INPUT

Spec Rej

Specific input focus area

Level focus area

from 1=0

Settings: The following parameters can be set for input jack numbers 1 to 12. Specific input: 1 to 12 0 (rejection function disabled) to 9

11 Note= (note numbers settings)

This function assigns note numbers to each input. You can assign up to 7 MIDI note numbers to each input jack. When a trigger signal is sent to the input jack, the MIDI note number assigned to that input jack is sent to the internal tone generator, which delivers the sound assigned to that number. This enables you to play 1 pad and deliver multiple (up to 5) drum sounds. The order of the 5 drum sounds to sound can be designated. By setting the Key On Mode (P.43), the sounds can be delivered simultaneously, or one by one. This feature can be applied to a wide range of ideas and enhance the efficiency of your performance. The MIDI note number can also be transmitted from the MIDI OUT jack on the rear panel of the DTX to an external device. This means you can play a pad and control an external MIDI tone generator or sequencer. Various drum and percussion sounds can be assigned to each note number in Drum Kit Voice Edit mode (P.50). Refer to P.41 for further information on note numbers.

! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the input jack number. You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115) to automatically select the input jack number by hitting each pad or drum.

" Move the cursor to the Note=*** focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the parameter (type) from the 5 numbers (1st to 5th), mut (mute), and rim for a MIDI note number.

ASelect mut (mute) when designating the note number for the sound delivered when the pad is played while holding down the pad rim switch. The other 5 sounds will be muted when the pad is played while holding down the rim switch.

ASelect rim to set the note number of the sound delivered when the rim is played.

Awhen or an input number is assigned to a hi-hat controller (the default setting is input 8), the focus area will display the following 5 parameters. Opn: Delivered when the pad is played with the hi-hat opened Cls: Hi-hat closed FCl: Foot closed FOp: Foot opened rim: Pad rim is held

41

Feature Reference Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

# Move the cursor to the MIDI note number focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the note number of the drum voice.

A Assign a MIDI note number the drum voice to in Drum Kit Voice Edit mode (P.50).

AThe right side of the MIDI note number focus area shows the note name. The MIDI note number corresponds to each key on the keyboard. You can move the cursor to each focus area and set the note number using the note name. This is convenient when you are planning to play a scale on an external tone generator.

The relationship between note numbers and names. MIDI defines the note C in the center of the keyboard as note number 60. Yamaha defines the note by putting a number that symbolizes the octave, and the C in the center of the keyboard is regarded as C3.

C3C2C1C0 C4 C5 C6

604836240 72 84 96

C7

108 127MIDI note number

ASkip (skp) can be selected when the Key On Mode on the 14th page of the Key On screen (P.43) is set to "alter" or "alterMN." This enables you to skip the notes set in Skip (skp) when you are playing each sound in sequence by playing the pads.

$ Repeat steps " and # to assign the other MIDI note numbers and select the parameter (type). After you have completed setting the MIDI note numbers, go to step ! and set the parameters for the MIDI note numbers of the other input numbers.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

INPUT

Note=1st

MIDI note number

Note name

Note

= 36 C 1

Settings: The following parameters can be set for input numbers 1 to 12. Note:1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, mut, rim (or Opn, Cls, FCl, FOp, rim) MIDI note number: off, 13 to 84.

Using chord names to set the MIDI note number Press the CHORD button while holding SHIFT to display the 31th page or SetChord (chord settings). This display is used to set the chords played by hitting a pad. By selecting a chord from the 12 roots and 25 types available, a MIDI note number representing the chord is automatically set to one of the 1st to 4th notes.

! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the input jack number. You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115) to automatically select the input jack number by hitting each pad or drum.

" Move the cursor to the ROOT focus area of the CHORD and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the ROOT type.

# Repeat steps ! and " and set the CHORD for each INPUT number.

$ To go back to the first page of this mode (the note number settings on the 11th page), press the PAGE or PAGE buttons.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

INPUT

SetChord

CMaj7Root

Type

Settings: The following parameters can be set for input numbers 1 to 12. Root: C, CG, D, DG, E, F, FG, G, GG, A, AG, B Type: Maj7, Maj, 6th, M7(11), Maj9, add9, min, min6, min7, m7(a5), mM7, min9, m add9, 7th, 7(G5), 7(a9), 7th9, 7(G9), 7G(11), 7(a13), 7(13), 7sus4, sus4, dim, aug

ARefer to the chord type list on P.79 for details of each chord.

42

Feature Reference Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

12 Note= (gate time)

Sets the gate time (length) of the pad you play. The gate time applies to 5 note numbers at one time and can be set for each input jack number. As for input 8 (hi-hat) or an input number assigned to a hi-hat controller, you can set a different gate time to ; Open, Cls, FCl, FOp and rim.

! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the input jack number. You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115) to automatically select the input jack number by hitting each pad or drum.

" Move the cursor to the Note focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/ YES and -1/NO buttons to select the 1st note. The gate time for all 5 notes are set just by selecting the 1st note.

AIf you select a note other than the 1st, the gate time focus area will display -- and you will not be able to set the gate time.

AWhen an input number assigned to a hi-hat controller is selected (the default setting is input 8), you can select from Open, Cls, FCl, FOp and rim.

AWhen the Key On Mode on the 14th page of the Key On screen (P.43) is set to anything besides "hold," you can set different gate times to each of the five notes.

Opn .............. Settings simular to an open hi-hat sound.

Cls ................ Settings simular to a close hi-hat sound.

FCl ............... Settings simular to a closeing hi-hat sound.

FOP .............. Settings simular to an opening hi-hat sound.

# Move the cursor to the Gate Time focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the gate time.

$ Repeat steps !, ", and # to set the Gate Time for each input jack number.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

INPUT

Note=1st

GT= 3.0s Gate time

Note

Settings: The following parameters can be set for input numbers 1 to 12. Note: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, mut, rim or (Opn, Cls, FCl, FOp) Gate time: off, 0.0 to 10.0 seconds (settings by 1/10 seconds).

13 Note= (MIDI channel)

Sets the 1st to 5th MIDI transmitting channels to the MIDI note number of each input jack number. You can set an external device to trigger a keyboard (normal) voice using the DTX internal tone generator if you have the input jack number set to a MIDI note number that triggers a chord or bass voice in the DTX.

! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the input jack number. You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115) to automatically select the input jack number by hitting each pad or drum.

" Move the cursor to the Note focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/ YES and -1/NO buttons to select 1st to 5th mut (mute) to a MIDI channel.

AWhen an input number assigned to a hi-hat controller is selected (the default setting is input 8), you can select from Open, Cls, FCl, FOp and rim. Refer to 12 Note=(gate time)for details.

# Move the cursor to the Channel focus area and set the MIDI channels.

ATo select the same MIDI channel for all 5 notes, first set the MIDI channel for the 1st note, then select MIDI channel 1 and repeat this procedure for the rest of the notes. This will indicate that you will be using the same channel as the 1st.

AYou can also trigger a keyboard voice by designating a MIDI channel (other than 10 for the drum voice).

ASelect bas or cho for inputs which trigger a bass or chord. This indicates that you will be using the same MIDI channel as a BASS track and CHORD track used to play a pattern or song, and the keyboard voices to be triggered. When you have chosen bas or cho, the 1st to 5th note numbers will change according to the chord progression of the pattern or song.

$ Repeat steps !, ", and # to set the MIDI channel for each input jack number.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

INPUT

Note=1st

Chan= 10 MIDI channel

Note

Settings: The following parameters can be set for input numbers 1 to 12. Note: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, mut, rim (or Opn, Cls, FCl, FOp) MIDI channels: 1 to 16, cho, bas

43

Feature Reference Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

14 Key On

Sets the key on mode for each input. The Key on mode defines how multiple notes (up to of 5) which are set to each INPUT number should be triggered. There are 5 key on modes which enable you to trigger all notes at the same time or in a specific order. This function is convenient when you want to layer multiple voices or produce an effect using the keyboard voice.

! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the input jack number. You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115) to automatically select the input jack number by hitting each pad or drum.

" Move the cursor to the Key on mode focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the key on mode from the following:

stack ............. Triggers the 1st to 5th notes (P.40) simultaneously.

alter .............. Triggers the 1st to 5th notes one by one each time the pad is played.

stackMN ....... Triggers the 1st to 5th notes simultaneously, but truncates the preceding sound when the pad is played.

alterMN ........ Alternately triggers the 1st to 5th notes in order, but truncates the preceding sound when the pad is played.

hold .............. Triggers and maintains the 1st to 5th notes simultaneously when the pad is played once, and stops when the pad is played again.

AWhen the pad is played while holding the Rim Switch (Yamaha TP80S or PCY80S pads) note set by mut (mute) is enabled and the 1st to 5th notes are disabled. Therefore the trigger types of stack and alter, stackMN and alterMN become the same.

ABy using the stackMN or alterMN function you can save memory space by excluding overlapping voices when recording to an external sequencer.

# Repeat steps ! and " to set the key on mode for each input jack number.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

INPUT

Key On

= stack

Settings: The following parameters can be set for input numbers 1 to 12. Key on mode: stack, alter, stackMN, alterMN, hold

44

Feature Reference Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

15 VelXFade (velocity cross-fade)

This function sets the velocity cross-fade for each input jack number on or off. When several MIDI note numbers are assigned on the 11th Note Number page and this function is on, the softer you play the pad, the 1st note is louder and the last note the smallest. The same applies to the opposite action: the harder you play the pad, the last note is louder and the first note the smallest.

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0

20

40

60

80

100

120

Output velocity Case of 15th

Input level

1st

2nd

3rd

4th

5th

AThis function applies only when the key on mode on the 14th page is set to stack, stackMN, or hold.

AThis function is valid only when more than 2 MIDI note numbers are assigned to note numbers 1 to 5 on the 11th display page.

! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the input jack number. You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115) to automatically select the input jack number by hitting each pad or drum.

" Move the cursor to the VelXFadefocus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to turn the function onor off.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

INPUT

VelXFade

= off

Settings: The following parameters can be set for input numbers 1 to 12. VelXFade: on, off

16 RIMKeyOn

This function sets the rim key on mode to define how the voice is triggered when the rim of the pad is played. The single mode is used for the usual rim shot voice and the Hold mode is used to maintain the sound.

! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the input jack number. You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115) to automatically select the input jack number by hitting each pad or drum.

" Move the cursor to the mode focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/ YES and -1/NO buttons to select the rim key on mode from the following 2 modes:

single ............ Normal triggering of a rim shot

hold .............. The first shot maintains the voice and the second shot stops the voice.

withPad ........ When the rim is hit, the sound set to the Rim and the sound set to the pad will play at the same time.

# Repeat steps ! and " for each input jack number.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

INPUT

RIMKeyOn

= single

Settings: The following parameters can be set for input numbers 1 to 8. RIM Key On mode: single, hold, withPad

45

Feature Reference Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

18 PAD Func (pad function)

This function sets the function of each pad connected to INPUT. Besides acting as a regular drum pad, various pad functions are available. For example, in Chain mode, you can move a chain step forward or backward, start or stop a pattern or song, or assign the pad to act as a switch for other types of functions.

! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the input jack number. You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115) to automatically select the input jack number by hitting each pad or drum.

" Move the cursor to the parameter and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the function. The following functions are available:

normal .......... The regular setting which triggers the MIDI signal when the pad is played.

click .............. Turns the click ON or OFF.

inc ................ Selects the next drum kit number in Drum Kit mode or step in Chain mode.

dec ................ Selects the previous drum kit number in Drum Kit mode or step in Chain mode.

bypass .......... Cuts the voices of all other pads except the one selected, ON or OFF.

strtStp .......... Starts or stops the style pattern or song.

pause ............ Pauses the style pattern or song.

do FILL ......... Changes the section to FILL.

MAIN A ........ Changes the section to MAIN A.

MAIN B ........ Changes the section to MAIN B.

FILL AB ........ Changes the section to FILL AB.

FILL BA ........ Changes the section to FILL BA.

INTRO .......... Changes the section to INTRO.

ENDING ....... Changes the section to ENDING.

17 RIM Vel (RIM velocity)

This function sets the velocity of the trigger when the rim of the pad is played. There are 2 types of settings: one where the velocity is always the same level, and the other where the velocity changes according to the impact of the attack.

! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the input jack number. You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115) to automatically select the input jack number by hitting each pad or drum.

" Move the cursor to the Velocity focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the velocity. The settings vary as follows:

mute Hi ....... The velocity changes according to the strength of the attack on the rim. In the same manner as the pad velocity, the velocity is automatically calculated based on the level range, velocity range and velocity curve on the 5th, 6th, and 7th display pages. The difference betweenvariabldescribed below is that pad will be muted if the DTX receives a trigger lower than the minimum level set for level range on the 5th display page. This is convenient when you are using cymbal pads.

mute Lo ....... The setting is simular to mute Hi above, but enables you to set the velocity at a lower level Use mute Hi when you are using the mute more than the rim, and mute Lo when you are playing the rim more than using the mute.

variabl ......... The velocity changes according to the strength of the attack on the rim. In the same manner as the pad velocity, the velocity is automatically calculated based on the level range, velocity range and velocity curve on the 5th, 6th, and 7th display pages.

fix1 to fix127 ..... The velocity set here remains the same regardless of the strength of the attack on the rim. The mute function cannot be used if values are set to this function. The voice trigger is faster compared to mute Hi and mute Lo.

# Repeat steps ! and " to set the velocity of each input jack number.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

INPUT

RIM Vel

=mute Hi

Settings: The following parameters can be set for input numbers 1 to 8. Rim Vel mode: mute Hi, mute Lo, variabl, fix1 to fix127.

46

Feature Reference Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

# Repeat steps ! and " to set each input jack number.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

INPUT

PAD Func

= normal

Settings: The following parameters can be set for input numbers 1 to 12. normal, click, inc, dec, bypass, strtStp, pause, do Fill, MAIN A, MAIN B, FILL AB, FILL BA, INTRO, ENDING

19 FS Func (FS function)

This sets the function of the footswitch connected to the FOOT SW jack on the rear panel. Different assignments can be made for each drum kit.

! Move the cursor to the function focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the function of the footswitch.

HH ctrl ......... Hi-hat controller (switches between open and closed).

click .............. Switches the click sound ON or OFF.

inc ................ Selects the next drum kit number in Drum Kit mode or step in Chain mode.

dec ................ Selects the previous drum kit number in Drum Kit mode or step in Chain mode.

bypass .......... Truncates the voices of all other pads except the one selected when ON.

statStp .......... Starts or stops the style pattern or song.

pause ............ Pauses the style pattern or song.

do FILL ......... Changes the section to FILL.

MAIN A ........ Changes the section to MAIN A.

MAIN B ........ Changes the section to MAIN B.

FILL AB ........ Changes the section to FILL AB.

FILL BA ........ Changes the section to FILL BA.

INTRO .......... Changes the section to INTRO.

ENDING ....... Changes the section to ENDING.

MIDI ............. Outputs the MIDI Channel Messages (control change messages).

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

FS Func

=HH ctrl

Settings: HH ctrl, click, inc, dec, bypass, strtStp, pause, do Fill, MAIN A, MAIN B, FILL AB, FILL BA, INTRO, ENDING, MIDI

47

Feature Reference Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

20 FS MIDI (FS MIDI channel)

You can choose this page only when the function on the 19th page (FS Func display) is set to MIDI.

Move the cursor to the MIDI Channel focus area and Control Change number focus area, and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the MIDI channel and control change number, respectively.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

FS MIDI

Ch10C 1MIDI channel

Control change number

Settings: MIDI Channel: 1 to 16. Control Change number: C1 to C121.

21 FS HHcls (FS hi-hat control)

You can choose this page only when the function on the 19th page (FS Func display) is set to HH ctrl.

Set the MIDI velocity output when the footswitch is closing the hi-hat (or you are stepping on the footswitch) when you use the footswitch as a hi-hat controller. Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the velocity.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

FS HHcls

Vel= 85

Settings: 1 to 127

22 FC Func (hi-hat control function)

This sets the function of the Foot Controller connected to the H.HAT CONTROL jack on the rear panel. Different assignments can be made to each drum kit.

Choose the function by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. The following 2 functions are available.

HH ctrl ......... Functions as a hi-hat and a MIDI channel message transmitting controller (continuous).

MIDI ............. Functions only as a MIDI Channel Message transmitting controller (continuous).

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

FC Func

=HH ctrl

Settings: HH ctrl, MIDI

23 FC MIDI (hi-hat control channel)

This sets the MIDI channel and type of the MIDI messages to be transmitted using the foot controller connected to the H.HAT CONTROL jack on the rear panel. Move the cursor to the MIDI channel focus area and type focus area of the MIDI Channel and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or the +1/YES and - 1/NO buttons to select the channel and type, respectively.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

FC MIDI

Ch10C 4MIDI channel

Type

Settings: MIDI Channel: 1 to 16 Types: C1 to C119 (control change numbers 1 to 119), A/T (after touch), PBup (pitch bend up), PBdw (pitch bend down).

48

Feature Reference Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

24 FC Sens (hi-hat control sensitivity)

This adjusts the sensitivity of the foot controller connected to the H.HAT CONTROL jack on the rear panel. Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the sensitivity. The larger the value, the more sensitive the response of the internal tone generator.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

FC Sens

= 8

Settings: 1 to 16

25 HH Ctrl (hi-hat control)

This sets the input level to execute the hi-hat effect using the foot switch or foot controller only when the function on the 19th page (FS function display) or the 22nd page (hi-hat control function display) is set to HH ctrl (hi- hat control).

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the input level.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

HH Ctrl

input= 8

Settings: INPUT number: 1 to 12

26 In 9 to 10 (input 9 to 10)

This is an additional feature of DTX version 2.0. Please refer to the System Upgrade Information Guide (included in this package).

27 In 11 to 12 (input 11 to 12)

This is an additional feature of DTX version 2.0. Please refer to the System Upgrade Information Guide (included in this package).

28 Copy INP (copy input)

This copies the input data settings of any drumkit input currently being edited to another drumkit input number. This is convenient in creating similar input settings.

! Move the cursor to the Input Copy Source focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the (source) input jack number between 1 to 12. You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115) to automatically select the (source) input jack number by hitting each pad or drum.

" Move the cursor to the Drum Kit Copy Destination focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the drum kit (destination) input jack number.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Copy INP

toD 2I 1 INPUT

Drum kit copy destination

Input copy source

Settings: Drum kit copy destination: D1 to D32, --(current drum kit) Input copy source: 1 to 12

# Press the START/STOP button and the LCD will display Sure? y/n.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

INPUT

Copy INP

Sure?y/n

$ Press the +1/YES button to copy. complete will flash on the LCD momentarily and the display will return to the original display. Press the -1/NO button to cancel.

49

Feature Reference Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

29 Copy TRG (copy trigger)

This copies the trigger data of the drum kit currently edited to another drum kit. This is convenient in creating similar drum kits.

! Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/ YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the user drum kit (1 to 32) to copy.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Copy TRG

to 1

" Press the START/STOP button and the LCD will display Sure? y/n.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Copy TRG

Sure?y/n

# Press the +1/YES button to execute the paste. complete will flash on the LCD momentarily and the display will return to the original display.

Press the -1/NO button to cancel.

30 Edit (edit recall)

While you are editing the drum kit, if you go to Drum Kit Play mode or Chain mode and select other drum kits, the edited settings will return to the default settings. However, the edited data is still stored in the edit buffer. By using this Edit Recall function, you can recall the data stored in the edit buffer and continue to edit. This function is convenient in comparing the edited data with the original data.

AThis function is also effective in editing the voice in Drum Kit Voice Edit mode.

! Choose the following Edit Recall display after choosing another drum kit in Drum Kit Play mode or Chain mode, and back to the drum kit you have edited.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Edit

recall ?

" Press the START/STOP button and the LCD will display Sure? y/n.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Recall

Sure?y/n

# Press the +1/YES button to execute Edit Recall . complete will flash on the LCD momentarily and the display will return to the Edit Recall display. Press the -1/NO button to cancel.

31 SetChord= (setting the note number by chord)

Refer to P.41 above.

50

Feature Reference Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode

YAM A

H A

D R U

M TRIGGER

M O

D U

LE

DTX

Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode This mode helps you create your own drum kit by assigning various voices (drum and percussion sounds) to the note numbers. Choose different settings, change the volume and pitch, or add a reverb effect to each voice to complete your own drum kit. The following illustrates the relation between drum kit, MIDI note numbers, drum voices, and parameters.

INPUT 112 Drum kit

MIDI note number 13 to 84

Drum voice or keyboard voice

Edit parameter

Filter

Reverb

Decay

13 15 17 18 20 22 24

15 16 19 21 23

73 75 77 78 80 82 84

75 76 79 81 83

AYou can create different voices for each note number of each drum kit by changing the parameters of the same drum voice.

AA blank chart is provided at the end of this Manual (P.167) to memo the editing contents you have created.

AWhen you are assigning more than 2 pads (input jacks) to the same MIDI note number, an asterisk will appear on the right side of the letters VCE on upper level of the LCD.

Editing Procedures

! Select the drum kit you want to edit in Drum Kit Play mode.

" Enter Drum Kit Voice Edit mode.

# Turn to the necessary pages and change the contents to your requirement.

$ Enter Store mode to store your drum kit to user number 1 to 32.

51

Feature Reference Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode

Entering Drum Kit Voice Edit mode

Press the VOICE button

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

VCE P 52

P SurdoM

DRUM KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STOREPATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

AFirst select the drum kit you want to edit in Drum Kit Play mode. The LED will display the drum kit number currently selected when you have entered Drum Kit Voice Edit mode.

AWhen the JumpRcnt (jump to recent page) parameter on the 7th page of the System Items in Utility mode is on, the DTX will display the page you selected the last time you edited. Your DTX will display the 1st page when the JumpRcnt (jump to recent page) parameter is off. See P.116 for details regarding the JumpRcnt (jump to recent page)

Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode (Page structure and operation)

The Drum Kit Voice Edit mode consists of 21 display pages of various functions as the drum kit trigger modules. However, by setting the Edit mode on the 2nd page in Utility mode to easy, some of the pages which are seldomly used will not appear. Change the Edit mode to advance to display all 21 pages (P.114).

AThe following is a list of the 21 pages. The pages with asterisks (*) will not appear when the Edit mode in Utility mode is set to easy.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Volume

= 110

Page number

Function name

Parameter

! Select the page using the PAGE or PAGE buttons.

" Select the parameter using the Q cursor buttons.

# Set the value by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

ADepending on the voice you use, the sound may not stop when the Key Off parameter (P.58) is set to disable. In such a case, press the SHIFT button and the VOICE button at the same time and force the sound to stop.

AAs a short cut, set the Learn mode on the 4th page in Utility mode to always. Just by hitting a pad, the input jack number will change to the input connected (P.115).

APress the VOICE button to audition a voice when the DTX is in Edit mode.

AOnce you have edited in this mode, a small dot lights on the lower right-hand corner of the drum kit number displayed on the LED to indicate that the edit results have not been stored. Refer to P.69 on how to store your edit. The dot disappears when you go to Drum Kit Play mode or Chain mode during an edit to select a different drum kit. The edited settings will return back to the default settings, but you can recall the edited data using the recall function (P.49).

Indicates you have not saved the edited settings.

52

Feature Reference Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode

Functions of Each Display Page

1 VCE (voice) ............................................................................................................ (P.53)

2 Volume ................................................................................................................... (P.53)

3 Pan .......................................................................................................................... (P.54)

4 Pitch ....................................................................................................................... (P.54)

5 Rev Send (send reverb) .......................................................................................... (P.55)

6 Modify .................................................................................................................... (P.55)

7 Filter ....................................................................................................................... (P.56)

8 Decay ...................................................................................................................... (P.56)

*9 Key Mode ............................................................................................................... (P.57)

10 AlterGrp (alternate group) ..................................................................................... (P.57)

11 Key Off ................................................................................................................... (P.58)

*12 Out Port .................................................................................................................. (P.58)

13 REV Rtn (reverb return) ......................................................................................... (P.58)

14 REV Type (reverb type) .......................................................................................... (P.59)

15 REV Time (reverb time) ......................................................................................... (P.59)

*16 PC Ch= (transmit program change) ....................................................................... (P.59)

*17 BK Ch= (transmit bank select) ............................................................................... (P.60)

*18 CC Ch= (transmit control change: volume) ........................................................... (P.60)

*19 CC Ch= (transmit control change: pan) ................................................................. (P.61)

*20 CC Ch= (transmit control change) ......................................................................... (P.61)

*21 Root Note ............................................................................................................... (P.62)

53

Feature Reference Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode

1 VCE (voice)

This assigns a drum voice (drum or percussion sound) to each MIDI note number. Each voice is grouped by category for easy handling as follows:

K ................... Kick

S ................... Snare

T ................... Tom

C ................... Cymbal

P ................... Percussion

E ................... Effect

k ................... Keyboard

s .................... Strings

b ................... Bass

H ................... Hi-hat

! Move the cursor to the MIDI note number focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the desired note number. You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115) to automatically select the MIDI note number by hitting each pad or drum.

" Move the cursor to the group focus area or voice number focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the parameter. You can also select by moving the cursor to the voice name focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or press the +1/YES or -1/NO buttons. Check and audition the voice by pressing the VOICE button.

# Repeat steps ! and " to set the voice for each note number.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

VCE P 52

P SurdoM

Group

Voice number

Voice name

MIDI note number

Settings: The following group and voice numbers can be selected for MIDI note numbers 13 to 84. Group and voice number: off, K1 to 119: Kick, S1 to 250: Snare, T1 to 176: Tom, C1 to 105: Cymbal, P1 to 103: Percussion, E1 to 115: Effect, k1 to 21: Keyboard, s1 to 8: Strings, b1 to 19: Bass., H1 to 12: (additional hi-hat in V2) , Voice name: BD DRY1 to Sy Bass 3H Refer to P.143 Drum Voice List for details on voice name and voice number.

A When you are assigning more than 2 pads (input jacks) to the same MIDI note number, an asterisk will appear on the right side of the letters VCE on upper level of the LCD.

2 Volume

This adjusts the volume of each voice assigned to each MIDI note number. You can change the balance among the voices in the drum kit.

! Move the cursor to the MIDI note number focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the MIDI note number. You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115) to automatically select the MIDI note number by hitting each pad or drum.

" Move the cursor to the Volume focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to adjust the volume. Press the VOICE button to audition the volume.

! Repeat steps ! and " and set the volume for each note number.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Volume

= 110 Volume

MIDI note number

Settings: The following parameter can be set for MIDI note numbers 13 to 84. Volume: 0 to 127

54

Feature Reference Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode

3 Pan

This sets the Pan (stereo pan position of the sound) for each voice assigned to each MIDI note number. This defines pan position of the voice between the left and right.

! Move the cursor to the MIDI note number focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the MIDI note number. You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115) to automatically select the number by hitting each pad or drum.

" Move the cursor to the Pan focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/ YES and -1/NO buttons to set the pan position. Press the VOICE button to audition the position of the sound.

# Repeat steps ! and " to set the panning for each note number.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Pan

= R2 Pan

MIDI note number

Settings: The following pan positioning can be set for MIDI note numbers 13 to 84. L7 (=far left) to center (=center) to R7 (=far right)

4 Pitch

This sets the pitch for each voice assigned to each MIDI note number. Tune the pitch either by semitone or by approximately 1.2 cent increments or decrements.

! Move the cursor to the MIDI note number focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the MIDI note number. You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115) to automatically select the MIDI note number by hitting each pad or drum.

" Move the cursor to the Coarse Tune focus area or Fine Tune focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/ NO buttons to set the tuning. Press the VOICE button to audition the sound.

# Repeat steps ! and " to set the pitch for each note number.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Pitch

C+ 2F 0

Coarse tune

Fine tune

MIDI note number

Settings: The following parameters can be set for MIDI note numbers 13 to 84. C (coarse tune)[unit=semitone]: -64 to 0 (normal pitch) to +63 F (fine tune)[unit= ca. 1.2]: -64 to 0 (normal pitch) to +63 1 cent=1/100th of a semitone

55

Feature Reference Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode

5 Rev send (send reverb)

This sets the Reverb Send level for each voice assigned to each MIDI note number. Set the level here to adjust the amount of reverb.

AThe actual reverb send level will be determined by multipling the value set here and the Reverb Send level set in the MULTI items (MIDI Channel 10) in Utility mode.

! Move the cursor to the MIDI note number focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the MIDI note number. You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115) to automatically select the MIDI note number by hitting each pad or drum.

" Move the cursor to the Reverb Send level focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the level. The larger the value, the larger the send level. Press the VOICE button to audition the sound.

# Repeat steps ! and " to set the Reverb Send level for each note number.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Rev Send

= 0 Reverb send level

MIDI note number

Settings: The following parameters can be set for MIDI note numbers 13 to 84. Rev Send: 0 to 127

6 Modify

This sets the Modify level for each voice assigned to each MIDI note number. The Modify level defines the volume balance between the 2 waves that make the voice. You can change the quality of the voice by setting the Modify level.

! Move the cursor to the MIDI note number focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the MIDI note number. You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115) to automatically select the MIDI note number by hitting each pad or drum.

" Move the cursor to the Modify level focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the MIDI note number and audition to confirm the voice by pressing the VOICE button. By setting the Modify level to a plus level, the volume of one of the waves will increase. When the Modify level is set to a minus level, the volume of the other wave pattern will increase. The volume of both wave patterns will be the same when the level is 0.

ASince the wave patterns and volume change differ for each voice, you may not notice a difference in the change for some voices. For voices which Modify function is inactive , the Modfy focus area shows --.

# Repeat steps ! and " to set the Modify level for each note number.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Modify

Modify level

MIDI note number

= ---

Settings: The following parameter can be set for MIDI note numbers 13 to 84. -64 to 0 (even volume balance) to +63

56

Feature Reference Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode

7 Filter

This sets the Filter of each voice assigned to each MIDI note number. The filter affects the sound by passing a specific frequency bandwidth and eliminating the others. The filter you set will sharpen or muffle the sound.

! Move the cursor to the MIDI note number focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the MIDI note number. You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115) to automatically select the MIDI note number by hitting each pad or drum.

" Move the cursor to the Filter focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/ YES and -1/NO buttons to set the filter. Press the VOICE button to audition the sound. The Filter function is a low-pass type which eliminates the bandwidth higher than the cut-off point.

# Repeat steps ! and " to set the filter for each note number.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Filter

= 0 Filter

MIDI note number

Settings: The following parameters can be set for MIDI note numbers 13 to 84. -64 to 0 (standard) to +63

8 Decay

This sets the decay of each voice assigned to each MIDI note number. The decay function controls the fading of a voice wave pattern. You can increase or decrease the fading effect of a voice. For example, increase the decay value if you want to extend the lingering sound of a cymbal.

! Move the cursor to the MIDI note number and select the MIDI note number using the Data Scroll Wheel or the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115) to automatically select the input jack number by hitting each pad or drum connected to the DTX.

" Move the cursor to the Decay focus area and set the decay by using the Data Scroll Wheel or the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. Press the VOICE button the audition the sound. The fading effect is longer when the value (either negative or positive) is increased.

# Repeat steps ! and " and set the decay for each note number.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Decay

= 0 Decay

MIDI note number

Settings: The following parameter can be set for MIDI note numbers 13 to 84. -64 to 0 (standard) to +63

57

Feature Reference Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode

9 Key mode

This sets the Key mode to the voices assigned to each MIDI note number. This mode defines the sound output rules when the same voices are used.

! Move the cursor to the MIDI note number focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the MIDI note number. You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115) to automatically select the MIDI note number by hitting each pad or drum.

" Move the cursor to the Key mode focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select one of the following modes:

poly .............. There are no limits to the number of voices delivered at once.

semi(2) ......... Up to 2 voices for this note number can be produced at one time. When a 3rd voice is triggered, this function truncates one of the first 2 voices and delivers the 3rd voice.

mono ............ One voice can be delivered at one time. When a 2nd voice is triggered, this function truncates the first voice and delivers the 2nd voice.

hi mono ........ Truncates the previous voice and produces only one voice at a time. However, the note number selected in this mode overrules the other voices. For example, the note number selected here will not be truncated even if the number of voices produced at one time exceeds the maximum number of 32 voices.

AWhen a voice with a long release such as the cymbal is set to mono, 2 hits with short intervals may cause an unnatural feel since the first sound is abruptly truncated.

# Repeat steps ! and " to set the Key mode for each note number.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Key Mode

= poly Key mode

MIDI note number

Settings: The following parameters can be set for MIDI note number 13 to 84. poly, semi(2), mono, hi mono

10 AlterGrp (alternate group)

This sets the Alternate Group for each voice assigned to each MIDI note number. The Alternate Group is a group of voices which should not be delivered at the same time. For example, by assigning an open hi-hat with a closed hi-hat in the same Alternate Group, the open hi-hat sound will be canceled once the closed hi-hat sound is delivered. This will help you create a more realistic feel featuring acoustic drum-like actions.

! Move the cursor to the MIDI note number focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the MIDI note number. You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115) to automatically select the MIDI note number by hitting each pad or drum.

" Move the cursor to the Alternate Group number focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the numbers.

AA voice assigned in the same Alternate Group is always dominated by the following voice and only one voice will be delivered at a time.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

AlterGrp

= 3 Alternate group

MIDI note number

Settings: The following parameters can be set for MIDI note number 13 to 84. off, 1 to 127

58

Feature Reference Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode

11 Key Off

When a voice with a long release is in use, sometimes a MIDI note off signal may cut the sound in an unnatural way. To prevent that, set this mode so that the DTX does not receive MIDI note off signals. Set the MIDI note off settings for each voice assigned to each MIDI note number.

! Move the cursor to the MIDI note number focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the MIDI note number. You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115) to automatically select the MIDI note number by hitting each pad or drum.

" Move the cursor to the Key Off focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Key Off

=disable Key off

MIDI note number

Settings: The following parameters can be set for MIDI note number 13 to 84. disable (will not receive MIDI note), enable (will receive MIDI note)

ASome sounds may have an extremely long release when the Key Off functionis disabled. In such case, press the VOICE button while holding SHIFT to temporarily stop the sound.

12 Out Port

This sets the output of each voice assigned to each MIDI note number either to the main output or auxiliary output. This is convenient when you want to output specific voice(s) to an external mixing device.

! Move the cursor to the MIDI note number focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the MIDI note number. You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115) to automatically select the MIDI note number by hitting each pad or drum.

" Move the cursor to the Out Port focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the focus area. Normally select main and the voices are delivered through the OUTPUT jack on the rear panel. Choose aux (auxiliary) to output a specific voice such as SNARE or KICK separately, and the voices will be delivered through the AUX OUT jacks on the rear panel.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Out Port

= main Out port

MIDI note number

Settings: The following parameters can be set for MIDI note number 13 to 84. main, aux

13 REV Rtn (reverb return)

This sets the Reverb Return Level. By setting the level, you can adjust the reverb effect of the entire DTX system. The level can be set for each drum kit.

Set the level by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

REV Rtn

LVL= 127

Settings: 0 to 127

59

Feature Reference Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode

14 REV Type (reverb type)

Various reverbs from hall to room are available to add dimension to the voice. The Reverb Type can be set for each drum kit. Assign one of the reverb types by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/ NO buttons. The following reverb types are available:

none.............. No effect (dry sound).

hall 1 ............ Small hall.

hall 2 ............ Large hall.

room 1 .......... Small room.

room 2 .......... Large room.

room 3 .......... Room with a high ceiling.

stage 1 .......... Large stage.

stage 2 .......... Small stage.

plate ............. Steel plate reverb.

white ............ A special short reverb effect.

tunnel ........... A reverb effect similar to playing in a tunnel.

canyon .......... A fantastic reverb effect similar to playing in a canyon.

basemnt ........ A reverb effect similar to playing in the basement with short reflection.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

REV Type

= hall 1

Settings: none, hall 1, hall 2, room 1, room 2, room 3, stage 1, stage 2, plate, white, tunnel, canyon, basemnt (basement)

15 REV Time (reverb time)

This determines the reverb length for each drum kit. Set the time by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. The larger the value, the longer the reverb time.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

REV Time

= 18

Settings: 0 to 69

16 PC Ch= (transmit program change)

This sets the MIDI program change number to be transmitted when the drum kit is changed. You can specify different program change numbers to channels 1 to 16. For example, change the drum kit on the DTX to an external synthesizer by selecting the voices on an external tone generator. This can be set for each drum kit.

! Move the cursor to the Program Change Transmission Channel focus area and select the transmission channel by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and - 1/NO buttons.

" Move the cursor to the PC= (program change) focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the program change number.

# Repeat steps ! and " to set the program change for each of the 16 channels.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

PC Ch= 1

PC= off Program change

Program change transmission channel

Settings: Program change transmission channel: 1 to 16. Program change: off, 1 to 128.

60

Feature Reference Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode

17 BK Ch= (transmit bank select)

This selects the bank (MIDI Control Change) to be transmitted when the drum kit is changed. You can set the bank individually to channels 1 through 16. By switching the DTX drum kit, you can change the bank of an external tone generator voice. By using this with the MIDI Program Change function mentioned above, you can effectively choose from many sounds available in the tone generator. This can be set for each drum kit.

! Move the cursor to the Bank Select Transmission Channel focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the transmission channel.

" Move the cursor to Bank Select MSB focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the MSB.

# Move the cursor to Bank Select LSB focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the LSB.

$ Repeat steps !, ", and # to set the bank select for each of the 16 channels.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

M 0L 0

BK Ch= 1

Bank select LSB

Bank select MSB

Bank select transmission channel

Settings: Bank Select Transmission Channel: 1 to 16 Bank Select MSB: 0 to 127 Bank Select LSB: 0 to 127

18 CC Ch= (transmit control change: volume)

This sets the volume of the MIDI control change sent when the drum kit is switched. It is possible to set the volume value for each of the channels 1 to 16. For example, by switching the drum kit of the DTX, you can set the volume of a voice of an external synthesizer to a specific value. These parameters can be set for each drum kit.

! Move the cursor to the Control Change Transmission Channel and select the Transmission channel using the Data Scroll Wheel or the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

" Move the cursor to the Volume focus area and set the value using the Data Scroll Wheel or the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

# Repeat steps ! and " and set the volume for each of the 16 channels.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

CC Ch= 1

Vol= off Volume

Control change transmission channel

Settings: Control change Send channel: 1 to 16 Volume: off, 0 to 127

61

Feature Reference Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode

19 CC Ch= (transmit control change: pan)

This sets the pan position (of a stereo image) of the MIDI control change sent when the drum kit is switched. It is possible to set the volume value for each of the channels 1 to 16. For example, by switching the drum kit of the DTX, you can set the pan position of a voice of an external synthesizer to a specific value. These parameters can be set for each drum kit.

! Move the cursor to the Control Change Transmission Channel and select the transmission channel using the Data Scroll Wheel or the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

" Move the cursor to the Pan and set the value using the Data Scroll Wheel or the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

# Repeat steps ! and " and set the pan position for each of the 16 channels.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

CC Ch= 1

Pan= off Pan

Control change transmission channel

Settings: Control change transmission channel: 1 to 16 Pan: off, 0 (far left in a stereo image) to 127 (far right in a stereo image)

20 CC Ch= (transmit control change)

This sets the type (control change number) and value of the MIDI control change data transmitted when a drum kit is switched. It is possible to set control change numbers individually to each of the channels 1 to 16. For example, by switching a drum kit, you can set the sound parameters of external synthesizers connected to the DTX. The data can be set for each drum kit.

AAlso refer to P.131 for further details regarding control change data.

! Move the cursor to the Control Change Transmission Channel focus area and select the transmission channel by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

" Move the cursor to the control change number and select the number by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. This step selects the type of control change data to transmit.

# Move the cursor to the data focus area and set the parameter by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

$ Repeat steps ! to # to set the control change numbers and data parameters for each of the 16 channels.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

CC Ch= 1

Data

Control Change Number

Control change transmission channel

C 0=off

Settings: Control change transmission channel: 1 to 16 Control change number: 0 to 119 Data: off, 0 to 127

62

Feature Reference Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode

21 RootNote

This determines the minimum value of the MIDI note number of the voice. The DTX has a keyboard range of 71 keys and the default settings assign MIDI note numbers 13 to 84. For example, by changing the minimum value from 13 to 10, the valid note numbers become 10 to 81. This setting is possible for each drum kit.

Set the Root note by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

RootNote

= 13

Settings: 0 to 56

63

Feature Reference Chain Play Mode

YAM A

H A

D R U

M TRIGGER

M O

D U

LE

DTX

Chain Play Mode Chains are used to organize the drum kits (or patterns) in a user-programmed order, making it quick and easy to select the drum kit (or patterns) you need. For example, you can use the chain function to quickly change your drum kit configuration according to the line-up of tunes at a live performance, or practice the rhythm of a specific line of patterns. A maximum of 16 chains can be set.

AIf you want to use the Chain function, you are required to build the chains in Chain Edit mode.

Pattern 1

Pattern 10

Pattern 20 ENDChain 2

Drum kit 1

Drum kit 5

Drum kit 10

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 32

ENDChain 1

Drum kit 3

Pattern 50 ENDChain 16

Entering the Chain Play Mode

Press the CHAIN button.

CHAIN

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

Chain 1

CityDogs

DRUM KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STOREPATTERN

SONG

CHAIN SONG

AThe Chain Play mode display is configured in the same way as Pattern Play mode (or Song Play mode).

Press the PATTERN button and enter Pattern Play mode to use a chain of patterns.

64

Feature Reference Chain Play Mode

Selecting a Chain

! Use the Q cursor buttons to move the cursor to the chain number focus area.

CHAIN

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

Chain 1

CityDogs

Chain nameChain number

PAGE ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE

SONG

AIt is also possible to move up or down the LCD using the PAGE and PAGE buttons.

" Select the chain number rotating the Data Scroll Wheel.

AThe LED display will show either the drum kit number set to the chain number, or the drum kit number that was chosen previous to entering the Chain mode.

CHAIN

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

Chain 1

CityDogs

SONG

Chain nameChain number

AYou can also use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to change the chain number.

Settings: The following chain numbers can be selected 1 to 16

Switching the Steps

Each time you press the TRIGGER button or the DRUM KIT button while holding SHIFT, you can move the chain 1 step forward or backward, respectively.

+

DRUM KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STOREPATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

Move 1 step forward.Move 1 step backward.

PAGE ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE

AIn order to quickly switch steps during live performances, it is recommended to use any 2 pad functions as a step-up/down switch (P.45). You can also use the footswitch as a step-up/down switch (P.46).

65

Feature Reference Chain Edit Mode

YAM A

H A

D R U

M TRIGGER

M O

D U

LE

DTX

Chain Edit Mode This used to create a chain of necessary drum kits or patterns. You can store up to 16 chains consisting of a maximum of 32 steps (drum kits).

A Use the blank chart provided at the end of this manual (P.116) to memo the editing contents of the new chain.

Creating a Chain

! Select the chain number to create or edit a chain in Chain Play mode.

" Enter Chain Edit mode.

# Name the chain (if necessary).

$ Select the drum kit (or pattern) and set the 1st step.

% Move to the 2nd step and set the drum kit (or pattern).

& Continue this procedure for the 3rd step on to set the drum kit (or pattern) for the necessary number of chain steps.

' Enter Store mode and store the chain you have created.

ARefer to P.69 for details on how to store a chain.

Entering the Chain Edit Mode

Press the CHAIN button twice or press the CHAIN button once if you are in Chain Play mode.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Name =

Chain 2

DRUM KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STOREPATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

ASelect the chain you want to edit in Chain Play mode before entering this mode.

AWhen the JumpRcnt (jump to recent page) parameter on the 7th page of the System Items in Utility mode is on, the DTX will display the page you selected the last time you edited. Your DTX will display the 1st page when the JumpRcnt (jump to recent page) parameter is off. See P.116 for details regarding the JJumpRcnt (jump to recent page) parameter.

66

Feature Reference Chain Edit Mode

The Chain Edit Mode (Page structure and operation)

The Chain Edit mode consists of the following 3 display pages:

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Name =

Chain 2

Function namePage number

Parameter

Example: 1st display page

! Select the page using the PAGE or PAGE buttons.

" Select the parameter using the Q cursor buttons.

# Set the value by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

A Once you have edited in this mode, a small dot lights on the lower right-hand corner of the drum kit number displayed on the LED to indicate that the edit results have not been stored. See P.69 on how to store your edit. The dot disappears when you go to Chain Play mode during an edit to select a different chain. The edited settings will return back to the default settings, but you can recall the edited data using the Recall function (P.68).

Indicates you have not saved the edited settings.

Functions of Each Page

1 Name (chain name) ................................................................................................ (P.67)

2 Chain create or revise ............................................................................................. (P.67)

3 Edit recall ............................................................................................................... (P.68)

67

Feature Reference Chain Edit Mode

1 Name (chain name)

Use up to 8 letters to name the chain. Refer to the Drum Kit Name section (P.35) for details on which letters can be used and how to enter them.

2 Chain create or revise

This function is used to create or revise a chain.

! Move the cursor to the chain step number focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the 1st chain step. If you are revising an existing chain, select the Step number you want to change.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

=DrumKit

num= 1

Chain step number

AYou can also select the next or previous chain step number by pressing the TRIGGER or DRUM KIT button or by pressing the PAGE or PAGE buttons while holding SHIFT, even if the cursor is not in the chain step number focus area.

" Move the cursor to the drum kit or pattern focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the drum kit or pattern for this chain step.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

=DrumKit

num= 1

Drum kit or pattern focus area

# Move the cursor to the drum kit or pattern number focus area and select the necessary number.

Drum Kit:

Select from drum kit numbers 1 to 64 for each chain step.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

=DrumKit

num= 1 Drum kit number

Pattern:

1) Select from style or pattern numbers 1 to 110 for each chain step.

2) If you have selected from the preset styles (pattern styles 1 to 110), move the cursor to the section focus area and specify a section.

AUser patterns do not have sections. Therefore, if you have selected from the user patterns (style number 111 on), the display will show -- on the section focus area and you will not be able to select a section. See P.71for further details on section.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

=Pattern

= 1 MA Section

Style (pattern) number

$ Repeat steps !, ", and # to specify the drum kit or pattern for the necessary chain steps (up to 32 chain steps).

AYou can mix a drum-kit-specified chain step and a pattern-specified chain step within one chain.

% Upon editing the necessary steps of the chain, move the cursor to the drum kit or pattern focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to display END to end the chain at the current chain step number.

AIf you forward the chain step during Chain Play mode, the chain step will end at the END setting.

68

Feature Reference Chain Edit Mode

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

= END

Settings: Chain step number: 1 to 32 Drum kit or pattern: DrumKit, pattern, END (sets the last chain step) Drum kit or pattern number: 1 to 64 (drum kits), 1 to 220 (patterns) Section focus area (only when the selected pattern is between 1 and 110): IN (intro), MA (Main A), MB (Main B), FA (Fill AB), FB (Fill BA), EN (Ending)

3 Edit recall

While you are editing the drum kit, if you enter Chain Play mode and select other drum kits the DTX will return to its original data. However, by using the Edit Recall function, you can recall the edited data and continue to edit.

! Select Edit Recall after selecting another chain in Chain Play mode.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Edit

recall ?

" Press the START/STOP button and the LCD will display Sure? y/n.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Recall

Sure?y/n

# Press the +1/YES button to execute Edit Recall . complete will flash on the LCD momentarily and the display will return to the Edit Recall display. Press the -1/NO button to cancel.

69

Feature Reference Store Mode

YAM A

H A

D R U

M TRIGGER

M O

D U

LE

DTX

Store Mode After you have created a chain of drum kits and edited voices, it is necessary to store the data into the DTX. Store the drum kit data in Drum Kit Store mode and chain data in Chain Store mode.

Entering Store Mode

Drum Kit Store Mode

Enter the Drum Kit Store mode by pressing the STORE button while editing in Drum Kit Trigger mode or Drum Kit Voice Edit mode or from Drum Kit Play mode.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Store DK

to 1

DRUM KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STOREPATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

DRUM KIT

AThe storage method differs dependig on the settings in Link mode (P.115) on the 3rd display page in Utility mode. Link mode = global ...........Stores the edited drum kit both to the specified destination and drum kit number 1. Link mode = indiv .............Stores the edited drum kit only to the specified destination.

Chain Store Mode

Enter the Chain Store mode by pressing the STORE button while editing in Chain Edit mode or from Chain Play mode.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Store CH

to 1

CHAIN DRUM

KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STOREPATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

70

Feature Reference Store Mode

Storing Procedures

The steps to store data apply for both the drum kit and chain. Here the drum kit display will be used as an example.

! Choose the drum kit (or chain) number for the destination by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

DRUM KIT

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Store DK

to 10

" Press the START/STOP button and the LCD will display Sure? y/n.

DRUM KIT

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Store DK

Sure?y/nCLICK

# Press the +1/YES button to store the drum kit (or chain) to the specified destination drum kit (or chain number). The LCD will flash complete momentarily and the display will return to the Drum Kit (or Chain) Play mode. Press the -1/NO button to cancel. The display will return to the Drum Kit (or Chain) Play mode.

ATo enter a different mode without storing the data, simply press the DRUM KIT, CHAIN, SONG, or PATTERN buttons.

Copying the Drum Kit or Chain

Use the store function to copy a drum kit or chain to a different number. This is convenient in creating a new drum kit or chain based on an existing drum kit or chain.

! Select the drum kit (or chain) number of the copy source in Drum Kit Play (or Chain Play) mode.

" Press the STORE button to enter Store mode.

# Select the number (copy destination) and execute the store operation. This will copy the drum kit (or chain).

71

Feature Reference Pattern Play Mode

YAM A

H A

D R U

M TRIGGER

M O

D U

LE

DTX

Pattern Play Mode In this mode, there are 660 preset patterns (110 styles x 6 sections) and 100 user patterns to choose from. Change the tempo or chord, adjust the volume of each part, switch sections--a variety of patterns are available for any kind of performance you like. You can practice rhythm by playing the pads to a pattern. You can also mute parts that are not necessary. This mode can be applied in thousands of ways.

The Concept of pattern

Track Structure

Each pattern consists of 3 tracks: chord, bass, and rhythm.

Chord

Bass

Rhythm

Types of Patterns

Your DTX contains 660 preset patterns (110 styles x 6 sections) and 100 user patterns.

Style

Style refers to the music category of the pattern. There are 110 different styles and 6 sections for each style. Select a section for a style to make a preset pattern.

Section

6 sections are available for each style. A section is a music component combined to create a music piece. The preset patterns have the following six sections programmed:

MAIN A ........ This is the default section. It can be used for the basic verse and chorus structure of a pattern.

MAIN B ........ This is the alternative section. It can be used to bridge patterns.

The following 2 transmission sections play immediately when selected: FILL AB ........ Used to make the transition between the verse/chorus section and the bridge section. This section continues to MAIN B.

FILL BA ........ Used to make the transition back to the verse/chorus section. This section continues to MAIN A.

INTRO .......... Used for the introduction of the pattern. This section continues to MAIN A.

ENDING ....... Ends the pattern play when completed.

ADrum kits are programmed to change in a present pattern. To keep the drum kits from changing automatically. Set the parameter RecvCh10 PC on the 17th display page in Utility mode (P.118) to off.

72

Feature Reference Pattern Play Mode

User Patterns

User patterns refer to empty memory space (111 to 210) where you can create your own pattern. User patterns do not have sections as the preset styles or patterns do, but you can specify any user pattern as a section (INTRO, FILL, etc.).

110 styles 6 sections

660 preset patterns

ENDINGFILL BAFILL ABMAIN BMAIN AINTRO

100 user patterns

Selected pattern

store within the DTX

Entering Pattern Play Mode

Press the PATTERN button.

DRUM KIT

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

Acoustic

RP Hop

DRUM KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STOREPATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

MAIN A

AYou may inadvertently enter the Pattern Job mode if you press the PATTERN button 2 times. If this should happen, press the PATTERN button again. This button switches between Pattern Play mode and Pattern Job mode.

AThe Pattern Play mode is displayed in the same format as Drum Kit Play mode (or Chain Play mode).

Selecting a Pattern

Select a preset pattern by choosing a combination of one style and one section from the 110 styles and 6 sections. It is possible to combine the styles and sections of the preset pattern in 660 ways. User patterns do not have sections as preset patterns do.

! Move the cursor to the style or pattern number focus area using the Q cursor buttons.

MAIN A

DRUM KIT

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

Acoustic

RP Hop

PAGE ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE

A The style number is automatically selected and blinks in Pattern Play mode.

A It is also possible to move up or down the LCD using the PAGE and Page buttons.

73

Feature Reference Pattern Play Mode

" Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel to select the style number.

SectionMAIN A

DRUM KIT

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

GM std 1

RP Hop

Style nameStyle number Tempo

Beat

Measure

Click

Data focus area

AYou can also switch the style number using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

The style you have selected will automatically be set to the default tempo that matches the style when the Tempo mode in Utility mode is set to pattern (P.123). The data display (lower part of the LCD) shows the configuration of the currently selected rhythm.

Style (and user pattern) numbers: Preset style: 1 to 110 User pattern: 111 to 210

# Select the section after you have selected a preset style. Press the MAIN A, MAIN B, FILL AB, FILL BA, INTRO, or ENDING buttons while holding SHIFT to select the section. The selected section will appear on the far bottom of the LCD.

A The user pattern does not have a section. Therefore, the section will not appear if you have selected user pattern.

DRUM KIT

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

GM std 1

DA RaveQ

MAIN B

PAGE ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

+

While holding the SHIFT button...

PAGE PAGE

AThe Pattern Play mode automatically selects the MAIN A section. However, if you have entered Pattern Play mode from Song Play mode, the styles and sections used in the song you used in Song Play mode will be selected.

Selections Sections: MAIN A, MAIN B, FILL AB, FILL BA, INTRO, or ENDING

74

Feature Reference Pattern Play Mode

Playing a Pattern

! Press the START/STOP button to play a pattern.

The green LED above the START/STOP button will flash to the tempo of the pattern that is playing.

CLICK

AWhen the "Count" parameter on the 36th page of the Count screen (P. 123) in Utility mode is "on," the metronome sound of the click will also play.

" Press the START/STOP button again to stop playing the pattern. The DTX will automatically return to the beginning of the pattern.

LCD Display (during performance) The beat indicator will flash to the tempo as shown below. The chord focus area will show the chord name of the pattern currently playing. The measure number focus area will indicate the measure number currently playing. If a one-measure pattern is playing, this focus area will not change from 1.

DRUM KIT

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

GM std 1

Cmin7 _ _

(root) (type) (on-bass) Chord focus area

Beat indicator

Measure number focus area

1st beat

2nd beat

3rd beat

4th beat

AYou can switch to a different pattern while a pattern is playing. Switch the style or section to the beginning of a new pattern. The tempo will not change.

AThe number of measures of differ for each pattern.

AC is the root that is preset to the chord of each pattern.

PAUSE Button

Press the PAUSE button to pause the playing of a pattern. The LED above the START/STOP button turns off. The playing resumes from where it took off when the PAUSE button is pressed again.

CLICK

FAST FORWARD and REWIND Buttons

The FAST FORWARD and REWIND buttons steps the indicator forward or backward by a measure when the pattern is stopped and is not playing. Press continuously to fast forward or rewind rapidly.

CLICK

75

Feature Reference Pattern Play Mode

Volume Adjustment

Master Volume Adjustment

The MASTER VOLUME slider adjusts the volume of the entire pattern.

AThe MASTER VOLUME slider also controls the sound of the drum kit input from the pads.

CLICK KICK/MISC.

ACCOMP SNARE/CYMBAL

AUX IN

MIN

MAX

MASTER VOL.

Adjusting the Volume of Each Part

Adjust the volume of the accompaniment (chord and bass), click, or rhythm. You can also balance the volume between the pattern and the drum kit input from the pads when you are practicing to a pattern.

Use the ACCOMP (SNARE/CYMBAL) volume slider or the CLICK (KICK/MISC.) volume slider on the front panel to adjust the volume. Be aware that the functions and operation of these sliders will differ according to the Slider mode settings of the system items in Utility mode (P.116). The default Slider mode is set to practice (practice mode). The slider settings of this mode are as follows:

Accompaniment (chord and bass): Use the ACCOMP (SNARE/CYMBAL) volume slider to control the accompaniment.

CLICK KICK/MISC.

ACCOMP SNARE/CYMBAL

AUX IN

MIN

MAX

MASTER VOL.

Click: Use the CLICK (KICK/MISC.) volume slider to control the metronome click. See above.

CLICK KICK/MISC.

ACCOMP SNARE/CYMBAL

AUX IN

MIN

MAX

MASTER VOL.

Snare: Use the ACCOMP (SNARE/CYMBAL) volume slider while holding SHIFT to control the snare (including snare sounds input from pads).

+

CLICK KICK/MISC.

ACCOMP SNARE/CYMBAL

AUX IN

MIN

MAX

MASTER VOL.

PAGE ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE

Kick: Use the CLICK (KICK/MISC.) volume slider while holding SHIFT to control the kick (including kick sounds input from pads) of the rhythm.

+

CLICK KICK/MISC.

ACCOMP SNARE/CYMBAL

AUX IN

MIN

MAX

MASTER VOL.

PAGE ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE

ABy setting the Slider mode in Utility mode to live (live mode), you can control the volume of the CYMBAL and MISC. (other instruments) parts (P.116).

76

Feature Reference Pattern Play Mode

Adjusting the Tempo

Regardless of whether the pattern is playing or not, you can change the tempo. Move the cursor to the tempo focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

td 1

aveQ

Settings: [= 30 to 299

AEach pattern has a default tempo value. Therefore, even if you change the tempo, once you select a different pattern, the tempo will return to the default value of the newly selected pattern. By setting the Tempo mode in the SEQ sub-mode of Utility mode to global, the tempo will remain the same while selecting different patterns. Refer to P.123 for details on this function.

Click (metronome)

Regardless of whether the pattern is playing or not, you can turn the click sound of the metronome ON or OFF by pressing the CLICK button.

! Press the CLICK button to start the metronome. The LED above the CLICK button will flash to the current tempo.

CLICK

" Press the CLICK button again to stop the metronome.

AIf you press the CLICK button while a pattern is playing, the metronome will automatically synchronize to the tempo of the pattern.

Adjusting the Volume (click) Use the CLICK (KICK/MISC.) volume slider to control the volume of the click. Refer to P.75 above for details.

Adjusting the Tempo (click) Regardless of whether the click is playing or not, you can control the tempo in the same way as in adjusting the tempo of a pattern. Refer to Adjusting the Tempo above.

Setting the Beat of the Click Regardless of whether the click is playing or not, you can control the beat of the click. Move the cursor to the BEAT focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the beat.

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

1

eQ

Settings: 1/4 to 8/4, 1/8 to 16/8, 1/F (1/16) to 16/F (16/16)

77

Feature Reference Pattern Play Mode

Setting the Quantization Regardless of whether the click is playing or not, you can change the quantization of the click. Move the cursor to the CLICK focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE

1

eQ CLICK

Settings: quarter note,

3 quarter note triplet, eighth note,

3 eighth note triplet, 16th note,

3 16th note triplet

Muting or Soloing Each Track

This function enables you to mute each part of a pattern, rhythm, chord, or bass. In the opposite manner, you can also listen to each solo (individual part) using this function.

Muting

By pressing the BASS, CHORD, or RHYTHM buttons, you can mute each part and the LED above each button turns off. You can mute the parts you do not need during rhythm practice. By pressing the same button again, the mute is cancelled and the LED above each button lights up.

BASS TMP TR

CHORD CHO TR

RHYTHM PAT TR

SOLO

TR1 TR2

CYMBALMISC.

SNARE KICK

Muting each Rhythm Part

AYou can also mute the RHYTHM, KICK, SNARE, CYMBAL, or MISC. (other instruments). This is convenient especially during rhythm practice where you can mute a snare or kick part and play your pad instead.

Press the SNARE, KICK, CYMBAL, or MISC. (other instruments) buttons while holding SHIFT to mute each rhythm part. The LCD will hide the Data indicators (rhythm track) in the data focus area and MUTE will appear on the right side of the rhythm track. To cancel, press the same button while holding SHIFT.

MUTE

MAIN A

3 OFF

DRUM KIT CHAIN

PATTERN SONG

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE INPUT

QUANT. CLICK

ROCK1

RBMotrCC

The snare is muted.

+ BASS TMP TR

CHORD CHO TR

RHYTHM PAT TR

SOLO

TR1 TR2

CYMBALMISC.

SNARE KICK

PAGE ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE

ARefer to P.19, 87 for details on the data focus area.

78

Feature Reference Pattern Play Mode

Solo

Solo refers to the function that plays a single part and mutes the others. You can play each part of the rhythm solo to check a voice or rhythm configuration. Press the SNARE, KICK, CYM, or MISC. button while holding SOLO to mute the other parts. The LCD will hide the Data indicators (rhythm track) in the data focus area and MUTE will appear on the right side of the rhythm track. To cancel the solo, press SOLO again and the DTX will return to Pattern Play mode.

MUTE MUTE

MUTE MAIN A

3 OFF

DRUM KIT CHAIN

PATTERN SONG

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE INPUT

QUANT. CLICK

ROCK1

RBMotrCC

The snare is playing solo.

+ BASS TMP TR

CHORD CHO TR

RHYTHM PAT TR

SOLO

TR1 TR2

CYMBALMISC.

SNARE KICK

BASS TMP TR

CHORD CHO TR

RHYTHM PAT TR

SOLO

TR1 TR2

CYMBALMISC.

SNARE KICK

Selecting the Chords

You can select the chords of the accompaniment while playing a pattern.

! Move the cursor to the root focus area using the Q cursor buttons.

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

MEASURE CLICK

Cmin7 _ _

Root Chord type On-bass

PAGE ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE

AC is the root that is preset to the chord of each pattern.

" Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the root of the chord.

# Move the cursor to the chord type focus area and select a chord type.

$ Move the cursor to the on-bass focus area and select a bass note to play with the chord (if necessary).

Settings: Root: C, CG, D, DG, E, F, FG, G, GG, A, AG, B Chord type: There are 26 types of chords. Refer to P.79 for details on chord types. On-bass: C, CG, D, DG, E, F, FG, G, GG, A, AG, B

79

Feature Reference Pattern Play Mode

Chords The chords are abreviated as listed below. The DTX enables you to specify a chord to the current pattern simply by selecting the root and type. An on-bass note can be used when necessary.

Root ................ The bass note of the chord. Chord type ..... The type (e.g. major, minor, etc.) of the chord. On-bass ........... The low bass note to use when you want to produce a chord with a bass note other than the root.

Chord List (root=C)

Name on the LCD

mM7 Minor major

seventh

sus4 Suspended fourth

7su4 Seventh

suspended fourth

m7 5 Minor seventh

flatted fifth

min6 Minor sixth

aug Augmented

7 5 Seventh

augmented

add9 Added ninth

mad9 Minor added

ninth

7th9 Seventh ninth

7 9 Seventh sharp

ninth

713 Seventh added flatted thirteenth

711 Seventh added sharp eleventh

m711 Major seventh

added eleventh

7 13 Seventh added

thirteenth

7 9 Seventh flatted

ninth

min Minor

7th Seventh

min7 Minor seventh

Maj7 Major seventh

dim Diminished

6th Sixth

Maj Major

Maj9 Major ninnth

min9 Minor ninth

The chord recorded to a user pattern is played back.

80

Feature Reference Pattern Record Mode

YAM A

H A

D R U

M TRIGGER

M O

D U

LE

DTX

Pattern Record Mode You can records original patterns to user pattern numbers 111 to 210. Each pattern consists of 3 tracks: rhythm, chord, and bass (P.71). You can create patterns by real-time recording: hitting connected pads or playing a connected MIDI keyboard, or step recording: inputting notes one after another one step at a time. Step recording makes it possible to input rather complex beats which would be difficult to play in real time.

Recording

! Getting prepared: (P.81) Select the user pattern number to record your original pattern in Pattern Play mode.

A It is also necessary to select the drum kit (normal) and keyboard voice you want to use before you record.

" Standby: (P.81) Enter the Pattern Record mode (Record-ready).

# Select a recording track: (P.81) Select the track (chord/bass/rhythm) you want to record.

$ Select the type of recording: (P.82) Select the type of recording (real-time or step recording) when you are using a rhythm track.

AThis step is not required if you are only recording the chord or bass track where you can only record in real-time.

% Set the tempo: (P.82) Set the tempo of the pattern you are going to record.

& Set the beat (time signature): (P.83) Set the beat of the pattern you are going to record.

' Set the number of measures: (P.83) Set the number of measures of the pattern you are going to record.

( Set the quantization: (P.84) Set the quantization value.

) Record in real-time: (P.84) Record your performance from an external MIDI keyboard or pad.

AIf you choose step recording to record a rhythm track, you can input the data for each step while checking the LCD of the DTX (P.85).

81

Feature Reference Pattern Record Mode

1. Getting Ready to Record

Select a user pattern number (111 to 210) in Pattern Play mode before entering Pattern Record mode (P.72).

The MIDI Channel and Recorded Voices Select a drum kit you want to record on the 6th page in Pattern Job mode before entering Pattern Record mode and recording to the rhythm track. Refer to (P.92)for details on how to select the drum kit. If you are using a MIDI keyboard, you can record to the rhythm track by connecting the MIDI keyboard to channel 10.

Select a keyboard voice voice from 128 types in the 6th display page in Pattern Job mode before entering Pattern Record mode and recording the voice to a chord or bass track. Refer to P.92 for details on how to select a voice. A chord track is recorded through MIDI channel 5 and a bass track through MIDI channel 7.

2. Stand-by

By pressing the RECORD button, you will enter Pattern Record mode and the DTX will stand by for recording. The red LED above the RECORD button will light up.

OFF

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE QUANT.

Realtime

REC ModeCLICK

AAn empty user pattern will automatically be selected even when a preset pattern is selected and the Record Button is pressed.

AYou can erase all of the data in the currently selected user pattern just by pressing the RECORD button while holding SHIFT. The DTX will go into record-ready mode. This is convenient when you want to create a pattern from scratch.

3. Selecting a Track

Select a track for recording. Press the CHORD, BASS, or RHYTHM button to choose the track for recording and the LED above the button will light up.

BASS TMP TR

CHORD CHO TR

RHYTHM PAT TR

SOLO

TR1 TR2

CYMBALMISC.

SNARE KICK

82

Feature Reference Pattern Record Mode

4. Selecting the Type of Recording

*This step is not necessary if you have chosen a chord track or bass track to record. Skip this step and move on to step 5.

If you have chosen the rhythm track to record, you can choose the type of recording.

Move the cursor to the type of recording focus area and choose the type by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. You can choose from the following:

Real-time: A recording to record the input from pads or drums connected to the DTX. This method is the same as recording a chord track or bass track.

Step Rec (step recording): A type of recording where you specify each drum voice to a beat one at a time while checking the data focus area on the LCD.

OFF

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE QUANT.

Realtime

REC Mode

Recording method

The following operations are necessary for real-time recording. If you have selected step recording, skip to P.85.

5. Setting the Tempo

Set the tempo for real-time recording.

! Press the TEMPO button or use the Q cursor buttons to move the cursor to the tempo focus area.

" Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -/NO buttons to set the tempo.

OFF

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE QUANT.

Realtime

REC Mode

Settings: Tempo: [ = 30 to 299

A You can only set the tempo of a pattern that does not contain any data.

83

Feature Reference Pattern Record Mode

6. Setting the Beat (time signature)

Set the beat of the pattern you are recording.

Move the cursor to the BEAT focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the beat.

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE QUANT.

Realtime

REC Mode

Settings: 1/F (1/16) to 16/F (16/16), 1/8 to 16/8, 1/4 to 8/4

AYou can only set or record the beat of a pattern that does not contain any data.

7. Setting the Number of Measures

Set the length of the recorded pattern using measures as units.

Move the cursor to the MEASURE focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the number of measures.

OFF

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE QUANT.

Realtime

REC Mode

Settings: 1 to 8

AYou can only set the number of measures of a pattern that does not contain any data.

84

Feature Reference Pattern Record Mode

8. Setting the Quantization

Set the quantization values for the recording. Quantization helps to produce a tight recording by automatically aligning notes to the nearest specified beat as you record. For example, if you want to record directly from a hi-hat on the eighth note, you can record your hi-hat sound precisely to the eighth note by setting the quantization value to the eighth note.

The quantization set here will be the minimum unit of the recording data. Pick the shortest quantization in the piece used for the phrase or rhythm you are recording. The performance will be recorded exactly as played if the quantization is OFF. You can also assign the quantization afterwards (P.91).

Move the cursor to the QUANT. focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the quantization.

OFF

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE QUANT.

Realtime

REC Mode

Settings: OFF, quarter note,

3 quarter note triplet, eighth note,

3 eighth note triplet, 16th note,

3 16th note triplet

AThe finest level of quantization is when quantization is OFF, which resolves to 96 clocks per quarter note.

9. Real-time Recording

Real-time recording allows you to record a pattern as you play the external MIDI keyboards or drum pads in real-time.

! Press the START/STOP button and the LED above the button will flash once, and the DTX will countdown two measures before beginning to record.

OFF

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE QUANT.

Record..

REC ModeCLICK

85

Feature Reference Pattern Record Mode

A The LED above the CLICK button will flash in time with the current tempo setting during the countdown. The LED above the CLICK button and the START/STOP button will flash in time with the current tempo setting during the recording.

AThe recording to the chord track is executed through MIDI channel 5, the bass track through MIDI channel 7, and the rhythm track through MIDI channel 10.

Once the DTX has looped back to the beginning of the first measure, you can record the snare drum, hi-hat, or other parts onto the track while checking the measure number.

AThe data of each part (KICK, SNARE, CYMBAL, MISC.) you have played will appear in the data focus area of the LCD after recording a rhythm track. Refer to P.19, 87 for further details on the data focus area.

" By pressing the START/STOP button, the LCD will display Wait... and the recording will end. The DTX will return to Pattern Play mode.

Step Recording (for rhythm track only)

Step recording can be used to record the rhythm track. This allows you to input each beat one step at a time while checking the structure in the data focus area.

! Follow steps 1. Getting Ready to Record (P. 81) and 4. Selecting the Type of Recording (P.82) and press the START/STOP button. The LED above the button will light up and the DTX will enter Step Recording mode.

OFF

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE QUANT.

0-0-00

--------Pattern number

Pattern number Drum voice name

Beat

Measure number

Quantization

Data focus area

Beat Indicator

Location pointer

Measure/Beat/Clock .. Indicates the present position.

Pattern number ........ Indicates the number of the user pattern currently designated for recording.

Drum voice name ..... Displays the voice name currently being used. If there is no voice recorded at this location, the display shows --------.

Measure number ...... Indicates the number of the present measure.

Quantization ............. Indicates the quantization value (note length).

Data focus area ......... Displays the input data with dots.

Beat Indicator ........... Indicates the current beat.

Location pointer ....... Indicates the present position of drum voice to input or clear. The cursor can be moved by a quantization value at a time.

86

Feature Reference Pattern Record Mode

" Move the cursor to the quantization focus area using the Q cursor buttons and select the quantization (note length) of the drum voice by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and - 1/NO buttons. Hereafter, you can move the cursor by the quantization value you have selected.

OFF

PATTERN

MISC.

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE QUANT.

0-0-00

--------

Settings: OFF, quarter note,

3 quarter note triplet, eighth note,

3 eighth note triplet, 16th note,

3 16th note triplet

A The finest level of quantization is when quantization is OFF, which resolves to 96 clocks per quarter note.

AThe location of the beat indicator will change depending on the quantization level you have selected.

# Move the location pointer to the location where you want to input a drum voice using the FORWARD or REWIND button. You can also move the location pointer a measure at a time by moving the cursor to the MEASURE focus area and rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

The quantization is set to the eighth note.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

The quantization is set to the quater note.

A The cursor can also be moved by a quantization value at a time.

$ Play the pad or MIDI keyboard corresponding to the drum voice you want to input. The voice name of the input will appear and the data will appear in the data focus area in the form of a small square dot.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

A The drum voice appears on the LCD categorized in 4 tracks: KICK, SNARE, CYMBAL, and MISC. (other instruments).

AThe MIDI keyboard will be recorded through MIDI channel 10.

Erasing a Mistake To erase a voice you have entered by mistake, take the following steps:

1 Use the FORWARD or REWIND button to move the location pointer to the position above the dot (note indicator) position of the drum voice you want to erase.

2 Press the ERASE button. And the mistake will be erased.

87

Feature Reference Pattern Record Mode

% Repeat steps " to $ and continue to enter the necessary drum voices in the appropriate positions.

& Press the START/STOP button to exit Step recording and the display will return to Pattern Play mode.

Sample: 8-beat drum pattern

When an 8-beat drum pattern is entered, the LCD will display:

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

1st beat

Hi-hat Snare Kick

2nd beat 3rd beat 4th beat

C Turning the power OFF while recording, erasing, or copying, may cause irretrievable loss to ALL of the user data.

88

Feature Reference Pattern Job Mode

YAM A

H A

D R U

M TRIGGER

M O

D U

LE

DTX

Pattern Job Mode This mode has various supporting functions to create a pattern: name a recorded pattern, quantize, copy, or clear a pattern.

Entering Pattern Job Mode

Press the PATTERN button twice or press the PATTERN button once while in Pattern Play mode.

MAIN A

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Copy Pat

RP Hop

DRUM KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STOREPATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

A Select the user pattern in Pattern Play mode before entering Pattern Job mode.

A When the JumpRcnt(jump to recent page) parameter on the 7th page in Utility mode is on, the DTX will display the page you selected the last time you edited. Your DTX will display the 1st page when the JumpRcnt(jump to recent page) parameter is off. Refer to P.116 for details regarding the JumpRcnt(jump to recent page) parameter.

The Pattern Job Mode (page structure and operation)

The Pattern Job mode consists of 7 display pages.

MAIN A

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Copy Pat

RP Hop

Page number Function name

! Select the page: Use the PAGE or PAGE buttons.

" Select the parameter: Use the Q cursor buttons.

# Set the value: Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

$ Execute the function: Execute quantization or copy.

A Some display pages may not require step 4.

89

Feature Reference Pattern Job Mode

Functions of Each Page

1 Copy (Pat/Dest): Pattern copy ............................................................................... (P.90)

2 Quantize: Quantization ......................................................................................... (P.91)

3 CrTrNote: Clears a specific note ........................................................................... (P.91)

4 ClrTrack: Clears a track ......................................................................................... (P.92)

5 ClearPat: Clears a pattern ...................................................................................... (P.92)

6 Ch/Ba/Ry Voice: Selects the voices of a chord, bass or rhythm track..................... (P.92)

7 Pat Name: Pattern name ........................................................................................ (P.92)

90

Feature Reference Pattern Job Mode

1 Copy (Pat/Dest): pattern copy

This copies a specific preset or user pattern to a different user pattern number. This is convenient in creating a new pattern based on an existing pattern.

! Choose the preset style or user pattern by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

A It is necessary to specify the section (P.73) before selecting a preset style to copy.

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Copy Pat

RP FunkS

" Press the START/STOP button to select the CopyDest (copy destination) of the user pattern.

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

CopyDest

Init Pat

# Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/ YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the number of the user pattern.

$ Press the START/STOP button and the LCD will display Sure? y/n.

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Copy Pat

Sure?y/n

% Press the +1/YES button to copy. The display will return to the original (Copy Pat display page). Press the -1/NO button to cancel a copy and the display will return to the first page.

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Copy Pat

RP FunkS

Settings: Copy source: preset style (1 to 110) x 6 sections, user pattern (111 to 210). Copy destination: user pattern (111 to 210).

91

Feature Reference Pattern Job Mode

2 Quantize (quantization)

This function quantizes each track of the currently selected pattern. As described on P.84, the quantization function automatically aligns a note to the nearest specified beat.

! Press the CHORD, BASS, or RHYTHM button of the track you want to quantize and the LED above will light up.

BASS TMP TR

CHORD CHO TR

RHYTHM PAT TR

SOLO

TR1 TR2

CYMBALMISC.

SNARE KICK

" Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/ YES and -1/NO buttons to set the quantization.

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

QUANT.

Quantize

Tr&Value

# Press the START/STOP button and the LCD will display Sure? y/n.

$ Press the +1/YES button to quantize and the display will return to the original Quantize display page. Press the -1/NO button to cancel the quantize.

Settings:

Quantize: OFF, quarter note, 3 quarter note triplet,

eighth note, 3 eighth note triplet, 16th note,

3 16th note triplet

AOnce you quantize the track, the data is revised and is irretrievable.

3 CrTrNote (clear specific note)

This clears the specific note from an entire track.

! Press the CHORD, BASS, or RHYTHM button of the track containing the note you want to clear and the LED above will light up.

" By hitting the connected pad or playing the note on the connected MIDI keyboard, the LCD will display the specific note number and note name of the note that will be cleared.

A You can also move the cursor to the note number, note name or octave number. Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the note you want to clear.

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

CrTrNote

= 60 C 3 Note number

Note name Octave number

# Press the START/STOP button and the LCD will display Sure? y/n.

$ Press the +1/YES button to clear and the display will return to the original CrTrNote display page. Press the -1/NO button to cancel clear.

92

Feature Reference Pattern Job Mode

4 ClrTrack (clears a track)

This clears all the data on the specified track within the currently selected pattern.

! Press the CHORD, BASS, or RHYTHM button of the track you want to clear and the LED above will light up.

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

ClrTrack

SetTrack

" Press the START/STOP button and the LCD will display Sure? y/n.

# Press the +1/YES button to clear the track and the display will return to the original ClrTrack page. Press the -1/NO button to cancel clear.

5 ClearPat (clear pattern)

This clears all the data within the currently selected user pattern.

! Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/ YES and -1/NO buttons to select a user pattern or Clear All.

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

ClearPat

Init Pat

AThe ClearAll command is located after user pattern number 220. You can clear all the user patterns by selecting ClearAll.

" Press the START/STOP button and the LCD will display Sure? y/n.

# Press the +1/YES button to clear and the display will return to the original ClearPat page. Press the -1/NO button to cancel clear.

6 Pgm= (selects the voices of a chord, bass or rhythm track)

This selects the voices of a chord, bass or rhythm track for the currently selected pattern.

! Move the cursor to the track display and select the track of the voice you want to set with the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +/YES or -1/NO buttons.

PATTERN

Ocarina

Track

Pgm= cho

Program Change Number

Voice Name

Chord track voice selecting

PATTERN

SlapBas2

Pgm=bass

Track

Profgram Change Number

Bass track voice selecting

Voice Name

PATTERN

GM std 1

Pgm= rhy

Track

Program Change Number

Rhythm track voice selecting

Drum Kit Name

" Move the cursor to the Program Change Number and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the voice or drum kit you want to use for the track.

Settings: Track: cho, bass, rhy Program change numbers: 0 to 128

ARefer to P.143 for details about the voice list.

ARefer to P.120 9 P/CKIT for details about the program change number of each drum kit.

7 Pat Name (pattern name)

Use up to 8 letters to name the pattern The alphabet, number, or symbol to use is the same as naming the drum kit. Refer to P.35 for details.

C Turning the power OFF while recording, erasing, or copying, may cause irretrievable loss to ALL of the user data.

93

Feature Reference Song Play Mode

YAM A

H A

D R U

M TRIGGER

M O

D U

LE

DTX

Song Play Mode Use this mode to select and play from 100 preset songs and 30 user songs. By using the mute function you can easily create a minus-one playback and practice a drum or keyboard part to your original song previously created as well as synchronize with other connected digital devices at a live performance.

The Concept of song

Track Structure

The song consists of 5 tracks: 2 sequence tracks (TR1 and TR2) and 3 backing tracks (pattern, chord, and tempo).

TR1 (track 1)Sequence track

Backing track

TR2 (track 2)

Pattern track Pattern 1

Chord track (Chord progression)

Tempo track

Chord Bass

Rhythm

Pattern 2 Pattern 3

C G F

(Record melody lines or obligatos using a MIDI keyboard)

Chord Bass

Rhythm

Chord Bass

Rhythm

Sequence Tracks

You can record a melody or obligato to each sequence track in real-time just as you would record a track on a sequencer.

Backing Tracks

The backing consists of 3 tracks: pattern (PAT TR), chord (CHO TR), and tempo (TMP TR). Create backing tracks by setting the pattern, chord, and tempo changes in sequential order. It is easy to create a song with an irregular beats or a song with ritardando or accelerando settings.

Types of Songs

You can create a total of 30 songs (No.101 to 130). The DTX also comes with 100 preset songs (No.1 to 100).

A The preset song contains drum kits which are set in advance and generate appropriate sounds. To keep the drum kit from automatically switching, change the settings on the 17th display page (RecvCh 10PC) in Utility mode (P.118).

94

Feature Reference Song Play Mode

Entering Song Play Mode

Press the SONG button.

DRUM KIT

SONG

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

GM std 1

CityDogs

DRUM KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STOREPATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

A You may inadvertently enter Song Job mode if you press the SONG button twice. Press the SONG button again to return to Song Play mode. The modes will change alternately each time you press this button.

AThe Song Play mode is displayed in the same format as the Drum Kit Play mode (or Chain Play mode).

Selecting a Song

! Use the Q cursor buttons to move the cursor to the song number focus area.

Song name

DRUM KIT

SONG

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

GM std 1

CityDogs

Song number

PAGE ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE

A The song number focus area automatically blinks in Song Play mode.

AIt is also possible to move up and down the LCD using the PAGE or PAGE buttons.

" Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the song number.

Song name

DRUM KIT

SONG

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

GM std 1

CityDogs

Song number Tempo

Beat

Measure number

Click

Section

Data focus area

The selected song will be set to a preset tempo. The rhythm data of the current measure will appear in the form of small square dots on the LCD data focus area. Refer to P.19, 87 for further details about the data focus area.

Selections: Preset song: 1 to 100 User song: 101 to 130

AThe section name of the current measure will appear on the far bottom of the LCD. If a user pattern is used in the current measure, the section will not appear on the LCD.

95

Feature Reference Song Play Mode

Playing a Song

! Press the START/STOP button to play a song.

The green LED above the START/STOP button will flash to the tempo of the song that is playing.

CLICK

AWhen the "Count" parameter on the 36th page of the Count screen (P. 123) in Utility mode is "on," the metronome sound of the click will also play.

" Press the START/STOP button again to stop playing the song. The song will automatically return to the beginning of the song.

AThe Beat indicator will flash to the tempo (P.74) while the song is playing. The MEASURE focus area will show the measure number currently playing.

PAUSE button

Press the PAUSE button to pause the song. The LED above the START/STOP button will turn off. The song will start where it stopped when the PAUSE or the START/STOP button is pressed again.

CLICK

FORWARD and REWIND Buttons

The FORWARD and REWIND buttons move the cursor to the measure where you want to start the song. The FORWARD and REWIND buttons move the indicator forward or backward by a measure when the song is not playing . The LCD will show the style, section, and tempo of the first measure.

MAIN A

DRUM KIT

SONG

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

GM std 1

CityDogs

Song number Song name Tempo

Measure number

CLICK

Section

Data focus area

AYou can also change the measure number by moving the cursor to the MEASURE focus area and by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

96

Feature Reference Song Play Mode

Volume Adjustment

Master Volume Adjustment

The MASTER VOLUME slider adjusts the volume of the entire song.

A The MASTER VOLUME slider also controls the sound of the drum kit played and input from the pads.

CLICK KICK/MISC.

ACCOMP SNARE/CYMBAL

AUX IN

MIN

MAX

MASTER VOL.

Volume Adjustment of Each Part

Adjust the volume of the accompaniment (chord and bass), click, or rhythm independently. You can also balance the volume between the song and the drum kit input from the pads when you are practicing to a song. Adjust the volume in the same manner as in Pattern Play mode. Refer to P.75 for details.

Adjusting the Tempo

Regardless of whether the song is playing or not, you can change the tempo.

Press the TEMPO button or use the Q cursor buttons to move the cursor to the tempo focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

MAIN A

DRUM KIT

SONG

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

GM std 1

CityDogs

PAGE ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE

Settings: Tempo: [ = 30 to 299

A The tempo adjustment is temporary. When you select a different song, the tempo will restore the default tempo.

Click (metronome)

Regardless of whether the song is playing or not, you can turn the click sound of the metronome ON or OFF by pressing the CLICK button. The steps to set the volume, tempo, or beat of the click are the same as in Pattern Play mode. Refer to P.76 for details.

97

Feature Reference Song Play Mode

Muting or Soloing Each Track

This function enables you to mute the tracks of a song : TR1/2(tracks 1 or 2), rhythm, chord, or bass. You can mute the parts you do not need during rhythm practice. By pressing the same button again, the mute is cancelled and the LED above each button lights up.

Muting

By pressing the TR1, TR2, BASS, CHORD, or RHYTHM buttons you can mute, each part and the LED above each button turns off. You can mute the parts you do not need during rhythm practice. By pressing the same button again, the mute is cancelled and the LED above each button lights up.

BASS TMP TR

CHORD CHO TR

RHYTHM PAT TR

SOLO

TR1 TR2

CYMBALMISC.

SNARE KICK

A On TR1 (track 1), when the rhythm (drum) is recorded on MIDI channel 10 and the bass is recorded on MIDI channel 7 or parts of a chord are recorded on other channels respectively, it is possible to mute each part by pressing the corresponding RHYTHM, BASS and CHORD buttons.

The Mute/Solo of each Rhythm Part

AYou can also mute or solo play individually, each rhythm part in the same manner as in Pattern Play mode. Refer to P.77 for details.

AYou can also mute each part or play a single part of the rhythm in Track 1 when Track 1 is used as the rhythm track for MIDI channel 10 .

Groove Check Function

*This function can also be used in Pattern Play Mode.

This is a unique feature of the Yamaha DTX which enables you to check the groove feeling, that is a difference in timing (how the pad or drum attack delays from the exact timing) of the song (or pattern) beat.

The Groove Check Function consists of the following 2 modes:

Single Mode .............. The LCD displays the difference (in clock units) of the timing, comparing each input from the pad or drum to the song (or pattern) beat. This is convenient to check the timing of a snare or kick. The finest groove check level depends on the quantization of the click.

MAIN A

DRUM KIT

SONG

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

GroovChk

dif:+00

98

Feature Reference Song Play Mode

Average Mode ........... The LCD analyses the difference of the timing and displays the percentage (%). This mode averages the difference and sets the 16th note quantization as 100%. Press the RECORD button again to clear all of the current data.

SONG

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

ave:+00%

dsp: 00%

A Select the groove check mode on the Groove Check display page of the SEQ items in Utility Mode in advance.

Operating the Groove Check Mode

! Press the RECORD button while playing a song (or pattern).

CLICK

" Move the cursor to the CLICK focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the quantization which becomes the finest Groove Check level.

Settings: Quantization: quarter note,

3 quarter note triplet, eighth note,

3 eighth note triplet, 16th note,

3 16th note triplet

# Play the pad or drum to the song (or pattern).

$ The results of Groove Check will appear on the LCD for each mode in real-time.

% The Group Check function will be canceled when you stop playing by pressing the START/STOP button.

99

Feature Reference Song Record Mode

YAM A

H A

D R U

M TRIGGER

M O

D U

LE

DTX

Song Record Mode Use this mode to record original songs to user song numbers 101 to 130. Create a song using the following steps:

! Line up the necessary patterns by step recording and set the chord progression by assigning the chords to the backing track.

" Play the external MIDI keyboard and record the melody or obligato to the 2 sequence tracks in real-time.

Recording Procedures

! Getting prepared: (P.100) Select the user song number to record your original song in Song Play mode.

" Stand-by: (P.100) Enter Song Record mode.

# Select a recording track: (P.100) Select the track (pattern, chord, tempo, track 1/2) you want to record to.

The type of recording depends on the selected track.

Step Recording (Recording to a Chord or Bass Track)(P.101, 103, 104)

Input the data one step at a time while checking the LCD display of the DTX.

Real-time Recording (Recording to track 1 or 2) (P.105)

! Set the tempo (P.105) Set the tempo of the real-time recording.

" Set the quantization (P.105) Set the quantization value of the real-time recording.

# Select the starting point (P.106) Select the measure number of the starting point.

$ Record (P.106) Record from the external MIDI keyboard.

100

Feature Reference Song Record Mode

1. Getting prepared

Select a user song number (101 to 130) in Song Play mode before entering Song Record mode (P.94).

Voices used for the sequence tracks (Track 1 or 2) and MIDI channels: Before you enter Song Record mode and record a sequence track, it is necessary to select a keyboard voice. Also when you are using an external MIDI keyboard, be sure to check the connection and match select the proper transmission channels to each track number. The normal keyboard voices used to record sequence tracks 1 or 2 can be selected from 128 voices on the 5th display page in Song Job mode. Refer to P.110 for details on how to select the voices.

2. Stand-by

Press the RECORD button to enter Song Record mode. The DTX will stand-by for recording and the red LED above the RECORD button will light up.

SONG

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE

STEP REC

REC Mode

SONG

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE QUANT.

REALTIME

REC Mode

CLICK

Step recording display

Real-time recording display

AAn empty user song will automatically be selected even when a preset song is selected and the Record Button is pressed.

3. Selecting a Recording Track

Select the track to record the song. Press the track button: TR1, TR2, TMP TR, PAT TR, or CHO TR and the LED above the track button will light up.

BASS TMP TR

CHORD CHO TR

RHYTHM PAT TR

SOLO

TR1 TR2

CYMBALMISC.

SNARE KICK

101

Feature Reference Song Record Mode

Step Recording

Use step recording to record pattern, chord, or tempo tracks. Input the data one step at a time while checking the LCD display of the DTX.

Step Recording to a Pattern Track

Input the necessary measure from preset patterns (110 styles x 6 sections) or user patterns.

! Select PATTR (pattern track) according to step 3. Selecting a Recording Track (P.100) and press the START/STOP button. The LED above the button will light up and the LCD will display the Step Recording display page.

INTRO

SONG

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE

PatTrRec

NYC BOYZ

Tempo

Beat Measure number

CLICK

Section

Style or pattern nameStyle or pattern number

Data focus area

Pattern input

QUANT.

Beat ................................ Shows the beat of the pattern entered in this measure.

Tempo ............................ Shows the tempo of this measure.

Style or pattern number . Shows the style or pattern number entered in this measure.

Style or pattern name ..... Shows the style or pattern name entered in this measure.

Measure number ............ Shows the current position by measure.

Pattern input .................. Shows a when this measure contains a pattern.

Data focus area ............... Displays the pattern data with dots.

Section ............................ Shows the section of the pattern entered in this measure.

" Move the cursor to the style or pattern number focus area using the Q cursor buttons and select the style or pattern number by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

# Continue to specify the section if you have selected a preset style. Press the MAIN A, MAIN B, FILL AB, FILL BA, INTRO, or ENDING button while holding SHIFT to select the section. The selected section will appear on the far bottom of the LCD.

AThe user pattern does not have a section. Therefore, the section will not appear if you have selected a user pattern.

$ Use the FORWARD or REWIND button to select the measure number to enter the next pattern.

A You can also select the measure number by moving the cursor to the MEASURE focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

% Repeat steps ! to $ and enter the necessary patterns.

& After you have finished entering the last pattern of the song, enter an EndofSng mark in the measure after the last. The EndofSng mark is located after the last style number (211). Select the EndofSng mark as you would the style or pattern number in step " above.

ABy entering an END mark the DTX will automatically stop at the mark when you are playing a song or recording in real-time. If the song or pattern is looped, the END mark will function as the repeat mark.

' Press the START/STOP button to exit Step recording and the display will return to Song Play mode.

102

Feature Reference Song Record Mode

Erasing a Mistake To change a pattern that has been entered, use the FORWARD or REWIND button to move the cursor to the position of the pattern you want to clear and select a different pattern. You can also erase the pattern of the current measure simply by pressing the ERASE button.

PAGE ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE

Sample Structure of a Song

Each preset style consists of 6 sections which can be connected to create a smooth piece of music. You can also create other patterns and store them as user patterns and insert them into the song structure to try out new ideas or create a new music piece.

MAIN A MAIN A MAIN A FILL AB

MAIN B MAIN B MAIN B FILL BA

Preset

User

MAIN A MAIN A MAIN A Your Original Fill-in

Your Original pattern A

Your Original pattern A

Your Original pattern A EndOfSng

mark ENDING

ARefer to P.71 for further details on sections.

103

Feature Reference Song Record Mode

Step Recording to a Chord Track

Enter the necessary chords from a selection of 26 types one step at a time.

ARefer to P.79 for details on chords.

! Select the CHO TR (chord track) according to step 3. Selecting a Recording Track (P.100) and press the START/STOP button. The LED above the button will light up and the LCD display will turn to the Step Recording display page.

SONG

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE

KyTypeOB

Cmin7 _ _Root

Beat

Measure number

Tempo

On-bassType

Data focus area

Beat Indicator

Location pointer

BASS TMP TR

CHORD CHO TR

RHYTHM PAT TR

SOLO

TR1 TR2

CYMBALMISC.

SNARE KICK

CLICK

Chord input

Beat focus area ......... Shows the pattern beat of the measure for the current locationpointer position.

Tempo focus area ..... Shows the tempo of the measure for the current locationpointer position.

Root .......................... Shows the chord root of the measure for the current locationpointer position.

Type ......................... Shows the chord type of the measure for the current locationpointer position.

On-bass ..................... Shows the on-bass setting of the measure for the current locationpointer position.

Measure number ...... Shows the measure number for the current locationpointer position.

Chord input .............. Shows a when the current location pointer position contains a chord.

Location pointer ....... Indicates the current input position.

Data focus area ......... Shows the pattern data in this measure with dots.

" Move the cursor to the root focus area using the Q cursor buttons and select the root of the chord by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

# Move the cursor to the type focus area using the Q cursor buttons and select the type of the chord. With this step you specify one chord.

$ (If necessary,) specify an on-bass chord. Move the cursor to the on-bass chord focus area and select the bass note apart from the root note.

% Use the FORWARD or REWIND button to move the cursor to the next input position. You can move the cursor 1/16th note at a time.

AYou can also select the input position one measure at a time by moving the cursor to the MEASURE focus area and by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

& Repeat steps ! to % and continue to enter the chords.

' Press the START/STOP button after you have finished step recording. The display will return to Song Play mode.

Erasing a Mistake To change a chord that has been entered, simply use the FORWARD or REWIND button to move the cursor to the focus area of the chord data you want to erase and select a different chord. To erase the chord data of the current measure simply by press the ERASE button.

104

Feature Reference Song Record Mode

Step Recording to a Tempo Track

Enter the tempo change data one step at a time by specifying two parameters: the quantity of the tempo change and the time required to change. This simplifies and smoothes the process of changing the speed of the tempo.

! Select the TMP TR (tempo track) according to step 3. Selecting a Recording Track(P.100) and press the START/STOP button. The LED above the button will light up and the LCD display will show the Step Recording display page.

SONG

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE

TempTime

0 0Tempo change quantity

Beat

Measure number

Tempo

Tempo change time

Data focus area

Location pointer

BASS TMP TR

CHORD CHO TR

RHYTHM PAT TR

SOLO

TR1 TR2

CYMBALMISC.

SNARE KICK

CLICK

Data input

Beat ................................ Shows the pattern beat of the measure for the current location pointer position.

Tempo ............................ Shows the pattern tempo of the measure for the current location pointer position.

Tempo change quantity .. Shows the quantity of the tempo change entered into the current location pointer position.

Tempo change time ........ Shows the time required to change the tempo entered in the current location pointer position.

Measure number ............ Shows the measure number of the current location pointer position.

Data input ...................... Shows a when the current location pointer position contains tempo change data.

Location pointer ............. Indicates the location pointer position.

Data focus area area ....... Shows the pattern data in this measure with dots.

" Use the FORWARD or REWIND button to move the location pointer to the position enter the tempo change data. The cursor can be moved by 1/16th note at a time.

A You can also select the input position one measure at a time by moving the cursor to the MEASURE focus area and by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

# Move the cursor to the tempo change quantity focus area using the Q cursor buttons and select the tempo value by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. The value set in this focus area will be added or subtracted to the preset tempo value of the selected song.

Settings: Tempo change quantity: -128 to +127

105

Feature Reference Song Record Mode

$ Move the cursor to the tempo change time focus area and set the number of beats (time) required to reach the tempo change value.

Settings: Time required to change: 0 to 127 (beats)

% Use the FORWARD or REWIND button to move the cursor to the next input position. You can move the cursor one 1/16th note at a time.

& Repeat steps " to $ and continue to enter the tempo change data to the necessary positions.

' Press the START/STOP button to exit Step recording and the display will return to Song Play mode.

Erasing a Mistake To change the tempo change data that has been entered, simply use the FORWARD or REWIND button to move the cursor to the focus area of the tempo change data and enter the new data. You can also erase the tempo change of the current measure simply by pressing the ERASE button.

Real-time Recording (Track 1 and 2 only)

This is a recording method to record a rhythm part from a pad or a melody from a MIDI keyboard connected to the DTX in real-time. You can record two sequence tracks: track 1 and track 2.

Select TR1 (track 1) or TR2 (track 2) according to step 3. Selecting a Recording Track (P.100) and set the tempo or quantization value as required.

1 Setting the Tempo

Set the tempo for real-time recording. The value set here will be the initial tempo of the song.

! Press the TEMPO button or move the cursor to the tempo focus area using the Q cursor buttons.

" Set the tempo by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

SONG

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE QUANT.

REALTIME

Settings: Tempo: [ = 30 to 299

BYou can change the tempo of a song which already has data. By using this function, you can change the default tempo of a song you have completed.

2 Setting the Quantization

Set the quantization before recording to tracks 1 or 2. The quantization function automatically aligns notes to the nearest specified beat. The quantization set here will be the minimum unit for the recorded data.

Move the cursor to the QUANT focus area and set the quantization value by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

106

Feature Reference Song Record Mode

SONG

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE QUANT.

REALTIME

0 0

Settings: Quantize: OFF, quarter note,

3 quarter note triplet, eighth note,

3 eighth note triplet, 16th note,

3 16th note triplet

A The performance will be recorded exactly as played if the quantization is OFF. You can also assign the quantization afterwards (P.109).

ARefer to P.84 for details on quantization.

3 Setting the First Measure

You can specify the first measure and start recording.

Use the FORWARD or REWIND button to move the cursor to the measure of the position and start recording. You can also move the cursor to the MEASURE focus area and select the measure by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

SONG

MISC. CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE QUANT.

REALTIME

0 0 CLICK

4 Real-time Recording

Record a performance from an external MIDI keyboard in real-time.

! Press the START/STOP button and the LED above the button will flash once. The DTX will countdown two measures before beginning to record, the MIDI data from the external MIDI keyboard.

CLICK

AThe LCD above the CLICK button will flash to the tempo when the DTX is counting the beat. The LEDs above both the CLICK button and the START/STOP button will flash to the tempo when you are recording.

ARefer to P.110 on how to select the voice or MIDI channel for tracks 1 and 2.

ABeware that the data will replace the previous data and the previous data will be irretrievable.

" Press the START/STOP button to exit recording and the display will return to Song Play mode.

ABy entering an END mark, the pattern track recording will automatically stop at the mark.

CTurning the power OFF while recording, erasing, or copying, may cause irretrievable loss to ALL of the user data.

Recording a rhythm part If you record a rhythm part (MIDI channel 10) to TR1 in real-time, the track will be muted when you mute the rhythm of the pattern track using the RHYTHM button. It is recommended to use TR2 (track 2) when you are recording a rhythm part in real-time. The rhythm part on TR2 can be muted using the RHYTHM button.

107

Feature Reference Song Job Mode

YAM A

H A

D R U

M TRIGGER

M O

D U

LE

DTX

Song Job Mode This mode has various supporting functions to create a song: naming a recorded song, setting the voice for each track, quantizing, copying, or clearing a song.

Entering Song Job Mode

Press the SONG button twice or press the SONG button once while in Song Play mode.

SONG

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

CopySong

InitSong

DRUM KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STOREPATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

ASelect a user song in Song Play mode before entering the Song Job mode.

AWhen the JumpRcnt(jump to recent page) parameter on the 7th page in Utility mode is on, the DTX will display the page you selected the last time you edited. Your DTX will display the 1st page when the JumpRcnt(jump to recent page) parameter is off. Refer to P.116 for details regarding the JumpRcnt(jump to recent page) parameter.

The Song Job Mode (page structure and operation)

The Song Job mode consists of the following 11 pages.

SONG

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

CopySong

InitSong

Function namePage number

! Select the page: Use the PAGE or PAGE buttons.

" Select the parameter: Use the Q cursor buttons.

# Set the value: Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

$ Execute the function

ASome pages may not require step 4.

108

Feature Reference Song Job Mode

Functions of Each page

1 Copy (Song/Dest): song copy ................................................................................ (P.108)

2 Quantize: quantization ........................................................................................... (P.109)

3 ClrTrack: clear track .............................................................................................. (P.109)

4 Clr Song: clear song ............................................................................................... (P.109)

5 PgmCh: select the voice for each channel .............................................................. (P.110)

6 VolCh (channel volume) ........................................................................................ (P.110)

7 PanCh (channel pan) .............................................................................................. (P.110)

8 PlayMode ................................................................................................................ (P.110)

9 B Lnr TR: bass linear track mode ........................................................................... (P.111)

10 Pat Mute: pattern track mute mode ........................................................................ (P.111)

11 SongName .............................................................................................................. (P.111)

AThe "6 VolCh (channel volume)" and "7 PanCh (channel pan)" are additional features of DTX version 2.0. Please refer to the System Upgrade Information Guide (included in this package) for details.

1 Copy (Song/Dest): song copy

This copies a specific preset song or user song to a different user song number. This is convenient in creating a new song based on an existing song.

! Choose the preset song or user song by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

SONG

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

CopySong

CityDogs

" Press the START/STOP button to select the CopyDest (copy destination) of the user song.

SONG

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

CopyDest

InitSong

# Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/ YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the number of the user song.

$ Press the START/STOP button and the LCD will display Sure? y/n.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

CopySong

Sure?y/n

% Press the +1/YES button to copy. The display will return to the original (Copy Song display page). Press the -1/NO button to cancel a copy and the display will return to the first page.

Settings: Copy source: preset song (1 to 100), user song (101 to 130). Copy destination: user song (101 to 130).

109

Feature Reference Song Job Mode

2 Quantize (quantization)

This function quantizes the tracks (TR1 or TR2) of the currently selected song. As described on P.84, quantization automatically aligns a note to the nearest specified beat.

! Select a track by pressing the TR1 or TR2 button and the LED above the track will light up.

BASS TMP TR

CHORD CHO TR

RHYTHM PAT TR

SOLO

TR1 TR2

CYMBALMISC.

SNARE KICK

" Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/ YES and -1/NO buttons to set the quantization.

SONG

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

QUANT.

Quantize

Tr&Value

# Press the START/STOP button and the LCD will display Sure? y/n.

$ Press the +1/YES button to quantize and the display will return to the original Quantize page. Press the -1/NO button to cancel the quantize.

Settings:

Quantize: OFF, quarter note, 3 quarter note triplet,

eighth note, 3 eighth note triplet, 16th note,

3 16th note triplet

A Once you quantize the track, the data is revised and is irretrievable.

3 ClrTrack (clear track)

This clears all the data on the specified track within the currently selected song.

! Press the track button you want to clear: TR1, TR2, TMP TR, PAT TR, or CHO TR and the LED above the track button will light up.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

ClrTrack

SetTrack

SONG

" Press the START/STOP button and the LCD will display Sure? y/n.

# Press the +1/YES button to clear and the display will return to the original ClrTrack page. Press the -1/NO button to cancel clear. The display will return to the first page.

4 Clr Song (clear song)

This clears all the data within the currently selected user song.

! Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/ YES and -1/NO buttons to select a user song or ClearAll.

SONG

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Clr Song

InitSong

AThe ClearAll command is located after user song number 130. You can clear all the user song by selecting ClearAll.

" Press the START/STOP button and the LCD will display Sure? y/n.

# Press the +1/YES button to clear and the display will return to the original Clear Song page. Press the -1/NO button to cancel clear. The display will return to the first page.

110

Feature Reference Song Job Mode

5 PgmCh (select the voices for each channel)

This sets the voice for each channel within the currently selected song. The relation between the channel and each track is as shown in the following figure:

Ch1 Ch2 Ch3 Ch4 Ch5: Chord Ch6: Chord Ch7: Chord Ch8 Ch9 Ch10: Rhythm Ch11 Ch12 Ch13 Ch14 Ch15 Ch16

Track 1 or Track 2

A MIDI channels 5 to 7, 10 can be set in Pattern Play mode (P.92), and 10 (highlighted above).

! Move the cursor to the channel display and select the channel of the voice you want to set with the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +/ YES or -1/NO buttons.

SONG

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

PgmCh= 1

GrandPno Program change number

Channel focus area

Voice name

" Move the cursor to the track display and select the channel of the voice you want to set with the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +/ YES or -1/NO buttons.

Settings: Voice numbers: 0 to 127 (GM system level 1)

ARefer to P.143 for details about the voice list.

6 VolCh (channel volume)

This is an additional feature of DTX version 2.0. Please refer to the System Upgrade Information Guide (included in this package).

7 PanCh (channel pan)

This is an additional feature of DTX version 2.0. Please refer to the System Upgrade Information Guide (included in this package).

8 PlayMode

This sets the Play mode of the song playback.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the Play mode. The following two modes are available:

One Way ...... automatically stops the song after playing once.

Repeat .......... repeats the song until it is stopped.

SONG

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

PlayMode

=one Way

Settings: Play mode: one Way, repeat

A In order to apply this mode to a user song, it is necessary to enter an END mark at the end of the pattern track (P.101)

111

Feature Reference Song Job Mode

9 B Lnr TR (bass linear track mode)

This sets the bass linear track mode ON or OFF. The bass linear mode is a mode which enables you to record a bass part in advance to TR 1 or 2 (tracks 1 or 2) to use for unique music expressions featuring a bass line that cannot be executed by combining the preset patterns. By turning this mode ON, each pattern of the BASS TR (bass track) is muted while the song is playing. The BASS button mutes the channel data of the bass part recorded in TR 1 or 2 (tracks 1 or 2). At the same time, the TR 1 and 2 buttons will not mute the channel of the bass part. Keep this mode OFF when not in use.

Set the function ON or OFF by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES or -1/NO buttons.

SONG

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

B Lnr TR

=off

Setting: on, off

A Refer to P.132 for details on the relation between the MIDI channels and each part.

10 Pat Mute (pattern track mute mode)

This sets the pattern track mute mode ON or OFF. By turning this mode ON, the PAT TR (pattern track) is muted while the song is playing. This is used when you do not want to play back the pattern track while you are playing back a standard MIDI file through TR 1 or 2 (track 1 or 2). Keep this mode OFF when not in use.

Set the function ON or OFF by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES or -1/NO buttons.

SONG

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Pat Mute

=off

Settings: on, off

11 SongName

Use up to 8 letters to name the song. The alphabet, number, or symbol to use is the same as naming the drum kit. Refer to P.35 for details.

A Turning the power OFF while recording, erasing, or copying, may cause irretrievable loss to ALL of the user data.

112

Feature Reference Utility Mode

YAM A

H A

D R U

M TRIGGER

M O

D U

LE

DTX

Utility Mode This mode sets the general parameters which affect the entire DTX system.

Entering Utility Mode

Press the UTILITY button.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

UTILITY

[SYSTEM]

DRUM KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STOREPATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

The Utility Mode (page structure and operation)

The Utility Mode has 5 sub-modes (1.SYSTEM, 9.MIDI, 20.EQ, 25.SEQ, and 36.MULTI). Each sub-mode contains multiple display pages of parameter settings.

UTILITY

[SYSTEM]

UTILITY

[ MIDI ]

UTILITY

[ EQ ]

UTILITY

[ SEQ ]

UTILITY

[ MULTI]Parameter

Sub-mode number

! Select the sub-mode by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

" Use the PAGE or PAGE buttons to move the cursor to the display page within the sub-mode you have selected.

# Set the parameter by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

AUse the Q cursor buttons to move the cursor to the appropriate focus area if there are multiple parameter focus areas on the diplay page.

AAny revision in Utility mode will directly change the settings of the DTX. There is no confirmation process or Store function in this mode.

$ Press the PAGE or PAGE buttons and return to the 1st display page of the sub-mode (title page) and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select a different sub-mode. Display pages for sub-modes 1.SYSTEM, 12.MIDI, 24.EQ, 29.SEQ, and 41.MULTI are the title pages that represent 5 sub-modes with the multiple display pages listed on the next page.Furthermore, you can return to the title page of the current category by pressing the UTILITY button.

113

Feature Reference Utility Mode

Functions of Each Display Page

Overall system settings

1 SYSTEM ............................................................................................................................ (P.114): Title Page

2 EditMode ........................................................................................................... (P.114)

3 LinkMode .......................................................................................................... (P.115)

4 Lrn Mode (learn mode) ..................................................................................... (P.115)

5 SldrMode (slider mode) .................................................................................... (P.116)

6 Bypass ............................................................................................................... (P.116)

7 JumpRcnt (jump to recent page) ....................................................................... (P.116)

8 FCoffset ............................................................................................................. (P.117)

9 Ma to Aux (main output to auxiliary output) .................................................... (P.117)

10 Inc Func (increase function) ............................................................................. (P.117)

11 Dec Func (decrease function) ............................................................................ (P.117)

MIDI related settings

12 MIDI ............................................................................................................................... (P.117): Title Page

13 DeviceNo (device number) ................................................................................ (P.117)

14 Receive SysX (receiving system exclusive)........................................................ (P.117)

15 Receive PC (receiving program change) ............................................................ (P.118)

16 RecvCh10 All (receiving MIDI data through channel 10) ................................. (P.118)

17 RecvCh10 PC (receiving MIDI data through channel 10) ................................. (P.118)

18 SendHH (send hi-hat control change) ............................................................... (P.118)

19 LocalClt (local control) ..................................................................................... (P.118)

20 DumpTime ........................................................................................................ (P.119)

21 MergeOut........................................................................................................... (P.119)

22 Dump Out (bulk data send) .............................................................................. (P.119)

23 P/C->KIT (program change table) .................................................................... (P.120)

Equalizer settings

24 EQ (equalizer) ................................................................................................................. (P.120): Title Page

25 Lo Mi Hi (gain: low, mid, high) ......................................................................... (P.121)

26 Lo Freq (low frequency) .................................................................................... (P.121)

27 Mid Freq (mid frequency) ................................................................................. (P.121)

28 Hi Freq (high frequency) ................................................................................... (P.121)

CLICK and synchronization related settings

29 SEQ (sequencer) ............................................................................................................. (P.122): Title Page

30 Click Hi ............................................................................................................. (P.122)

31 ClickMid ............................................................................................................ (P.122)

32 Click Lo ............................................................................................................. (P.122)

33 ClickOut ............................................................................................................ (P.123)

34 PlyClick (play click) .......................................................................................... (P.123)

114

Feature Reference Utility Mode

35 Tempo ............................................................................................................... (P.123)

36 Count................................................................................................................. (P.123)

37 GrvCheck (groove check) .................................................................................. (P.124)

38 Break TB (break top/bottom) ............................................................................ (P.124)

39 MIDIctrl (MIDI control) .................................................................................... (P.125)

40 SyncMode (synchronization mode) ................................................................... (P.125)

Multi-timbre tone generator settings

41 MULTI (multi-timbre) ..................................................................................................... (P.126): Title Page

42 MastTune (master tune) .................................................................................... (P.126)

43 Program ............................................................................................................. (P.126)

44 Volume .............................................................................................................. (P.127)

45 Pan ..................................................................................................................... (P.127)

46 Pitch .................................................................................................................. (P.128)

47 Rev Send (reverb send) ..................................................................................... (P.128)

A The "9 Ma to Aux (main output to auxiliary output)," "10 Inc Func (increase function)," and "11 Dec Func (decrease function)" are additional features of DTX version 2.0. Please refer to the System Upgrade Information Guide (included in this package) for details.

1 SYSTEM

The System sub-mode contains various convenient functions which affect the entire system. Select from 11 display pages using the PAGE or PAGE buttons to change the parameters which adjust the LCD display or panel sliders.

A Move from this page to other sub-modes by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

UTILITY

[SYSTEM]

2 EditMode

This mode enables you to hide the pages of the functions that are not frequently used in Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode or Drum Kit Voice Edit mode.

Select the edit mode by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. The following two modes are available.

easy .............. Display pages 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 26, 27, 29 and 31 will not be displayed in Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode. Pages 9, 12, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, and 21 will not be displayed in Drum Kit Voice Edit mode. The settings will still function although the display pages are not displayed.

advance ......... Displays all pages.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

EditMode

=advance

Settings: easy, advance

115

Feature Reference Utility Mode

3 LinkMode

This function applies the trigger related data of drum kit number 1 to any selected drum kit. If the input data is unique to each drum kit, it may be necessary to reconnect the pads. By using LinkMode, you can always use the pad velocity or note number assignment in the same way as in drumkit 1 and play by changing the drum voice assignments of the drum kits.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select LinkMode. The following 2 modes are available.

global ..................... Always applies the following trigger input setting data of drum kit number 1. The data of the output voice is not linked and therefore, it is possible to set this mode independently.

PAD Type, PAD Gain, Level Range, Velocity Range, Velocity Curve, Self Rejection, Specified Rejection, Pad Function, FS Function, FS MIDI Channel, FS Control- change Number, FS HH Close-Velocity, FC Function, FC MIDI Channel, FC Control-change Number, FC Sensitivity, HH Control Input

indiv (individual) .. The trigger input data set for each drum kit will be used.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

LinkMode

= global

Settings: global, indiv

A When this parameter is set to global and you edit a drum kit other than drum kit number 1 in Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode, You will automatically change the contents of both that drum kit and drum kit number 1.

4 Lrn Mode (learn mode)

This function enables you to select the input jack number or MIDI note number by hitting a pad when you are editing in Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode or Drum Kit Voice Edit mode, respectively.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select Learn mode. The following 3 modes are available.

always ........... In Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode, the input jack number of the pad that is connected will appear on the LCD each time you play a pad. In Drum Kit Voice Edit mode, the MIDI note number assigned in Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode will appear on the LCD each time you play a pad.

w/shift .......... You can set the input jack number or MIDI note number in the same manner as above by playing a pad while holding SHIFT.

off ................. The Learn mode will not function. Select the input jack number or MIDI note number manually.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Lrn Mode

= always

Settings: always, w/shift, off

116

Feature Reference Utility Mode

5 SldrMode (slider mode)

The Slider mode changes the assignments of the ACCOMP/SNARE/CYMBAL and CLICK/KICK/ MISC. volume sliders on the panel. Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select Sldr mode. The following 2 modes are available.

prctice (practice) (practice mode) .... The sliders adjust the volume of

ACCOMP(accompaniment) and CLICK (metronome sound), respectively. By holding SHIFT, the sliders adjust the volume of SNARE and KICK.

live (mode) ......... The sliders adjust the volume of SNARE and KICK, respectively. By holding SHIFT, the sliders adjust the volume of CYMBAL and MISC. (other instruments).

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

SldrMode

=prctice

Settings: prctice, live

6 Bypass

This function turns the Bypass on or off. When the Bypass is on, no input will enter the DTX from the connected pads. You will not be able to produce voices or transmit MIDI note numbers. Use this function when you are setting your drum kit with trigger pick-up devices, or when you do not want to accidentally make a sound while you are playing a pattern or song.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to turn the Bypass on or off. Be sure to turn the Bypass off when you are using the DTX as a regular drum kit trigger module.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Bypass

= off

Settings: off, on

7 JumpRcnt (jump to recent page)

This function enables you to display the page last selected in the previous edit of each Edit mode. This is convenient when you are using edit modes with many display pages such as the Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode or the Utility mode.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to turn JumpRcnt on or off.

on ................. The display page last selected in the previous edit will appear when you enter each Edit mode.

off ................. The first page of each mode will appear when you enter each Edit mode.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

JumpRcnt

Page= on

Settings: off, on

117

Feature Reference Utility Mode

8 FCoffset

This sets the value of the data sent by a foot controller connected to the H.HAT CONTROL jack on the rear panel to a + (plus) or - (minus) level. For example, you can delicately adjust the ouput MIDI velocity by stepping on the hi- hat foot controller and closing the hi-hat.

Set the offset value using the Data Scroll Wheel or the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

FCoffset

= 0

Settings: -16 to +16

9 Ma to Aux (main output to auxiliary output)

This is an additional feature of DTX version 2.0. Please refer to the System Upgrade Information Guide (included in this package).

10 Inc Func (increase function)

This is an additional feature of DTX version 2.0. Please refer to the System Upgrade Information Guide (included in this package).

11 Dec Func (decrease function)

This is an additional feature of DTX version 2.0. Please refer to the System Upgrade Information Guide (included in this package).

12 MIDI

The MIDI sub-mode contains various MIDI settings. Select from 23 display pages using the PAGE or PAGE buttons. The settings are to receive or send MIDI data between the DTX and an external MIDI device.

AMove from this title page to other sub-modes by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

UTILITY

[ MIDI ]

13 DeviceNo (device number)

This sets the MIDI device number. The device number of both the DTX and the external device should be assigned to the same number to receive or transmit system exclusive messages such as the parameter change and bulk data.

Choose the number by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

DeviceNo

= 1

Settings: 1 to 16

14 Receive SysX (receiving system exclusive data)

This enables the DTX to receive system exclusive messages when you are receiving a bulk dump.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to turn the function on or off. When the function is on, it will receive system exclusive messages. Turn the function off when you do not want to receive system exclusive messages.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Receive

SysX= on

Settings: off, on

118

Feature Reference Utility Mode

15 Receive PC (receiving program change data)

This enables or disables the DTX to received MIDI program change. Set this function on when you want to change the drum kit number automatically or by using an external MIDI device.

ASet the program change data receiving parameter of channel 10 on the 14th display page of this mode.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to turn the function on or off. When the function is on, it will receive MIDI program change. Turn the function off when you are not receiving.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Receive

PC= on

Settings: off, on

16 RecvCh10 All (receiving MIDI channel message through channel 10)

This enables or disables the DTX to receive MIDI channel messages through channel 10. Channel 10 is the drum part of the DTX. Set this parameter to play DTX drum kits automatically or by using an external MIDI device.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to turn the function on or off. When the function is on, channel 10 will receive MIDI channel messages. Turn the function off when you are not receiving.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

RecvCh10

All= on

Settings: off, on

ASet the parameters to receive program change data from channel 10 on the 17th display page.

17 RecvCh10 PC (receive program change through channel 10)

This enables or disables the DTX to receive program change messages through MIDI channel 10.

Channel 10 is the drum part of the DTX. Set the parameters to switch the drum kits in the DTX automatically or by using an external MIDI device. It is also necessary to set the program change receive parameter of the 15th display page on in order to enable the settings of this parameter.

AGo to the 23th display page to match the program change number to the drum kit you want to switch. Refer to P. 120 for further details.

Turn the parameter on or off by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/ NO buttons. MIDI channel 10 will be able to receive program change messages when the parameter is on. Set the parameter off when it is not necessary to receive the messages.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

RecvCh10

PC= on

Settings: off, on

18 SendHH (send hi-hat control change)

This is an additional feature of DTX version 2.0. Please refer to the System Upgrade Information Guide (included in this package).

19 LocalCtl (local control)

This function turns Local Control on or off. When the Local Control is off, the flow of MIDI signals triggered by connected pads is disconnected from the tone generator of the DTX and can only transmit from MIDI OUT (you will not be able to hear the DTX tone generator). This enables you to control the tone generator of the DTX from an external MIDI device connected to MIDI IN.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to turn the function on or off. Turn the function on in normal operation, otherwise the DTX will not output the signals from the output jacks (no sound).

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

LocalCtl

= on

Settings: off, on

119

Feature Reference Utility Mode

20 DumpTime

This sets the length of intervals between the packets of data sent by Bulk Data Send. The intervals can be adjusted to the capacity of the external receiving device and prevent data overflow.

Set the dump time by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. The time can be set from 50 ms to 300 ms by an increment of 50 ms.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

DumpTime

= 100ms

Settings: 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300 (ms)

21 MergeOut

This sets the MIDI Merge function on or off. When this function is on, it is possible to mix data from an external MIDI device connected to the MIDI IN with internal MIDI data and output the mixed MIDI data. Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to turn the function on or off.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

MergeOut

= off

Settings: off, on

22 Dump Out (bulk data send)

If you are using the Yamaha MIDI Data Filer MDF2 or an external device such as a sequencer that can receive exclusive messages, use this function to store or backup the patterns, songs, chains, drum kits, or system data by sending the bulk data to the device.

A Properly connect the external MIDI device enabling it to receive the bulk data. Read the manual to set up the device.

! Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/ YES and -1/NO buttons to select the type of bulk data that will be sent from the following types:

all data .......... All the data in the DTX.

system .......... System data.

cur DKIT ...... The data of the drum kit currently selected in Drum Kit Play mode.

all DKIT........ All the drum kit data.

curCHAIN .... The data of the chain currently selected in Chain Play mode.

allCHAIN ..... All the chain data.

cur SONG ..... The data of the song currently selected in Song Play mode.

all SONG ...... All the song data.

curPATRN .... The data of the pattern currently selected in Pattern Play mode.

allPATRN ..... All the pattern data.

QY PATRN ... Outputs the pattern data currently selected in Pattern Play mode in QY20/22 format.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Dump Out

all data

120

Feature Reference Utility Mode

" Press the START/STOP button and the LCD will display Sure? y/n.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Dump Out

Sure?y/n

# Press the +1/YES button to send bulk data. The LCD will display complete for a moment when the operation is completed and the display will return to the original Dump Out display page. Press the -1/NO button to cancel the bulk data operation.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Dump Out

complete

Receiving Bulk Data You can send DTX data stored in an external device back to the DTX by using bulk data reception.

! When the pattern or song is not playing, send bulk data from an external device.

" When the DTX starts to receive bulk data, the following screen will appear on the LCD.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Bulk in

Complete

# When the DTX has completed receiving all the data, the following screen will appear on the LCD.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Bulk in

Complete

$ To return to the original display (before receiving bulk data), press any button or key.

It is necessary to set the DTX to receive exclusive messages (P.117). It is also necessary to match the device number of the external device to the device number of the DTX (P.117).

23 P/CKIT (program change table)

This determines the program change number that will be used to change the drum kit number from an external MIDI device or with in the DTX.

! Move the cursor to the program change number using the Q cursor buttons and set the program change number by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

" Move the cursor to the drum kit number and select the drum kit number by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

# Repeat steps ! and " and assign each program change number to the drum kits.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

P/C->KIT

1-> 16Program change number Drum kit number

Settings: Program change number: 1 to 128 Drum kit number: off, 1 to 64

24 EQ (equalizer)

The EQ sub-mode controls the internal equalizer settings. Select between this page and the 28th page using the PAGE or PAGE buttons. Adjust the quality of the entire sound output from the DTX using the equalizer page featuring parametric type settings of 3 frequency ranges: LOW, MID, and HIGH.

A Move from this page to other sub-modes by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

UTILITY

[ EQ ]

121

Feature Reference Utility Mode

25 Lo Mi Hi (gain)

Set the gain to 3 frequency ranges: low, middle, and high. It is possible to boost or decrease the selected range using this function.

Move the cursor to the Lo, Mi, or Hi focus area using the Q cursor buttons and set the gain by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. The positive (plus +) values boost the range and the negative (minus -) values decrease the range.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Lo Mi Hi

+0 +0 +0

HighMiddleLow

Settings: The following values can be set to each Lo, Mi, or Hi focus area. -6 to 0 to +6

26 Lo Freq (low frequency)

This function sets the center frequency of the low frequency range of gain control. Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the center frequency.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Lo Freq

F= 100Hz

Settings: 32Hz to 2.0 kHz

27 Mid Freq (mid frequency)

This function sets the center frequency of the middle frequency range of gain control. Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the center frequency.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Mid Freq

F= 800Hz

Settings: 100Hz to 10 kHz

28 Hi Freq (high frequency)

This function sets the center frequency of the high frequency range of gain control. Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the center frequency.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Hi Freq

F=2.0kHz

Settings: 500 to 16 kHz

122

Feature Reference Utility Mode

29 SEQ (sequencer)

The SEQ sub-mode contains the settings related to the CLICK and synchronization. Select the parameters between this page and the 40th page using the PAGE or PAGE buttons. This function is mainly used to synchronize the metronome or external MIDI device.

A Move from this page to other sub-modes by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

UTILITY

[ SEQ ]

30 Click Hi

This function sets the sound of the accent click (the click at the beginning of each measure) of the metronome.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the note number of the sound you want to use. Check the sound by pressing the CLICK button to play the metronome.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Click Hi

Note= 22

Settings: Note number: 0-127

ANote that the sounds used for the CLICK (hi, mid, low) may differ depending on the currently selected drum kit since the voices assigned to the MIDI note numbers are different. Refer to the drum kit list (P.148) for the voice assignment of each note number.

31 Click Mid

This function sets the sound of the normal click (the click of each quarter note) of the metronome.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the note number of the sound you want to use. Check the sound by pressing the CLICK button to play the metronome.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

ClickMid

Note= 24

Settings: Note number: 0-127

32 Click Lo

This function sets the sound of other clicks (the clicks set to notes of finer quantization) of the metronome.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the note number of the sound you want to use. Check the sound by pressing the CLICK button to play the metronome.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Click Lo

Note= 23

Settings: Note number: 0-127

123

Feature Reference Utility Mode

33 ClickOut

This function sets the destination output of the CLICK. For example, you can set separate outputs for the click and song, and the drummer can use the click as a guide click when playing to a song created by the DTX in a live performance or studio recording.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the output jack. Select the jack from the following:

mainL+R ....... Output from the OUTPUT L (MONO) jack and OUTPUT R jack on the rear panel.

aux L+R ........ Output from the AUX OUT L jack and AUX OUT R jack on the rear panel.

main L .......... Output from the OUTPUT L (MONO) jack on the rear panel.

main R .......... Output from the OUTPUT R jack on the rear panel.

aux L ............ Output from the AUX OUT L jack on the rear panel.

aux R ............ Output from the AUX OUT R jack on the rear panel.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

ClickOut

=mainL+R

Settings: mainL+R, aux L+R, main L, main R, aux L, aux R

34 PlyClick (play click)

This is an additional feature of DTX version 2.0. Please refer to the System Upgrade Information Guide (included in this package).

35 Tempo

This function sets the tempo of a pattern to either change each time to its default tempo, or remain unchanged at a set tempo when the pattern is switched in Pattern Play mode.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the tempo. The following two parameter settings are available.

pattern .......... Changes the tempo of the pattern to its default tempo when the pattern is switched.

global ............ Tempo remains unchanged at a set tempo when the pattern is switched.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Tempo

=pattern

Settings: pattern, global

36 Count

This function turns the countdown before playing or recording a pattern or song, on or off.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to turn the function on or off. The countdown will be delivered when the function is on.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Count

= off

Settings: off, on

124

Feature Reference Utility Mode

37 GrvCheck (groove check)

This sets the Groove Check mode from the following two types:

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the parameter. The following two types are available.

single ............ The DTX shows how loose the data received from a pad or drum is from the beat in clock units. This is convenient to check the timing of a snare or kick. The minimum unit value of the groove check function depends on the quantization setting of the click.

average ......... The LCD diaplays the average percentage of the beat timing against the precise beat of the groove check. 100% stands for 1/ 16th note quantization. This enables you to check the groove of the entire drum set.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

GrvCheck

= single

Settings: single, average

ARefer to P.97 for further details on the groove check function.

38 Break TB (break top/bottom)

This function enables you to insert a break into the rhythm in Pattern Play mode. (Only the rhythm of the specified measure(s) will be muted.) Set the length of the break by selecting the number of measures.

! First select the pattern in Pattern Play mode and enter this page.

" Move the cursor to T (TOP) and B (BOTTOM) using the Q cursor buttons and set the number of the measure to break (mute) by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. T and B have the following functions:

T (TOP) .............. Mutes the selected measures of the rhythm part from the beginning of the pattern.

B (BOTTOM) ...... Mute the selected measures of the rhythm part from the end of the pattern.

For example, if you want to mute the rhythm part of the 1st and 4th measures of a 4-measure pattern, set the number in the T and B focus areas to 1.

4-measure pattern

mute mute

T=1 B=1

1 2 3 4

ASet the T and B focus areas to 0 if you are not muting any of the measures in this pattern.

# Press the START/STOP button to exit this function and the mute settings will be effective on the currently selected pattern.

A This function will affect all patterns, and therefore the result may not be what you intend if you apply the same setting to a pattern with a different number of measures.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Break TB

T=0 B=0 B (BOTTOM)

T (TOP)

Settings: T (TOP): 0 to 8 B (BOTTOM): 0 to 8

125

Feature Reference Utility Mode

39 MIDIctrl (MIDI control)

This sets the DTX to transmit or receive system real-time messages (start, continue, stop). When this function is enabled, you can control the external sequencers or rhythm machines using the START/STOP button on the DTX panel as well as control the DTX pattern or song playback from an external sequencer.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to turn the function on or off. When the function is on, it will transmit or receive the system real-time messages. Turn the function off when not in use.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

MIDIctrl

= on

Settings: off, on

40 SyncMode (synchronization mode)

This synchronizes the DTX with the external MIDI devices such as the rhythm machine.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the SyncMode. The following two modes are available:

int ................. Enables you to start/stop/continue/tempo and synchronize the playback of an external MIDI device from the DTX.

ext ................ Enables you to control the start/stop/ continue/tempo and synchronize the pattern or song playback of the DTX from an external MIDI device.

ASet the function to int if you are not playing in sync with an external MIDI device.

A It is necessary to first enable the transmission/reception of System Real-time Message (start/stop/continue).

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

SyncMode

= int

Settings: int, ext

126

Feature Reference Utility Mode

41 MULTI (multi-timbre)

This MULTI sub-mode contains the DTX settings used as a multi-timbre tone generator. Use the PAGE or PAGE buttons to select between this page and the 47th page.

AIf you are using the DTX as a tone generator, you are required to connect the keyboard or computer (sequencer) to the DTX using MIDI cable(s). Refer to P.129 for details.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

UTILITY

[ MULTI]

A Move from this page to other sub-modes by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

42 MastTune (master tune)

This function sets the master tuning of the tone generator. Fine tuning can be done by approximately 1.2 cent increments or decrements.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the parameter.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

MastTune

= 0

Settings: -64 to 0 (normal pitch) to +63 (unit= 1.171875 cent)

43 Program

This assigns (normal) keyboard voices to each part (1 to 16). Each voice will correspond to the program change numbers 1 to 128 (GM system level 1).

AThe drum kit currently selected in Drum Kit Play mode is assigned to part 10.

! Move the cursor and select the part number by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

" Move the cursor to the voice name and select the voice you want to use.

# Repeat steps ! and " and assign a voice to each part.

ARefer to P.147 for details on voice list.

A It is also possible to set a part other than 10 to the drum kit. A drum kit is available after program change number 128. When this is set to a drum kit (since rhythm instruments are not assigned to all of the note numbers) the LCD will display "No Voice" on the LCD when the data transmitted from an external MIDI device cannot be generated by the DTX.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Program

GrandPno

Voice name

Part number

Settings: Program change numbers 1 to 128 and a drum kit can be assigned to parts 1 to 16.

127

Feature Reference Utility Mode

44 Volume

This adjusts the volume of the voice assigned to the part. Balance the volume of each part when you are using the DTX as a multi-timbre tone generator.

! Move the cursor to the part number focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the part number.

" Move the cursor to the volume (focus area) and set the volume by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

# Repeat steps ! and " to set the volume for each part.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Volume

= 100

Voice name

Part number

Settings: The following volume parameters can be set for parts 1 to 16. 0 to 127

45 Pan

This sets the Pan position for each voice assigned to each part. This defines the pan position of the voice between left and right in a stereo image.

! Move the cursor to the part number focus area rotae the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the part number.

" Move the cursor to the pan focus area and set the panning by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

# Repeat steps ! and " to set the pan of each part.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Pan

= 0

Pan

Part number

Settings: The following pan position can be set for the parts 1 to 16. L7 (=far left) to 0 (=center) to R7 (=far right)

128

Feature Reference Utility Mode

46 Pitch

This sets the pitch for each voice assigned to each part. Tune the pitch either by semitones (coarse) or by approximately 1.2 cent increments (fine).

! Move the cursor to the part number. Focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the part number.

" Move the cursor to the coarse tune focus area or the fine tune focus area and set the pitch by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

# Repeat steps ! and " to set the pitch of each part.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Pitch

C 0F 0

Coarse tune

Fine tune

Part number

Settings: The following settings can be set for the parts 1 to 16. C (coarse tune): -64 to 0 (normal pitch) to +63 (unit=semitone) F (fine tune): -64 to 0 (normal pitch) to +63 (unit=Ca. 1.2 cent)

47 Rev Send (Reverb Send)

This sets the reverb send level for each voice assigned to each part.

! Move the cursor to the part number focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the number.

" Move the cursor to the level focus area and set the level by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. The larger the value, the larger the send level.

# Repeat steps ! and " to set the reverb send level of each part.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

CYMBAL

Rev Send

= 40

Reverb send level

Part number

Settings: The following send level can be set for the parts 1 to 16. 0 to 127.

AThe actual reverb send level of the drum kit in part 10 is the level indicated here multiplied by the reverb send level on the 5th display page of Drum Kit Voice Edit mode.

129

Appendix MIDI

MIDI The DTX contains various MIDI functions. By using the MIDI functions you can play or control external synthesizers, computers or sequencers connected to the DTX by hitting connected pads or drum sets with triggers and create a large music system configuration. This can be used in various situations such as live performances, parties and events. This section provides basic knowledge regarding the MIDI functions as well as ways to actually use the MIDI functions of the DTX.

Basic Information

The MIDI (Musical Instrument Digital Interface) world standard protocol was developed by a consortium of musical instrument hardware and software manufacturers. It is a kind of common language to permit performance and other data to be transferred and acknowledged between different instruments or even instruments made by different manufacturers. Different electronic instruments developed in different environments can communicate to each other with this common language.

MIDI standard instruments transmit various performance commands or settings in the form of messages consisting of digital data (data that is converted into numbers). There are 2 categories of messages: a channel message and a system message. A channel message refers to the data regarding a keyboard note or musical expression (dumper pedal or volume) that can be transmitted through each designated MIDI channel. A system message refers to the data that enables multiple instruments linked together to function as a MIDI system.

The DTX is equipped with a [MIDI OUT] channel to send out these messages to other MIDI devices and a [MIDI IN] channel to receive messages from other MIDI devices. Use exclusive MIDI cables to connect the devices between the [MIDI IN] and [MIDI OUT] channels.

SNARE

MIDI CONTRAST OUT IN

This jack is used to send out MIDI signals.

This jack is used to receive MIDI signals.

AYou can buy MIDI cables at music instruments stores that carry electronic instruments. The length of the cables vary from 15 m to 30 cm depending on the purpose.

MIDI Connection

Check and see if the direction of the plug pins match the jack and plug in straightly. Connect the MIDI OUT jack of the device that will send a MIDI signal to the MIDI IN jack of the device that will receive a MIDI signal.

AThe types of MIDI data that can be handled may differ depending on the MIDI device, and you may only be able to control the common functions between a set of MIDI devices. Use the MIDI Implementation Chart (P.168) to look up the common MIDI functions.

MIDI INMIDI OUT

MIDI OUTMIDI IN

DTX

Tone generator

External MIDI device

130

Appendix MIDI

MIDI Functions on the DTX

As mentioned above, MIDI messages can be divided into a channel message and a system message. The following section describes the kind of data can be transmitted in these messages along with general MIDI knowledge and explanations.

In order to transmit MIDI data from the DTX, it is necessary to set the various MIDI function parameters on the display pages in Utility mode (P.112). Reference pages are indicated by each item to look for details on how to operate or set each message.

Channel Message You can transmit the following channel messages from or to the DTX. In order to transmit a channel message, it is necessary to match the MIDI transmission channel (P.42, 92, 110, 118) of the DTX to channel where the external MIDI device is connected.

Key Data

This data is the most important data concerning the performance of the DTX and in general these messages are sent when a MIDI keyboard or synthesizer is played. It is also possible to send this data from an external keyboard or sequencer and play the DTX. In the opposite manner, it is also possible to play a pad connected to the DTX, a pattern or song and send these messages to play other external synthesizers.

Note On ........ Generated when a key is pressed.

Velocity ........ Shows how hard the key is struck.

Note Off ........ Generated when a key is released.

The DTX contains drum voices and keyboard voices. Each drum voice (drum or percussion sound) is assigned to MIDI note numbers 0 to 127 and each keyboard voice is assigned to the half notes of MIDI note numbers 0 to 127. For example, if you play an external MIDI keyboard and send the key data of note number 60, you will hear the drum voice (drum or percussion sound) assigned to note number 60 on the DTX if it is a drum voice and note number 60 (or C3) if it is a keyboard voice. Also, if you are sending key data from the DTX by playing a pad connected, you can also send the note number data assigned to the input of the pad connected to an external device

To correctly send key data from the DTX is it necessary to match the MIDI send channel to the channel of the external MIDI device on the 13th display page of Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode (P.42) Also, if you want to play a drum voice on the DTX from an external MIDI keyboard, it is necessary to set the send channel of the external MIDI keyboard to 10.

Program Change

This data is used to switch the tone. When you switch a drum kit on the DTX, the numbers assigned to each drum kit are sent. You can also switch the drum kit on the DTX by sending these messages from other keyboards or sequencers. In order to send program change data, it is necessary to assign the program change number on the 16th display pages of Drum Kit Voice Edit mode (P.59). Also, in order to receive program change data, it is necessary to set the parameter on the 15th display page of Utility mode to receive (P.118).

131

Appendix MIDI

Control Change

This data is used to enhance your musical expression by conveying commands such as for the dumper pedal, effects and volume. Each function has a control number and the general value variable for each control ranges between 0 and 127. The DTX tone generator can receive various control change data. It is also possible to use the foot controller to send control change data to an external MIDI device. The following are examples of well known control change data.

Ctrl.No.001 Modulation ....... Used to adjust the depth of a vibrato.

Ctrl.No.007 Volume ............. Used to adjust the volume.

Ctrl.No.010 Pad ................... Used to adjust the pan position (left or right position in a stereo image).

Ctrl.No.011 Expression ....... Used to adjust the volume of a musical expression.

Ctrl.No.064 Dumper Pedal .. Used to set the effect when the dumper pedal of a piano is stepped on.

Ctrl.No.91 Reverb Depth ..... Used to adjust the depth of an effect (reverb) of a connected synthesizer or MIDI tone generator.

In order to send control change data using a foot controller, it is necessary to assign the channel of the control change type you are sending on the 23rd display page in Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode (P.47).

ARefer to the MIDI Implementation Chart on P.168 for details on the control change data of the DTX.

Pitch Bend

This data sends the pitch bend data of a pitch bend wheel normally equipped on a synthesizer that bends the pitch up or down. The DTX tone generator can receive pitch bend data. You can also send pitch bend data to an external MIDI device using a foot controller (P.47).

System Message The DTX transmits the following system messages. The system message can be transmitted regardless of the MIDI channel settings.

Real-time Message

This data synchronizes multiple MIDI devices. You can start, continue or stop an external rhythm machine or sequencer by pressing the START, PAUSE, or STOP buttons on the DTX, or synchronize a pattern or song on the DTX using the MIDI clock from an external device. In order to transmit start, continue or stop data, it is necessary to set the System Real-time Message parameter on the 39th display page in Utility mode to transmit. It is also necessary to set the parameters regarding synchronized performance on the 40th display page in Utility mode.

Exclusive Message

This data is mainly used to exchange system or tone data exclusive to a specific device. You can use the exclusive message to store the drum kit, pattern, or song data on your DTX by sending the bulk data to an external device such as a sequencer or computer, or recall such data to the DTX from the sequencer or computer. Refer to P.119 for details on the transmission of exclusive messages.

132

Appendix MIDI

Using the MIDI Functions Nowadays, the ways to use MIDI functions are widely diversified and differ by MIDI device or musician. The following are simple case studies and hints on how to use the DTX in a MIDI system. The rest depends on your original ideas.

Using the DTX as a Computer Music Tone Generator

The word Computer Music has been used for a long time, and in this age of personal computers, the word MIDI or the production of music using MIDI has now become a generic term. Most of the music produced now generally use MIDI tone generators on personal computer or sequencer software because of the large number of sounds or parts (number of channels that can be played at the same time) that can be released simultaneously. The recent trend in particular is to use XG and GM (General MIDI) standards which provide common formats for tones to ease the transmission of MIDI song data and provide the compatibility to playback the original tones. The DTX is equipped with both GM standards. The following illustration is an example of how to connect and use the DTX as a tone generator in a system configuration using such computers or MIDI music production systems. The DTX has various functions to receive MIDI data, and it is possible to think of many ways to use this with the functions of external keyboards or sequence software. By connecting the DTX according to the following illustration, it is possible to play the DTX using a programming keyboard (to enter the MIDI data) or use the DTX as a tone generator to play the MIDI data from a computer. As mentioned above, the DTX tone generator complies to the GM standards known as the standard of computer music. The DTX is also equipped with the capability to play 32 sounds at one time enabling you to play instrument parts (up to 16 parts) at one time. You can also set the volume and pan of each part easily (P.127). The DTX also complies to control change or program change data used frequently in MIDI song data enabling you to preserve compatibility with other MIDI data. The DTX has the multi-tone generator functions and compatibility to produce computer music. Furthermore, it is necessary to set the sequencer or MIDI keyboard send channel to channel numbers 1 to 16 for each part for the DTX to be able to receive the key data of each part correctly.

MIDI keyboard

DTX

MIDI interface

MIDI OUT

MIDI IN

MIDI IN

MIDI OUT

Personal computer

Parts and Voices

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Part Voices to use

MIDI channel

Melody and others

Keyboard voice

Keyboard voice

Drum voice

Chord

Bass

Melody and others

Drum (rhythm)

Melody and others

A It is necessary to prepare a MIDI interface and sequence software that works with the computer or keyboard you are using.

133

Appendix MIDI

Using the DTX as a MIDI Interface

The trigger response of the DTX is fast enough to serve as a MIDI trigger interface. By playing a pad or drum with a trigger sensor connected to the DTX as in the following illustration, the DTX will send the Key On or Key Off data of the note number (P.40) set to each input. It is possible to overlay tone modules from external tone generators or sampler sounds on the DTX sounds to create a thick sound. Also, by switching the drum kits, you can send program change data (P.120). It is necessary to set the MIDI send channel to match the channel of the external MIDI device so that the DTX correctly receives the key data (P.42, 92, 110, 118).

MIDI OUT

DTX

Tone generator modules

MIDI IN

Using the DTX in Live Performances

The next illustration shows how to connect the DTX to external tone generator modules or sequencers to control them and create a large scale configuration for live performances. For example, by using a pad or foot switch connected to the DTX, you can start or stop a MIDI real-time message (P.125) thereby being able to synchronize a music system on a personal computer to a song on the DTX and conduct a solo live performance. By using the MIDI patch bay, you can play an external synthesizer (using MIDI note send signals) over a song from the DTX or the playing of your pad and produce a thicker sound. Use the chain function of the DTX to create a chain of drum kits in a designated order in advance to the song you will be playing at a live performance. It is also better if you set the reverb (P.55) for each voice when you are creating a drum kit to improve the music expression when playing real-time in a live performance.

DTX

MIDI interface

Personal computer

MIDI patch bay

Tone generator

Synthesizer Synthesizer

134

Appendix MIDI

MIDI Data Format

1 Channel Message The channel message for MIDI channel 10 will not be received if the RecvCh10 All (P.118) parameter in Utility mode is set to off.

1.1 Key On or Key Off Sends and receives data. Receive note range: C2 to G8 Velocity range: 1 to 127 (note on only)

1.2 Control Change 1.2.1 0 bank select MSB

Sends and receives data. data = 0: (normal) keyboard voice data = 127: drum voice The data will not be processed unless program change data is received.

1.2.2 1 modulation Sends and receives data.

1.2.3 6 data entry Sends and receives data. Used to specify RPN data.

1.2.4 7 main volume Sends and receives data.

1.2.5 10 pan Sends and receives data. 0 is the far left of a stereo image and 127 is the far right of a stereo image.

1.2.6 11 expression Sends and receives data.

1.2.7 64 hold 1 Sends and receives data.

1.2.8 71 harmonic content Sends and receives data.

1.2.9 72 release time Sends and receives data.

1.2.10 73 attack time Sends and receives data.

1.2.11 74 brightness Sends and receives data.

1.2.12 84 portamento control Sends and receives data.

1.2.13 91 effect1 depth Sends and receives data.

1.2.14 100, 101 data increment/decrement Sends and receives data.

1.2.15 RPN $00/$00 pitch bend sensitivity: Receive only. $00/$01 fine tuning: Receive only. $00/$02 coarse tuning: Receive only. $71/$71 NULL: Receive only.

1.3 Channel Mode Message 1.3.1 120 all sound off

Mutes all the sounds currently playing through the specified channel.

1.3.2 121 reset all controllers Sets the following controller values back to its initial value: pitchbend, modulation, expression, hold1, portament control, RPN number

1.3.3 123 all note off Turns off all the notes of the specified channels currently on. They will however, not be muted unless hold 1 is turned off.

1.3.4 124 omni off Executes the same process as all note off.

1.3.5 125 omni on Executes the same process as all note off.

1.3.6 126 mono Executes the same process as all sound off.

1.3.7 127 poly Executes the same process as all sound off.

1.4 Program Change When the Recv Ch10 PC (P.118) parameter in Utility mode is set to off, the DTX will not receive program change data.

When the RecvCh10 PC (P.118) parameter in Utility mode is set to off, the DTX will not receive MIDI channel 10 program change data.

When the DTX receives a "GM system ON" or "XG system ON" message from an external device, it will only receive the following drum voice program change numbers: No: 1, 2, 9, 17, 25, 26, 33, 41, 49 When the DTX receives a "DTX system ON" signal, the program numbers received, will not be limited to the above.

1.5 Pitch Bend Sends and receives data.

1.6 Channel Aftertouch Does not send or receive data.

1.7 Polyphonic Aftertouch Does not send or receive data.

2 System Exclusive Message When the Receive SysX (P.117) parameter in Utility mode is set to off, the DTX will not receive system exclusive messages.

The DTX will not receive system exclusive messages that do not match the device number set in the DeviceNo. (P.117) parameter in Utility mode (with exceptions).

The next section is based on the following notations: Hexadecimal expressions are used for numbers. The contents in { } are repeated more than once. The contents in are ASCII characters. n stands for device number. ss ss indicates the upper 7 bits and the lower 7 bits of the data following directly after up to csum (check sum). csum indicates the lower 7 bits of the supplementary value: 2 of the sum of the data after ss ss up to csum.

135

Appendix MIDI

2.1 Parameter Change Receives only.

2.1.1 GM system ON F0 7E 7F 09 01 F7 Sets all the data except the MIDI master tuning data to its initial value.

2.1.2 XG system ON F0 43 1n 4C 00 00 7E 00 F7 Executes the same process as GM system ON.

2.1.3 DTX system ON F043 7D in "DT" 7F F7 Cancells the program change limitations of the drum channel.

2.1.4 identify request F0 7E 0n 06 01 F7 Sends identify reply.

2.1.5 MIDI master volume F0 7F 7F 04 01 XX mm F7 Ignores XX. mm is the volume.

2.1.6 MIDI master tune F0 43 1n 27 30 00 00 mm II cc F7 The values of mm (MSB) and II (LSB) (unit=Ca. 1.2 cent).

2.2 Bulk Dump Sends and receives data. All the data except the system data is converted into 1 or 2 byte ASCII characters and transmitted.

2.2.1 system F043 7D On {ss ss DTX SYST data csum}F7

2.2.2 all drumkit F043 7D On {ss ss DTX alDK data csum}F7

2.2.3 one drumkit F043 7D On {ss ss DTX cuDK data csum}F7

2.2.4 all chain F043 7D On {ss ss DTX alCH data csum}F7

2.2.5 one chain F043 7D On {ss ss DTX cuCH data csum}F7

2.2.6 all pattern F043 7D On {ss ss DTX alPA data csum}F7

2.2.7 one pattern F043 7D On {ss ss DTX cuPA data csum}F7

2.2.8 all song F043 7D On {ss ss DTX alSO data csum}F7

2.2.9 one song F043 7D On {ss ss DTX cuSO data csum}F7

2.2.10 one stack F043 7D On {ss ss DTX cuST data csum}F7

2.2.11 QY pattern F043 7D On ss ss {LM 0086 PT data}csum F7

2.2.12 identify reply Sends only. F0 7E 0n 06 02 43 00 4C 6B 07 mm 00 00 00 F7

mm stands for the version number of the software.

2.3 Dump Request Receives only. F0 43 7D 2n DTX cccc F7

The compliant bulk dump is sent to the cccc area.

3 Realtime Message Sends and receives data.

3.1 timing clock Synchronizes with the timing clock received when the SyncMode (P.125) in Utility mode is set to ext.

3.2 start, continue, stop If the MIDIctrl (P.125) parameter in Utility mode is set to off, the DTX will not receive start, continue or stop data.

3.3 active sensing Once active sensing data has been received, if no MIDI data is subsequently received for longer than an interval of approximately 300 msec, the DTX will mute all the sounds.

Send the messages within an interval of approximately 300 msec.

136

Appendix Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting

The DTX is Not Making a Sound or a Triggered Sound

Make sure the pads and triggers are connected correctly to the input jacks of the DTX (P.9). Make sure the connectors from the DTX OUTPUT jack (and NOT the AUX OUT jack) are plugged correctly to the

input jacks of the amplifier or mixer (P.10). Raise the volume by using the volume slider (P.31). Make sure the input level is displayed on the LCD when you play the pad or drum with a trigger (P.33). Raise the minimum value of the level range (P.37). Make sure the outport settings of the voice is not AUX OUT (P.58). Make sure the Utility Bypass mode is OFF (P.116). Make sure the Volume parameter on the 44th page in Utility mode is not 0. The drum part should be channel

10 (P.127). Check the Local Control on the 19th page in Utility mode. The Local Control should be on (P.118). Check the cables to see if there is a short.

The External Tone Generator is Not Making a Sound

Make sure the MIDI connectors are correctly connected (P.129). Make sure the MIDI channels match the input jack numbers of the connected external devices (P.42, 92, 110,

118). Make sure the value of the MIDI note numbers are set correctly (P.40). Make sure the Bypass parameter on the 6th page in Utility mode is off (P.116).

The Sound does not Match the Settings

Make sure you have not plugged the monaural phone plug when the power is still ON. This sets the rim switch ON on the DTX. Turn the power OFF and ON again.

Make sure the output MIDI channel is set to Drum Voice (ch=10) (P.42)

The Velocity (Sound) is Too Small

Make sure the DT10 is securely fastened with new (NOT old) sticky tape (P.11). Raise the gain setting (P.36). If the pads have an output or velocity control volume, adjust them (by raising them). Raise the velocity (P.37). Try a different velocity curve (P.38). Raise the volume of the voice (P.53). Make sure the input type is correct. Try a larger drum such as the TOM or KICK (P.35). Replace the drum head. Redo the Auto-set procedure (P.36). Reset the INPUT ATTENUATION switch on the rear panel (P.8).

The Triggered Sound is Not Stable (When using accoustic drums)

Make sure you have select the correct input type. Try a larger drum (PAD SNARE TOM KICK) (P.35). Make sure the DT10 is securely fastened with new sticky tape (P.11). Make sure the cable is securely inserted into the DT10 jack.

Double-triggering

If you are using a sensor made by other manufacturers, it may be sending a large signal causing double-triggering. Make sure the head is not causing irregular vibration. If it is, it is necessary to mute the head . Make sure the sensor is fixed near the rim (above the bearing) and not near center of the head (P.11). Make sure that nothing is touching the sensor. If the pads have an output or velocity control volume, adjust them (by lowering them). Raise the rejection parameter. Be careful not to set it too high or it may cause a sound to be muted when another

drum is played at the same time (P.39). Try using the sub-rejection parameter (P.39). Try switching the INPUT ATTENUATION switch on the rear panel (P.8).

137

Appendix Troubleshooting

You are Experiencing Cross-talk

Replace the sensor away from the nearby drum. The minimum input level needs to be higher (P.37). Raise the gain setting (P.36). Raise the rejection parameter. Be careful not to set it too high or it may cause a sound to be muted when another

drum is played at the same time (P.39). If the sound cross-talks with a specific trigger input, use the Spec rejection settings(P.39).

The Sounds are Cut when you Play Continuously

Set the Voice Type parameter on the 4th page of Voice Edit Mode to MONO . If you are playing a rim shot, set the RIM Velocity parameter on the 17th page in Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode to

a setting other than mute Hi and mute Lo (P.45). Set the unnecessary 2nd notes on to off on the 11th page in Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode (P.40).

Only 1 Sound is Heard when 2 Pads (Drums) are Played

Raise the gain setting of the pad (drum) that is not making a sound (P.36). Lower the rejection parameter of the pad (drum) that is not making a sound (P.39). Make sure that the pads (drums) are not assigned to the same group in the Alternate Group settings on the 10th

page in Drum Kit Voice Edit mode (P.57).

The Sound is Too Loud (The Velocity is Permanently Too High)

Lower the gain setting (P.36). Lower the minimum value of the velocity range (P.37). Try another velocity curve (P.38). If you are using a sensor made by other manufacturers, it may be sending a large signal. Reset the INPUT ATTENUATION switch on the rear panel (P.8).

The Hi-hat Foot Controller or Footswitch Works Oppositely

Turn the power switch on again with the foot controller or footswitch connected to the rear panel. The DTX will automatically detect the polarization of the switch and enable regular operation. (If the power is currently ON, turn it OFF once and then ON again).

Make sure you are not stepping on the foot controller or footswitch when you turn the power ON.

The Bass or Chord Patterns do Not Play in Pattern or Song Mode

Make sure the tracks are not muted (P.77). Make sure the Pattern Track Mute parameter on the 10th page in Song Job mode is off when you are playing a

song (P.111). Make sure the Bass Linear Track mode parameter on the 9th page in Song Job mode is off (P.111).

The DTX does Not Receive any Switch or Trigger Data

A data error has occurred. Turn the power OFF and then ON while holding the DRUM KIT button and the PAGE and PAGE buttons and the DTX will reset to its initial settings. Beware that all the data will be lost. Frequent data back-up storage to external MIDI devices such as the Yamaha MDF2 is recommended to prevent lost data (P.119).

The Sound will Not Stop

Some sounds may have an extremely long release when the Key Off function is disabled (P.58). In such a case, enter Drum Kit Voice Edit mode and press the VOICE button while holding SHIFT to temporarily stop the sound.

138

Appendix Error Messages

Error Messages

ERR-MIDI BuffFull

Too much MIDI data is being received in the buffer. Reduce the amount of data or insert intervals between the bulk transmission and try again.

ERROR- MIDIdata

There is a data error in the MIDI data being received. Check if the sum of the bulk dump data being received does not conform, or if the MIDI connections are looped. Check the MIDI cables and the data you want to send and try again.

ERR-BULK Protect

The System Exclusive Receive parameter is not on when the bulk dump data is being received. Set the parameter on the 11th page of Utility mode to on (P. 117) and try again.

ERR-low Battery

The built-in memory back-up lithium battery is running low. Store the necessary data to an external device such as the Yamaha MIDI Filer MDF2 and take the DTX to an authorized Yamaha Service Center to have the battery replaced.

ERROR- Preset

You are trying to edit preset data such as the preset drum kit, preset style pattern or preset song, or you are sending the bulk dump to a preset number. Select a user data area and try again.

ERR-Now Running

Bulk dump data is being transmitted while the DTX is playing or recording a song or pattern. Stop the playing or recording of the song or pattern and transmit the bulk dump data again.

ERROR- NotEmpty

Data already exists in the area you are trying to transmit the bulk dump data to. Clear the song or pattern (P.92, 109) and try to transmit again.

ERROR- Bad Data

You have received bulk dump data when you are not in Song Play Pattern Play mode, or when you have not stopped the song or pattern you had been playing. This message also appears when the beat or number of measures you are copying does not match those of the pattern or when the DTX is receiving erroneous bulk dump data. Correct the situation and try again.

Memory Full

The song and pattern memory areas are full. Clear unnecessary songs or patterns (P.92, 109) and try again.

139

Appendix

Specifications

Tone Generator 16-bit AWM2 (Compliant to GM Standard Level 1)

Polyphony Maximum of 32 notes

Voices 928 Drum and Percussion Voices, 128 Normal Keyboard Voices

Modes Drum Kit Mode

Play Mode: 32 preset drum kits and 32 user drum kits Trigger Edit Mode: 31 functions Voice Edit Mode: 21 functions

Chain Mode Play Mode: 16 types of chains (maximum of 32 steps) Edit Mode: 3 functions

Pattern Mode Play Mode: 660 preset patterns (110 styles x 6 sections), 100 user patterns Record Mode: Real-time or step recording, recording tracks (chord, bass, rhythm) Job Mode: 7 functions

Song Mode Play Mode: 100 preset songs, 30 user songs Record Mode: Real-time or step recording, recording tracks (TR1/TR2 sequencer tracks, pattern/chord/tempo tracks) Job Mode: 11 functions

Store Mode Drum Kit Store, Chain Store

Utility Mode System, MIDI, equalizer, sequence, multi- timbre

Effect Reverb (hall1/2, room1/2/3, stage1/2, plate, white, tunnel, canyon, basement) Chorus, variation (preset for each voice)

Controls Volume Slider (MASTER, AUX IN, ACCOMP/ SNARE/CYMBAL, CLICK/KICK/MISC.), Data Scroll Wheel, Mode buttons (DRUM KIT, CHAIN, SONG, PATTERN, TRIGGER, VOICE, UTILITY, STORE), PAGE/ (MAIN A/B), Q Cursor button (FILL AB/BA), -1/ NO(INTRO), +1/YES (ENDING), TEMPO, SHIFT, TR1 (MISC.), TR2 (CYMBAL), BASS/ TMP TR (SNARE), RHYTHM/PAT TR (KICK), CHORD/CHO TR, SOLO, Transport buttons (CLICK, PAUSE, REWIND, START/STOP, FORWARD, RECORD), CONTRAST knob

Display Custom LCD display 2-digit large segment LED 8 mute/sequencer operation LEDs

Input Jacks 1 SNARE8 H.HAT, 10/9 KICK, 12/11, AUX IN

Output Jacks PHONES, OUTPUT(L/MONO,R), AUX OUT(L/ R)

Foot Switch/Control Jacks FOOT SW, H.HAT CONTROL

MIDI Jacks MIDI IN/OUT

Power Requirements DC 12V

Dimensions 300mm (W) x 57mm (D) x 220mm (H)

Weight 1.4kg

Included Accessories Owners Manual AC power adapter (PA-1207 or PA-3B)

140

Appendix

Index 3 Auto Set ................................................................................... 36 3 ClrTrack (clear track) ............................................................. 109 3 CrTrNote (clear specific note) .................................................. 91 3 Edit recall ................................................................................ 68 3 LinkMode .............................................................................. 115 3 Pan .......................................................................................... 54 30 Click Hi ............................................................................... 122 30 Edit (edit recall) ..................................................................... 49 31 Click Mid ............................................................................. 122 31 SetChord= (setting the note number by chord) ...................... 49 32 Click Lo ............................................................................... 122 33 Click Out ............................................................................. 123 35 Tempo ................................................................................. 123 36 Count .................................................................................. 123 37 GrvCheck (groove check) .................................................... 124 38 Break TB (break top/bottom) ............................................... 124 39 MIDIctrl (MIDI control) ....................................................... 125 4 Clr Song (clear song) ............................................................. 109 4 ClrTrack (clears a track) ........................................................... 92 4 Lrn Mode (learn mode) .......................................................... 115 4 PAD Gain ................................................................................. 36 4 Pitch ........................................................................................ 54 40 SyncMode (synchronization mode) ...................................... 125 41 MULTI (multi-timbre) ......................................................... 126 42 MastTune (master tune) ....................................................... 126 43 Program ............................................................................... 126 44 Volume ................................................................................ 127 45 Pan ...................................................................................... 127 46 Pitch .................................................................................... 128 47 RevSend (Reverb Send) ........................................................ 128 5 ClearPat (clear pattern) ............................................................ 92 5 LevelRng (level range) .............................................................. 37 5 PgmCh (select the voices for each channel) ............................ 110 5 Rev send (send reverb) ............................................................. 55 5 SldrMode (slider mode) ......................................................... 116 6 Bypass .................................................................................... 116 6 Modify ..................................................................................... 92 6 Pgm= (selects the voices of a chord, ......................................... 55 6 VelRange (velocity range) ......................................................... 37 7 Filter ........................................................................................ 56 7 JumpRcnt (jump to recent page) ............................................ 116 7 Pat Name (pattern name) ......................................................... 92 7 VelCurve (velocity curve) ......................................................... 38 8 Decay ....................................................................................... 56 8 FCoffset ................................................................................. 117 8 PlayMode ............................................................................... 110 8 Self Rej (self rejection) ............................................................. 39 9 B Lnr TR (bass linear track mode) .......................................... 111 9 Key mode ................................................................................ 57 9 MIDI ...................................................................................... 117 9 Reject (rejection) ...................................................................... 39

A ACCOMP SNARE/CYMBAL Volume Slider ................................... 6 all data ...................................................................................... 119 all DKIT .................................................................................... 119 all SONG .................................................................................. 119 allCHAIN .................................................................................. 119 allPATRN .................................................................................. 119 alter ............................................................................................ 43 alterMN ...................................................................................... 43 always ....................................................................................... 115 AUX IN Jack ................................................................................. 8 AUX IN Volume Slider .................................................................. 6 aux L ........................................................................................ 123 AUX OUT L and R Jacks ............................................................... 8 aux R ........................................................................................ 123 auxL+R ..................................................................................... 123

+1/YES (ENDING) Button ............................................................. 7 +1/YES and -1/NO Buttons ......................................................... 27 -1/NO (INTRO) Button ................................................................. 7 1 Copy (Pat/Dest): pattern copy .................................................. 90 1 Copy (Song/Dest): song copy ................................................. 108 1 Kit Name (drum kit name) ....................................................... 35 1 Name (chain name) ................................................................. 67 1 SNARE to 8 H.HAT Inputs ........................................................ 8 1 SYSTEM ................................................................................. 114 1 VCE (voice) ............................................................................. 53 10 AlterGrp (alternate group) ..................................................... 57 10 Pat Mute (pattern track mute mode) .................................... 111 10 Spec Rej (specific rejection) ................................................... 40 10/9 KICK Input ........................................................................... 8 11 Key Off .................................................................................. 58 11 Note= (note numbers settings) ............................................... 40 11 SongName ........................................................................... 111 12 Note= (gate time) ................................................................... 42 12 Out Port ................................................................................. 58 12/11 Input .................................................................................. 8 13 DeviceNo (device number) .................................................. 117 13 Note= (MIDI channel) ............................................................ 42 13 REV Rtn (reverb return) ......................................................... 58 14 Key On .................................................................................. 43 14 REV Type (reverb type) .......................................................... 59 14 Receive SysX (receiving system exclusive data) .................... 117 15 REV Time (reverb time) ......................................................... 59 15 Receive PC (receiving program change data) ........................ 118 15 VelXFade (velocity cross-fade) ............................................... 44 16 PC Ch= (transmit program change) ....................................... 59 16 RIMKeyOn ............................................................................. 44 16 RecvCh10 All (receiving channel message through channel 10) 118 17 BK Ch= (transmit bank select) ............................................... 60 17 RIM Vel (RIM velocity) .......................................................... 45 17 RecvCh10 PC (receive program change through channel 10)118 18 CC Ch= (transmit control change: volume) ............................ 60 18 PAD Func (pad function) ....................................................... 45 19 CC Ch= (transmit control change: pan) ................................. 61 19 FS Func (FS function) ............................................................ 46 19 LocalClt (local control) ........................................................ 118 2 Chain create or revise ............................................................... 67 2 EditMode ............................................................................... 114 2 PAD Type ................................................................................ 35 2 Quantize (quantization) ................................................... 91, 109 2 Volume .................................................................................... 53 20 CC Ch= (transmit control change) ......................................... 61 20 DumpTime .......................................................................... 119 20 FS MIDI (FS MIDI channel) ................................................... 47 21 FS HHcls (FS hi-hat control) .................................................. 47 21 MergeOut ............................................................................ 119 21 Root Note .............................................................................. 62 21 RootNote ............................................................................... 62 22 Dump Out (bulk data send) ................................................. 119 22 FC Func (hi-hat control function) .......................................... 47 23 FC MIDI (hi-hat control channel) .......................................... 47 23 P/CKIT (program change table) .......................................... 120 24 EQ (equalizer) ..................................................................... 120 24 FC Sens (hi-hat control sensitivity) ........................................ 48 25 HH Ctrl (hi-hat control) ......................................................... 48 25 Lo Mi Hi (gain) .................................................................... 121 26 In 11 to 12 (Input 11 to 12) .................................................. 48 26 In 9 to 10 (Input 9 to 10) ...................................................... 48 26 Lo Freq (low frequency) ....................................................... 121 27 Mid Freq (mid frequency) .................................................... 121 28 Copy INP (copy input) .......................................................... 48 28 Hi Freq (high frequency) ..................................................... 121 29 Copy TRG (copy trigger) ........................................................ 49 29 SEQ (sequencer) .................................................................. 122

141

Appendix

average ...................................................................................... 124 Average Mode ............................................................................. 98

B b ................................................................................................. 53 B (BOTTOM) ............................................................................ 124 Backing Track ............................................................................. 93 basemnt ...................................................................................... 59 BASS TMP TR (SNARE) Button ..................................................... 7 Beat ........................................................................... 83, 101, 104 Beat focus area .......................................................................... 103 Beat Indicator ............................................................................. 85 bypass .................................................................................. 45, 46

C C ................................................................................................. 53 C (coarse tune) .................................................................. 54, 128 canyon ........................................................................................ 59 CHAIN Button .............................................................................. 6 Chain Edit Mode ......................................................................... 65 Chain Edit mode ......................................................................... 23 Chain Play Mode ......................................................................... 63 Chain Play mode ......................................................................... 23 Channel Message ...................................................................... 130 CHORD CHO TR Button .............................................................. 7 Chord input .............................................................................. 103 Chord List ................................................................................... 79 Chord type .......................................................................... 78, 79 Chords ........................................................................................ 78 click ..................................................................................... 45, 46 Click (metronome) .............................................................. 76, 96 CLICK Button ............................................................................... 7 CLICK KICK/MISC. Volume Slider ............................................... 6 clip ............................................................................................. 38 Cls ....................................................................................... 40, 42 CONTRAST Knob ......................................................................... 8 Control Change ........................................................................ 131 Copy destination ................................................................ 90, 108 Copy source ....................................................................... 90, 108 curCHAIN ................................................................................ 119 curDKIT ................................................................................... 119 curPATRN ................................................................................ 119 curSONG .................................................................................. 119 Cursor Buttons ............................................................................ 26

D Data focus area .......................................................... 85, 101, 103 Data focus area area .................................................................. 104 Data input ................................................................................. 104 Data Scroll Wheel .................................................................. 7, 27 DC IN Jac ..................................................................................... 8 dec ....................................................................................... 45, 46 do FILL ................................................................................ 45, 46 DRUM KIT Button ........................................................................ 6 Drum Kit Play Mode ................................................................... 30 Drum Kit Play mode ................................................................... 22 Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode ....................................................... 32 Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode ....................................................... 22 Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode .......................................................... 50 Drum Kit Voice Edit mode .......................................................... 22 Drum Kits ................................................................................... 18 Drum or Percussion Sounds ........................................................ 18 Drum voice name ....................................................................... 85 Dumper Pedal ........................................................................... 131 dynamic ...................................................................................... 38

E E ................................................................................................. 53 ENDING ....................................................................... 45, 46, 71 Exclusive Message ..................................................................... 131

expand ........................................................................................ 38 Expression ................................................................................ 131 ext ............................................................................................ 125

F F (fine tune) ....................................................................... 54, 128 FCl ...................................................................................... 40, 42 FILL AB ........................................................................ 45, 46, 71 FILL BA ........................................................................ 45, 46, 71 fix1 to fix127 .............................................................................. 45 FOOT SW Jack ............................................................................. 8 FOP ............................................................................................ 42 FOp ............................................................................................ 40 FORWARD and REWIND Buttons ....................................... 74, 95 FORWARD Button ........................................................................ 7

G Gain ............................................................................................ 36 global ............................................................................... 115, 123 Groove Check Function .............................................................. 97

H H.HAT CONTROL Jack ................................................................ 8 hall 1 .......................................................................................... 59 hall 2 .......................................................................................... 59 HH ctrl ................................................................................ 46, 47 hi mono ...................................................................................... 57 hi tom ......................................................................................... 35 hold ..................................................................................... 43, 44

I inc ....................................................................................... 45, 46 indiv (individual) ...................................................................... 115 INPUT ATTENUATION Switches ................................................. 8 int ............................................................................................. 125 INTRO .......................................................................... 45, 46, 71

K K ................................................................................................. 53 k ................................................................................................. 53 Key Data ................................................................................... 130 kick1/kick2 ................................................................................. 35

L LCD ............................................................................................ 25 LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) ........................................................ 6 LED (Light Emitting Diode) Display ............................................. 6 live (mode) ............................................................................... 116 lo tom ......................................................................................... 35 Location pointer ......................................................... 85, 103, 104

M MAIN A ........................................................................ 45, 46, 71 MAIN B ........................................................................ 45, 46, 71 main L ...................................................................................... 123 main R ...................................................................................... 123 mainL+R ................................................................................... 123 MASTER Volume Slider ................................................................ 6 Measure number .............................................. 85, 101, 103, 104 Measure/Beat/Clock .................................................................... 85 Measures ..................................................................................... 83 MIDI ........................................................................... 46, 47, 129 MIDI Data Format ..................................................................... 134 MIDI IN/OUT ............................................................................... 8 MIDI note number ...................................................................... 41 Modulation ............................................................................... 131 mono .......................................................................................... 57 mute Hi ...................................................................................... 45

142

Appendix

mute Lo ...................................................................................... 45 Muting ................................................................................. 77, 97

N none ........................................................................................... 59 normal ................................................................................. 38, 45 Note Off .................................................................................... 130 Note On .................................................................................... 130

O off ............................................................................................. 115 On-bass ...................................................................... 78, 79, 103 One Way .................................................................................. 110 Opn ..................................................................................... 40, 42 OUTPUT L/MONO and R Jacks .................................................... 8

P P ................................................................................................. 53 Pad ........................................................................................... 131 pad1/pad2 .................................................................................. 35 PAGE and PAGE Buttons ...................................................... 26 PAGE/ERASE (MAIN A) Button ................................................. 7 PAGE (MAIN B) Button ............................................................. 7 Pattern ................................................................................. 19, 71 pattern ...................................................................................... 123 PATTERN Button .......................................................................... 6 Pattern input ............................................................................. 101 Pattern Job Mode ........................................................................ 88 Pattern Job mode ........................................................................ 23 Pattern number ........................................................................... 85 Pattern Play Mode ....................................................................... 71 Pattern Play mode ....................................................................... 23 Pattern Record Mode .................................................................. 80 Pattern Record mode .................................................................. 23 pause ................................................................................... 45, 46 PAUSE Button ........................................................................ 7, 74 PAUSE button ............................................................................. 95 PHONES Jack ............................................................................... 8 Pitch Bend ................................................................................ 131 plate ............................................................................................ 59 poly ............................................................................................ 57 POWER Switch ............................................................................. 8 prctice (practice mode) ............................................................. 116 Program Change ....................................................................... 130

Q Quantization ............................................................... 84, 85, 105 QY PATRN................................................................................ 119

R Real-time .................................................................................... 82 Real-time Message ..................................................................... 131 Real-time Recording .................................................. 84, 105, 106 Receiving Bulk Data .................................................................. 120 RECORD Button ........................................................................... 7 Repeat ....................................................................................... 110 Reverb Depth ............................................................................ 131 REWIND Button ........................................................................... 7 RHYTHM PAT TR (KICK) Button ................................................. 7 rim .............................................................................................. 40 room 1 ........................................................................................ 59 room 2 ........................................................................................ 59 room 3 ........................................................................................ 59 Root ............................................................................ 78, 79, 103

S S ................................................................................................. 53 s .................................................................................................. 53

Section ............................................................................... 71, 101 semi(2) ....................................................................................... 57 Sequence Track ........................................................................... 93 SHIFT Button ............................................................................... 7 single ................................................................................. 44, 124 Single Mode ................................................................................ 97 snare ........................................................................................... 35 Solo ............................................................................................ 78 SOLO Button ................................................................................ 7 Song ........................................................................................... 19 song ............................................................................................ 93 SONG Button ............................................................................... 6 Song Job Mode ......................................................................... 107 Song Job mode ............................................................................ 24 Song Play Mode .......................................................................... 93 Song Play mode .......................................................................... 24 Song Record Mode ...................................................................... 99 Song Record mode ...................................................................... 24 stack ........................................................................................... 43 stackMN ..................................................................................... 43 stage 1 ........................................................................................ 59 stage 2 ........................................................................................ 59 START/STOP Button ..................................................................... 7 statStp ......................................................................................... 46 Step Rec (step recording) ............................................................ 82 Step Recording ................................................................... 85, 101 STORE Button .............................................................................. 7 Store Mode ................................................................................. 69 Store mode ................................................................................. 24 strtStp ......................................................................................... 45 Style ............................................................................................ 71 Style or pattern name ................................................................ 101 Style or pattern number ............................................................ 101 system....................................................................................... 119 System Message ........................................................................ 131

T T ................................................................................................. 53 T (TOP) .................................................................................... 124 Tempo ............................................... 76, 82, 96, 101, 104, 105 TEMPO Button ............................................................................. 7 Tempo change quantity ............................................................ 104 Tempo change time .................................................................. 104 Tempo focus area ...................................................................... 103 TR1 (MISC) Button ....................................................................... 7 TR2 (CYMBAL) Button ................................................................. 7 Track ................................................................................... 71, 93 Transport Buttons ....................................................................... 27 TRIGGER Button .......................................................................... 7 Triggering ................................................................................... 20 tunnel ......................................................................................... 59 Type ......................................................................................... 103

U User Patterns ............................................................................... 72 UTILITY Button ............................................................................ 7 Utility Mode .............................................................................. 112 Utility mode ................................................................................ 24

V Variabl ........................................................................................ 45 Velocity ..................................................................................... 130 VOICE Button ............................................................................... 7 Volume .............................................................................. 96, 131 Volume Adjustment .................................................................... 75

W w/shift ....................................................................................... 115 white .......................................................................................... 59 withPad ...................................................................................... 44

143

Appendix

Drum Voice List

marked voices consist of two layers. marked voices are looped sounds.

No Grp G.No Name (LCD) No Grp G.No Name (LCD) No Grp G.No Name (LCD) No Grp G.No Name (LCD)

1 K 1 BD DRY 1 59 K 59 SweetnLo 117 K 117 BDbass1 175 S 56 Dance06

2 K 2 BD DRY 2 60 K 60 2HeadLo 118 K 118 BDbass2 176 S 57 Tekk

3 K 3 BD GMH 61 K 61 2HedMed1 119 K 119 BDbass3 177 S 58 Tekk 01

4 K 4 BD GMM 62 K 62 2HedMed2 120 S 1 VtgBrass 178 S 59 Tekk 02

5 K 5 BD GML 63 K 63 2HeadHi 121 S 2 VtgB 2 179 S 60 Tekk 03

6 K 6 BD GMM2 64 K 64 Basement 122 S 3 BrassRim 180 S 61 Tekk 04

7 K 7 BD 24Dry 65 K 65 VeloRoom 123 S 4 Fat looz 181 S 62 Tekk 05

8 K 8 BD DRYB1 66 K 66 DimWit 124 S 5 Hip Hop 182 S 63 Tekk 06

9 K 9 BD DRYBH 67 K 67 BigAC 125 S 6 BrassPic 183 S 64 Tekk 07

10 K 10 BD GMJ 68 K 68 Sub1 126 S 7 S BrysnH 184 S 65 AnSStick

11 K 11 BD BBALS 69 K 69 Sub2 127 S 8 S BrysnR 185 S 66 AnalogH1

12 K 12 BD DRY 3 70 K 70 Sub3 128 S 9 Wood65 186 S 67 AnalogL1

13 K 13 BD DRY 4 71 K 71 Sub4 129 S 10 S Dry 187 S 68 Analog H

14 K 14 BD DRY 5 72 K 72 Sub5 130 S 11 S DryPic 188 S 69 Analog L

15 K 15 BD Soft 73 K 73 AnaQuick 131 S 12 DeepStel 189 S 70 Electrik

16 K 16 BD KONG1 74 K 74 MtlPoint 132 S 13 Looz Pic 190 S 71 Rock

17 K 17 BD MONDO 75 K 75 Kombat 133 S 14 Wood Sn 191 S 72 RockH

18 K 18 BD MND S 76 K 76 Bushy 134 S 15 12Soprno 192 S 73 RockM

19 K 19 BD NN04C 77 K 77 BigSofty 135 S 16 SnareM 193 S 74 RockL

20 K 20 BD ROOM1 78 K 78 BigBoy 136 S 17 SnareH 194 S 75 RockRim

21 K 21 BD ROOM2 79 K 79 Roomy 137 S 18 SnarDeep 195 S 76 Amb 01

22 K 22 BD ROOM3 80 K 80 BD Rave1 138 S 19 SnareH2 196 S 77 Amb 02

23 K 23 BD ROOM4 81 K 81 BD Rave2 139 S 20 MrcSnrM 197 S 78 Amb 03

24 K 24 BD ROOM5 82 K 82 BD Rave3 140 S 21 MrcSnrH 198 S 79 Amb 04

25 K 25 BD 24Amb 83 K 83 BD Rave4 141 S 22 SnrGhst 199 S 80 SnrRoll

26 K 26 BD Rock1 84 K 84 BD Rave5 142 S 23 ASOBI 200 S 81 SnRoll2

27 K 27 BD Rock2 85 K 85 BD Rave6 143 S 24 SnareL2 201 S 82 S RO_S

28 K 28 BD Metal 86 K 86 BD Rave7 144 S 25 ToshL fi 202 S 83 S FT NZ3

29 K 29 BD GATE1 87 K 87 BD Rave8 145 S 26 Tosh Sn 203 S 84 S RuberS

30 K 30 BD GATE2 88 K 88 BD Rave9 146 S 27 Pilow Sn 204 S 85 BrshSlp

31 K 31 BD GATE3 89 K 89 BDRave10 147 S 28 Blaaaghf 205 S 86 S Brsh

32 K 32 BD GateM 90 K 90 BDRave11 148 S 29 ParadeS 206 S 87 S BrshTp

33 K 33 BD ELEC1 91 K 91 BDdance1 149 S 30 HiGateSn 207 S 88 S Brsh H

34 K 34 BD ELEC2 92 K 92 BDersko1 150 S 31 OpnRim 208 S 89 S BrshOp

35 K 35 BD ELEC3 93 K 93 BDvman 1 151 S 32 OpnRimA 209 S 90 S BrshSc

36 K 36 BDDance1 94 K 94 BDaftty1 152 S 33 OpnRimB 210 S 91 S BrshSw

37 K 37 BDDance2 95 K 95 BDaftty2 153 S 34 OpnRimC 211 S 92 BrSwL

38 K 38 BDDance3 96 K 96 BDbonzo2 154 S 35 OpnRimD 212 S 93 BrSwH

39 K 39 BDDance4 97 K 97 BDpower 155 S 36 OpnRimE 213 S 94 BrshTap1

40 K 40 BDDance5 98 K 98 BDfusio1 156 S 37 S Elem1 214 S 95 BrshTap2

41 K 41 BDDance6 99 K 99 BDtite1 157 S 38 S Elem2 215 S 96 BrshTap3

42 K 42 BDDance7 100 K 100 BDstomp1 158 S 39 S Elem3 216 S 97 BrshSlpL

43 K 43 BDDance8 101 K 101 BDudu1 159 S 40 S Elem4 217 S 98 SAmbie1

44 K 44 BDDance9 102 K 102 BDindst1 160 S 41 S Room 218 S 99 SAmbie2

45 K 45 BDAnlg L 103 K 103 BDNIN1 161 S 42 S Gate 219 S 100 SAmbie3

46 K 46 BDAnlg H 104 K 104 BDurban1 162 S 43 S Gate1 220 S 101 SAmbie4

47 K 47 BDRevers 105 K 105 BDfunky1 163 S 44 S Gate2 221 S 102 SAmbie5

48 K 48 BD SCREM 106 K 106 BDurban2 164 S 45 S Gate3 222 S 103 Sambie6

49 K 49 GrnCassa 107 K 107 BDpalmer 165 S 46 S STK_HT 223 S 104 SAna1

50 K 50 GrCMute 108 K 108 BD808Lng 166 S 47 S SStck1 224 S 105 SAna 2

51 K 51 QuikBuzz 109 K 109 BDevolvr 167 S 48 S SStck2 225 S 106 SAna3

52 K 52 Norma 110 K 110 BDevolv2 168 S 49 S SStck3 226 S 107 SAna4

53 K 53 Basic 111 K 111 BDbasc1 169 S 50 Dance 227 S 108 SAna5

54 K 54 SoTight 112 K 112 BDbasc2 170 S 51 Dance01 228 S 109 Beauty

55 K 55 WudPoint 113 K 113 BDdance5 171 S 52 Dance02 229 S 110 BeatyRim

56 K 56 Pointy 114 K 114 BDlong1 172 S 53 Dance03 230 S 111 Brassy

57 K 57 DrkPoint 115 K 115 BDvman 5 173 S 54 Dance04 231 S 112 BrassRim

58 K 58 Bottom 116 K 116 BDdigiro 174 S 55 Dance05 232 S 113 Loosy

144

Appendix

No Grp G.No Name (LCD) No Grp G.No Name (LCD) No Grp G.No Name (LCD) No Grp G.No Name (LCD)

233 S 114 LoosyRim 291 S 172 AnaTiRim 349 S 230 JelyRoll 407 T 38 Ana 1Mid

234 S 115 Snapper 292 S 173 AnaDark 350 S 231 Jelyrim 408 T 39 Ana 1Lo

235 S 116 SnaprRim 293 S 174 AnaDaRim 351 S 232 Electric 409 T 40 Ana 1Flr

236 S 117 GateOK 294 S 175 AnaHit 352 S 233 EltrcRIM 410 T 41 Ana 2Hi

237 S 118 GateORim 295 S 176 AnHitRim 353 S 234 DryPiclo 411 T 42 Ana 2Mid

238 S 119 DryUp 296 S 177 AnaVel 354 S 235 DryPRim 412 T 43 Ana 2Lo

239 S 120 RIMouch! 297 S 178 AnVelRim 355 S 236 Timbrim 413 T 44 Ana 2flr

240 S 121 Ambient 298 S 179 AnaWide 356 S 237 Buzzring 414 T 45 Tron Hi

241 S 122 AmbiRim 299 S 180 AnaWiRim 357 S 238 BuzRgRim 415 T 46 Tron Mid

242 S 123 Matchbox 300 S 181 AnaYo 358 S 239 Philydry 416 T 47 Tron Lo

243 S 124 RIMwatts 301 S 182 AnaYoRim 359 S 240 PhlyRiM 417 T 48 Tron Flr

244 S 125 Picket 302 S 183 AnaWee 360 S 241 Nashvill 418 T 49 DRY GM1

245 S 126 RIMnatul 303 S 184 AnaWeRim 361 S 242 WackyEFX 419 T 50 DRY GM2

246 S 127 RoldGold 304 S 185 AnaAir 362 S 243 Latinrim 420 T 51 DRY GM3

247 S 128 RoldRim 305 S 186 AnAirRim 363 S 244 Fusion 421 T 52 DRY GM4

248 S 129 Deep&Dry 306 S 187 AnaBuzz 364 S 245 Metalpic 422 T 53 DRY GM5

249 S 130 RIMetal 307 S 188 AnaBzRim 365 S 246 Dryroom 423 T 54 DRY GM6

250 S 131 Blue90 308 S 189 AnaShh 366 S 247 Distort 424 T 55 Room 1

251 S 132 Blu90Rim 309 S 190 AnaShRim 367 S 248 Ruberbnd 425 T 56 Room 2

252 S 133 BlastX 310 S 191 AnaMetal 368 S 249 Cool Dry 426 T 57 Room 3

253 S 134 RIMdry1 311 S 192 AnaMeRim 369 S 250 TambSnre 427 T 58 Room 4

254 S 135 Nashvill 312 S 193 AnaSlegh 370 T 1 Dry1 Hi 428 T 59 Room 5

255 S 136 RIMrock 313 S 194 AnaSlRim 371 T 2 Dry1 Mid 429 T 60 Room 6

256 S 137 DryMetal 314 S 195 BrSwTime 372 T 3 Dry1 Lo 430 T 61 Rock 1

257 S 138 RIMshort 315 S 196 BrSwTRim 373 T 4 Dry1 Flr 431 T 62 Rock 2

258 S 139 Binky 316 S 197 BrshHit1 374 T 5 Dry2 Hi 432 T 63 Rock 3

259 S 140 RIMpopr 317 S 198 Brsh1Rim 375 T 6 Dry2 Mid 433 T 64 Rock 4

260 S 141 Sticky 318 S 199 BrshHit2 376 T 7 Dry2 Lo 434 T 65 Rock 5

261 S 142 RIMfat1 319 S 200 Brsh2Rim 377 T 8 Dry2 Flr 435 T 66 Rock 6

262 S 143 Slappy 320 S 201 Brushup 378 T 9 Lite Hi 436 T 67 E Tom1

263 S 144 RIMnashy 321 S 202 BrsUpRim 379 T 10 Lite Mid 437 T 68 E Tom2

264 S 145 OldCan 322 S 203 BrshSwep 380 T 11 Lite Lo 438 T 69 E Tom3

265 S 146 RIM hipop 323 S 204 BrshAtak 381 T 12 Lite Flr 439 T 70 E Tom4

266 S 147 RollEm1 324 S 205 Ambient1 382 T 13 Jazz Hi 440 T 71 E Tom5

267 S 148 RollRim1 325 S 206 Ambt1rim 383 T 14 Jazz Mid 441 T 72 E Tom6

268 S 149 RollEm2 326 S 207 Powerpic 384 T 15 Jazz Lo 442 T 73 AnlgTom1

269 S 150 RollRim2 327 S 208 Pwrpcrim 385 T 16 Jazz Flr 443 T 74 AnlgTom2

270 S 151 RollEm3 328 S 209 Fatbrass 386 T 17 BrshJzHi 444 T 75 AnlgTom3

271 S 152 RollRim3 329 S 210 Fatbrim 387 T 18 BrshJzMd 445 T 76 AnlgTom4

272 S 153 Fantam 330 S 211 Smacker 388 T 19 BrshJzLo 446 T 77 AnlgTom5

273 S 154 FantaRim 331 S 212 Smakrim 389 T 20 BrshJzFl 447 T 78 AnlgTom6

274 S 155 Steel 332 S 213 Enotype 390 T 21 BrshRkHi 448 T 79 RoomP H

275 S 156 SteelRim 333 S 214 Eno rim 391 T 22 BrshRkMd 449 T 80 RoomP M

276 S 157 BigWood 334 S 215 Factory 392 T 23 BrshRkLo 450 T 81 RoomP L

277 S 158 BigWdRim 335 S 216 Fact rim 393 T 24 BrshRkFl 451 T 82 RoomP F

278 S 159 UnclAB 336 S 217 Woody 394 T 25 Room1 Hi 452 T 83 RoomQH

279 S 160 UnclARim 337 S 218 Woodyrim 395 T 26 Room1Mid 453 T 84 RoomQM

280 S 161 SnareLes 338 S 219 Dry Guy 396 T 27 Room1 Lo 454 T 85 RoomQL

281 S 162 LesRim 339 S 220 Drygyrim 397 T 28 Room1Flr 455 T 86 RoomQF

282 S 163 SidStick 340 S 221 Barypic 398 T 29 Room2 Hi 456 T 87 SAmbTmH

283 S 164 SidRim 341 S 222 Baryrim 399 T 30 Room2Mid 457 T 88 SAmbTmM

284 S 165 HiFive 342 S 223 FX 400 T 31 Room2 Lo 458 T 89 SAmbTmL

285 S 166 Hi5Rim 343 S 224 FX rim 401 T 32 Room2Flr 459 T 90 SAmbTmF

286 S 167 CapGun 344 S 225 Filtroll 402 T 33 Room3 Hi 460 T 91 ElectrcH

287 S 168 CapRim 345 S 226 Filtrrim 403 T 34 Room3Mid 461 T 92 ElectrcM

288 S 169 Snarf 346 S 227 Sheetmtl 404 T 35 Room3 Lo 462 T 93 ElectrcL

289 S 170 SnarfRim 347 S 228 Shmtlrim 405 T 36 Room3Flr 463 T 94 ElectrcF

290 S 171 AnaTite 348 S 229 Gaterim 406 T 37 Ana 1Hi 464 T 95 TEKK 1H

145

Appendix

No Grp G.No Name (LCD) No Grp G.No Name (LCD) No Grp G.No Name (LCD) No Grp G.No Name (LCD)

465 T 96 TEKK 1M 523 T 154 ACTomF 581 C 36 MinChina 639 C 94 H SplNB

466 T 97 TEKK 1L 524 T 155 TOMXfadH 582 C 37 C CrshSi 640 C 95 H Spl13

467 T 98 TEKK 1F 525 T 156 TOMXfadM 583 C 38 C Crash 641 C 96 H Splsht

468 T 99 TEKK 2H 526 T 157 TOMXfadL 584 C 39 C CrshAC 642 C 97 HHFTpdl1

469 T 100 TEKK 2M 527 T 158 TOMXfadF 585 C 40 CrashB 643 C 98 FTsplRK

470 T 101 TEKK 2L 528 T 159 AnaIndsH 586 C 41 PaperThn 644 C 99 FTsplRK2

471 T 102 TEKK 2F 529 T 160 AnaIndsM 587 C 42 China 645 C 100 HHRoKopn

472 T 103 TEKK 3H 530 T 161 AnaIndsL 588 C 43 C Splsh1 646 C 101 HHRoKcls

473 T 104 TEKK 3M 531 T 162 AnaIndsF 589 C 44 C Splsh2 647 C 102 HHcl2Xfd

474 T 105 TEKK 3L 532 T 163 Udu808H 590 C 45 AngCym 648 C 103 HHclsXfd

475 T 106 TEKK 3F 533 T 164 Udu808L 591 C 46 C FX01 649 C 104 FTsplsh1

476 T 107 Distrt H 534 T 165 HybridH 592 C 47 C FX02 650 C 105 FTsplsh2

477 T 108 Distrt M 535 T 166 HybridM 593 C 48 Thrash 651 P 1 P AgogCh

478 T 109 Distrt L 536 T 167 HybridL 594 C 49 ReverseC 652 P 2 P AgogH1

479 T 110 Distrt F 537 T 168 HybridF 595 C 50 HCym1 653 P 3 P AgogH2

480 T 111 TomMUJH 538 T 169 IndTmH 596 C 51 HCymOpnL 654 P 4 P ATR

481 T 112 TomMUJM 539 T 170 IndTmM 597 C 52 HCymClsL 655 P 5 P Bell

482 T 113 TomMUJ L 540 T 171 IndTmL 598 C 53 HCymOpnM 656 P 6 P BongMu

483 T 114 ETMooRH 541 T 172 IndTmF 599 C 54 HCymClsM 657 P 7 P BongHi

484 T 115 ETMooRM 542 T 173 Night H 600 C 55 HCym2 658 P 8 P BongLo

485 T 116 ETMooRL 543 T 174 Night M 601 C 56 H OpnL1 659 P 9 P Cabasa

486 T 117 ETMooRXL 544 T 175 Night L 602 C 57 H OpnL2 660 P 10 P Castnt

487 T 118 T Dist03 545 T 176 Night F 603 C 58 H OpnMU 661 P 11 P Conga

488 T 119 Analog 546 C 1 ChinaHi 604 C 59 H OpnDW 662 P 12 P CongAn

489 T 120 T EthnoE 547 C 2 CrshDRK 605 C 60 H OpnL3 663 P 13 P Clap8

490 T 121 T GongE 548 C 3 DeepCym 606 C 61 H OpnLK 664 P 14 P ClapA

491 T 122 TM Revrs 549 C 4 RideXfd 607 C 62 H OpnLA1 665 P 15 P ClvsA

492 T 123 AnaTom1 550 C 5 Rider3 608 C 63 H OpnLA2 666 P 16 P Clvs

493 T 124 AnaTom2 551 C 6 Bell A 609 C 64 H OpnLX1 667 P 17 P BassDr

494 T 125 AnaTom3 552 C 7 Rocksizl 610 C 65 H OpnDWX 668 P 18 P CongaC

495 T 126 AnaTom4 553 C 8 RidesizA 611 C 66 H OpnNB 669 P 19 P CongaH

496 T 127 AnaTom5 554 C 9 RidesizB 612 C 67 H OPMu 670 P 20 P CongaM

497 T 128 AnaTom6 555 C 10 RidesizC 613 C 68 H Opn13 671 P 21 P CongaO

498 T 129 GateBndH 556 C 11 BellTip 614 C 69 H OpnAn 672 P 22 P CongaS

499 T 130 GateBndM 557 C 12 Ridedrk 615 C 70 H OpnTc 673 P 23 P CongC7

500 T 131 GateBndL 558 C 13 Sizzler 616 C 71 H OpnAMu 674 P 24 P CongBe

501 T 132 GateBndF 559 C 14 FlatTop 617 C 72 H QOpnNB 675 P 25 P Cong8H

502 T 133 DistOm H 560 C 15 RideRock 618 C 73 H QOpn13 676 P 26 P Cong8L

503 T 134 DistOm M 561 C 16 FastCras 619 C 74 H QOPMu 677 P 27 P CowB1

504 T 135 DistOm L 562 C 17 VoclShKR 620 C 75 H Cls01 678 P 28 P CowB2

505 T 136 DistOm F 563 C 18 RaveRide 621 C 76 H ClsNB1 679 P 29 P CowBM

506 T 137 AmbTomH 564 C 19 InddogCR 622 C 77 H ClsNB2 680 P 30 P CowBAn

507 T 138 AmbTomM 565 C 20 SoftRoll 623 C 78 H ClsMu 681 P 31 P CuicaH

508 T 139 AmbTomL 566 C 21 DeepDRK 624 C 79 H Cls13 682 P 32 P CuicaL

509 T 140 AmbTomF 567 C 22 TambHH 625 C 80 H ClsTc1 683 P 33 P Kalmb

510 T 141 EthnTomH 568 C 23 FasCrash 626 C 81 H ClsTc2 684 P 34 P EthCB

511 T 142 EthnTomL 569 C 24 BriteCrs 627 C 82 H ClsTc3 685 P 35 P EthWB

512 T 143 RetroTmH 570 C 25 SizzlLit 628 C 83 H ClsTc4 686 P 36 P FSnap1

513 T 144 RetroTmM 571 C 26 SizzlDrk 629 C 84 H ClsA1 687 P 37 P FSnap2

514 T 145 RetroTmL 572 C 27 SizzlRck 630 C 85 H ClsA2 688 P 38 P Guiro

515 T 146 RetroTmF 573 C 28 RideLite 631 C 86 H TiCls1 689 P 39 P GuiSht

516 T 147 TOMntrlH 574 C 29 RideDark 632 C 87 H TiCls2 690 P 40 P HiQ

517 T 148 TOMntrlM 575 C 30 RideRock 633 C 88 H Pdl13 691 P 41 P Log H

518 T 149 TOMntrlL 576 C 31 RidB Lit 634 C 89 H PdlNB 692 P 42 P Log L

519 T 150 TOMntrlF 577 C 32 RidB Drk 635 C 90 H PdlMu 693 P 43 P MarcsA

520 T 151 ACTomH 578 C 33 RidB Rc 636 C 91 H PdlDW 694 P 44 P Marcs

521 T 152 ACTomM 579 C 34 Ride Anl 637 C 92 H PdlLit 695 P 45 P MtBel

522 T 153 ACTomL 580 C 35 Ride'EM 638 C 93 H PdTit 696 P 46 P Mtron

146

Appendix

No Grp G.No Name (LCD) No Grp G.No Name (LCD) No Grp G.No Name (LCD) No Grp G.No Name (LCD)

697 P 47 P Scrach 755 E 2 E Didger 813 E 60 SDdark! 871 k 3 Xylophon

698 P 48 P ShakeA 756 E 3 E FM Met 814 E 61 SDdkrim 872 k 4 GlockenH

699 P 49 P Shake1 757 E 4 E Glass1 815 E 62 INDride3 873 k 5 GlockenM

700 P 50 P Shake2 758 E 5 C Crash 816 E 63 INDride2 874 k 6 GlockenL

701 P 51 P SlBell 759 E 6 E Gun 1 817 E 64 DogHats 875 k 7 Celesta

702 P 52 P SurdoM 760 E 7 E Gun 3 818 E 65 INDconga 876 k 8 SteelDr3

703 P 53 P Surdo 761 E 8 E Indust 819 E 66 EvlLoop 877 k 9 SynPf 3

704 P 54 P TablaH 762 E 9 E InsAmb 820 E 67 Gargoyle 878 k 10 Chorus 4

705 P 55 P TablaM 763 E 10 E LoMo 821 E 68 RatlBoom 879 k 11 Chor 539

706 P 56 P TablaN 764 E 11 E MotoM 822 E 69 Spirals 880 k 12 Chor 516

707 P 57 P TablaO 765 E 12 E OrcHt1 823 E 70 AlienSp 881 k 13 ORGAN 3

708 P 58 P TambA 766 E 13 E CBRadi 824 E 71 INDshakr 882 k 14 sitar599

709 P 59 P Tambrn 767 E 14 E ComVc 825 E 72 LoMLoop 883 k 15 Brass 4

710 P 60 P TimbH 768 E 15 E Funky 826 E 73 LoMsolo 884 k 16 Brass 5

711 P 61 P TimbL 769 E 16 E HipNs 827 E 74 Wakloop 885 k 17 SBrass 4

712 P 62 P Timb 770 E 17 E Motor 828 E 75 RaveWave 886 k 18 SBrass 5

713 P 63 P TimCas 771 E 18 E OOOWWW 829 E 76 TablaX 887 k 19 Trp 4

714 P 64 P TriMut 772 E 19 E TekGt 830 E 77 DigiTime 888 k 20 MTrp 4

715 P 65 P Triang 773 E 20 E TV vo 831 E 78 LoopItUp 889 k 21 Trb 3

716 P 66 P CongaG 774 E 21 E Yadee 832 E 79 BuzzyWak 890 s 1 STRNG 4

717 P 67 P Udo F 775 E 22 E Scream 833 E 80 HandyDad 891 s 2 STRNG 3

718 P 68 P Udo H 776 E 23 E Bottle 834 E 81 HandySon 892 s 3 SStrngA

719 P 69 P Udo L 777 E 24 E CarPss 835 E 82 TineDrum 893 s 4 SStrngB

720 P 70 P VibrS 778 E 25 E Crush 836 E 83 MetalDip 894 s 5 SynSt 3

721 P 71 P WBloc 779 E 26 E CStart 837 E 84 Creature 895 s 6 Syn 3

722 P 72 P WHP 780 E 27 E Dog 838 E 85 AMRhythm 896 s 7 Strg 552

723 P 73 P Whist 781 E 28 E FStep 839 E 86 TungDrum 897 s 8 Syn 531

724 P 74 P ClapL 782 E 29 E DSqrm 840 E 87 RubbrOil 898 b 1 AcBass

725 P 75 P TalkD 783 E 30 E Door 841 E 88 BreakOut 899 b 2 SyBass1L

726 P 76 P TimpH 784 E 31 E Gun 2 842 E 89 OmenBass 900 b 3 SyBass1H

727 P 77 P TimpL 785 E 32 E BrsHit 843 E 90 TimbTimp 901 b 4 BassSAWL

728 P 78 P GranC 786 E 33 E OrcHt1 844 E 91 NoyzEB 902 b 5 BassSAWH

729 P 79 P GrnCRe 787 E 34 E Laugh 845 E 92 SlikRoad 903 b 6 SyBass2L

730 P 80 P Taiko 788 E 35 E NZE 846 E 93 6AMBreth 904 b 7 SyBass2H

731 P 81 P WCHim 789 E 36 E PAD 847 E 94 Reverse 905 b 8 BassSINL

732 P 82 Cabasa 790 E 37 E Ring 848 E 95 HaHoHee 906 b 9 BassSINH

733 P 83 SWhistH 791 E 38 E Stream 849 E 96 TymKeepr 907 b 10 S.BassL

734 P 84 SWhistL 792 E 39 Stream 850 E 97 WetMetal 908 b 11 S.BassH

735 P 85 JingBell 793 E 40 E Thundr 851 E 98 SloSprkl 909 b 12 P.BassL

736 P 86 Bell Tre 794 E 41 E Tire 852 E 99 TakeOff 910 b 13 P.BassH

737 P 87 AnCowbll 795 E 42 E USS 853 E 100 JerseyL 911 b 14 J.BassL

738 P 88 AnCongaH 796 E 43 E Seasho 854 E 101 UptownL 912 b 15 J.BassH

739 P 89 AnCongaM 797 E 44 E Bird-P 855 E 102 Hollis L 913 b 16 E.BassL

740 P 90 AnCongaL 798 E 45 E Bird 856 E 103 PhatLoo 914 b 17 E.BassH

741 P 91 AnMaracs 799 E 46 E Heli 857 E 104 SwingnL 915 b 18 SyBass3L

742 P 92 XfadeTri 800 E 47 E Heli 858 E 105 KillnL 916 b 19 SyBass3H

917 H 1 HHfatcls

918 H 2 HHbrtcls

919 H 3 HHntrlcl

920 H 4 HHnycls

921 H 5

922 H 6

923 H 7

924 H 8

925 H 9

926 H 10

927 H 11

HH32cls

HHopen#1

HHopen#2

Hadlcls1

Hadlcls2

Hadlcls3

Hadlcls4

Hpsplsh1928 H 12

743 P 93 Tambourn 801 E 48 EAmbush 859 E 106 Kangroo

744 P 94 Maracas 802 E 49 E Applau 860 E 107 Machine

745 P 95 Tabla B 803 E 50 LPscNoiz 861 E 108 NYCLoop

746 P 96 Tabla BL 804 E 51 OrchSmsh 862 E 109 PsychoL

747 P 97 Tabla BM 805 E 52 Shazam! 863 E 110 HellsBl

748 P 98 Tabla BV 806 E 53 INDhihat 864 E 111 ET Loop

749 P 99 Tabla OV 807 E 54 INDchina 865 E 112 LoMO LP

750 P 100 CongaMV 808 E 55 INDride 866 E 113 FactryL

751 P 101 TalknDrV 809 E 56 INDcrash 867 E 114 Cymbloo

752 P 102 TalknDrD 810 E 57 SDind59 868 E 115 DIGERDO

753 P 103 TalknDrU 811 E 58 INDbells 869 k 1 vibe 541

754 E 1 E CoolSA 812 E 59 INDrave 870 k 2 Marimba

147

Appendix

No Category Display Layer No Category Display Layer No Category Display Layer

1 Piano GrandPno 1 49 Ensemble Strings1 1 97 Synth Effects

Rain 2

2 BritePno 1 50 Strings2 1 98 SoundTrk 2

3 E.Grand 2 51 Syn.Str1 2 99 Crystal 2

4 HnkyTonk 2 52 Syn.Str2 2 100 Atmosphr 2

5 E.Piano1 2 53 ChoirAah 2 101 Bright 2

6 E.Piano2 2 54 VoiceOoh 1 102 Goblins 2

7 Harpsi. 1 55 SynVoice 1 103 Echoes 2

8 Clavi. 1 56 Orch.Hit 1 104 SF 2

9 Chromatic Percussion

Celesta 1 57 Brass Trumpet 1 105 Ethnic Sitar 1

10 Glocken 1 58 Trombone 1 106 Banjo 1

11 MusicBox 2 59 Tuba 1 107 Shamisen 1

12 Vibes 1 60 Mute.Trp 1 108 Koto 1

13 Marimba 1 61 Fr.Horn 1 109 Kalimba 1

14 Xylophon 1 62 BrasSect 1 110 Bagpipe 2

15 TubulBel 1 63 SynBras1 2 111 Fiddle 1

16 Dulcimer 2 64 SynBras2 2 112 Shanai 1

17 Organ DrawOrgn 1 65 Reed SprnoSax 1 113 Percussiv TnklBell 2

18 PercOrgn 1 66 Alto Sax 1 114 Agogo 1

19 RockOrgn 2 67 TenorSax 1 115 SteelDrm 2

20 ChrchOrg 2 68 Bari.Sax 1 116 WoodBlok 1

21 ReedOrgn 1 69 Oboe 1 117 TaikoDrm 1

22 Acordion 2 70 Eng.Horn 1 118 MelodTom 1

23 Harmnica 1 71 Bassoon 1 119 Syn.Drum 1

24 TangoAcd 2 72 Clarinet 1 120 RevCymbl 1

25 Guitar NylonGtr 1 73 Pipe Piccolo 1 121 Sound Effect

FretNoiz 1

26 SteelGtr 1 74 Flute 1 122 BrthNoiz 1

27 Jazz Gtr 1 75 Recorder 1 123 Seashore 2

28 CleanGtr 2 76 PanFlute 1 124 Tweet 2

29 Mute.Gtr 1 77 Bottle 2 125 Telphone 1

30 Ovrdrive 1 78 Shakhchi 1 126 Helicptr 2

31 Dist.Gtr 1 79 Whistle 1 127 Applause 2

32 GtrHarmo 1 80 Ocarina 1 128 Gunshot 1

33 Bass Aco.Bass 1 81 Synth Lead SquareLd 2

34 FngrBass 1 82 Saw.Lead 2

35 PickBass 1 83 CaliopLd 2

36 Fretless 1 84 Chiff Ld 2

37 SlapBas1 1 85 CharanLd 2

38 SlapBas2 1 86 Voice Ld 2

39 SynBass1 1 87 Fifth Ld 2

40 SynBass2 1 88 Bass &Ld 2

41 Strings Violin 1 89 Synth Pad NewAgePd 2

42 Viola 1 90 Warm Pad 2

43 Cello 1 91 PolySyPd 2

44 ContraBs 1 92 ChoirPad 2

45 Trem.Str 2 93 BowedPad 2

46 Pizz.Str 2 94 MetalPad 2

47 Harp 1 95 Halo Pad 2

48 Timpani 1 96 SweepPad 2

GM Keyboard Voice List

148

Appendix

Key-on Mode 0:stack, 1:alter, 2:stack MN, 3:alter MN, 4:hold Note Number Numbers indicate ch10 Drum Voice, voice names indicate keyboard voices other than from ch10

Key mode 0:Poly, 1:Semi(2), 2:Mono, 3:Hi Mono Key off 0:disable, 1:enable

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

Number Name 33 Acoustic 34 Rock 1 35 Hip-Hop 36 Industry 37 N.Y. 1 38 N.Y. 2 39 Country 40 BeBop 41 Rock 2 42 1970 kit 43 X-Fade 44 Studio 45 Dance 1 46 Dance 2 47 HHpDncMX 48 WldDncMX 49 IndustMX 50 Banana 51 LatinPer 52 Symphony 53 Latin 54 World 1 55 World 2 56 GM std 1 57 GM std 2 58 GM room 59 GM rock 60 GM elec. 61 GM anal. 62 GM jazz 63 GM brush 64 GM class

Number Name Acoustkt RockLive PowerKit BigRoomD RockDry1 RockDry2 RockDry3 RockDry4 RockDry5 HipDanse HardGtBD kick3itm N.Y. 3 N.Y. 4 Livinlrg Hats!dog DownTown Space123 SD!Panic Reggae Tabla AlterPer SFX 1 SFX 2 Piano Vibe SteelDrm Strings Bass User kit User kit User kit

User Drum kits (Rewritable) Preset Drum kits

Drum Kit List 33 Acoustic

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Corsefine Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 T 151 ACTomH -33 1 3 0 1

PAD1 SNARE 0 40 0 0 0 0 34 0

14 T 152 ACTomM 0 0 3 0 1

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0 0 0 0 13 0

15 T 153 ACTomL 0 -2 0 0 1

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0 0 0 0 14 0

16 C 59 H OpnDW 2 -3 0 0 1

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0 0 0 0 15 0

17 T 154 ACTomF 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0 0 0 0 17 0

18 P 47 P Scrach 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0 0 0 0 53 0

19 P 37 P FSnap2 0 3 0 0 1

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 0 0 0 0 55 83

20 C 94 H SplNB 0 -1 1 0 1

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 20 0 16 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1 0 0 1

PAD9 KICK 0 36 33 0 0 0 0 0

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1 0 0 1

PAD10 0 53 0 0 0 0 0 0

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 53 0 0 0 0 0 0

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 0 0 0 0 0 0

25 S 95 BrshTap2 0 0 0 0 1 26 S 92 BrSwL 0 0 0 1 1 27 S 97 BrshSlpL 0 0 0 0 1 28 S 93 BrSwH 0 0 0 1 1 29 S 81 SnRoll2 0 0 0 1 1 30 P 10 P Castnt 0 0 0 0 1 31 S 9 Wood65 0 1 0 0 0 32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1 33 K 95 BDaftty2 0 0 0 0 1 34 S 238 BuzRgRim -36 -1 0 0 1 35 K 7 BD 24Dry 0 4 0 0 1 36 K 111 BDbasc1 0 0 0 0 1 37 S 48 S SStck2 40 0 0 0 1 38 S 249 Cool Dry 0 1 0 0 0 39 P 14 P ClapA 0 4 0 0 1 40 S 113 Loosy -35 2 0 0 0 41 T 49 DRY GM1 0 0 0 0 1 42 C 79 H Cls13 0 -1 1 0 1 43 T 4 Dry1 Flr 0 -2 0 0 1 44 C 91 H PdlDW 0 0 1 0 1 45 T 3 Dry1 Lo 0 -1 0 0 1 46 C 57 H OpnL2 0 0 1 0 1 47 T 2 Dry1 Mid 0 1 0 0 1 48 T 1 Dry1 Hi 0 3 0 0 1 49 C 40 CrashB 0 0 0 0 1 50 T 1 Dry1 Hi 0 2 0 0 1 51 C 13 Sizzler 0 -2 0 0 0 52 C 14 FlatTop 0 -1 0 0 1 53 C 6 Bell A 10 0 0 0 1 54 P 93 Tambourn 0 0 0 0 1 55 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1 56 P 28 P CowB2 20 0 0 0 1 57 C 40 CrashB 0 2 0 0 1 58 P 70 P VibrS 0 0 0 0 1 59 C 9 RidesizB 36 -2 0 0 0 60 P 7 P BongHi 0 0 0 0 1 61 P 8 P BongLo 0 0 0 0 1 62 P 20 P CongaM 0 0 0 0 1 63 P 11 P Conga 0 1 0 0 1 64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1 65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1 66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1 67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1 0 0 1 68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1 69 P 82 Cabasa 0 0 0 0 1 70 P 94 Maracas 0 0 0 0 1 71 P 83 SWhistH 0 2 0 1 1 72 P 84 SWhistL 0 2 0 1 1 73 P 39 P GuiSht 0 9 0 0 1 74 P 38 P Guiro 0 0 0 1 1 75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1 76 P 71 P WBloc 0 0 0 0 1 77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1 78 P 31 P CuicaH 0 0 0 0 1 79 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -1 0 0 1 80 P 64 P TriMut 0 0 2 0 1 81 P 65 P Triang 0 0 2 0 1 82 P 49 P Shake1 0 0 0 0 1 83 C 6 Bell A 0 2 0 0 1 84 P 86 Bell Tre 0 4 0 0 0

Preset Drum Kit

149

Appendix

35 Hip-Hop

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 K 68 Sub1 0 0 0 0 1

PAD1 SNARE 0 38 0 0 0 0 34 0

14 E 115 DIGERDO 0 1 0 1 3

PAD2 TOM1 0 GrandPno (ch=16) 23 0

15 E 15 E Funky 0 1 0 0 2

PAD3 TOM2 1 41 45 47 48 50 15 0

16 C 79 H Cls13 2 0 0 0 1

PAD4 TOM3 0 GrandPno (ch=16) 27 0

17 K 72 Sub5 0 6 0 0 1

PAD5 TOM4 4 19 0 0 0 0 0 0

18 K 104 BDurban1 0 -1 0 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0 0 0 0 53 0

19 E 106 KangrooL -54 2 0 1 3

PAD7 CRASH 4 49 0 0 0 0 55 83

20 C 94 H SplNB 0 -1 0 0 1

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 20 0 16 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1 0 0 1

PAD9 KICK 1 36 0 0 0 0 0 0

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1 0 0 1

PAD10 0 53 33 0 0 0 0 0

23 P 1 P AgogCh 38 0 0 0 1

PAD11 4 14 0 0 0 0 0 0

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 0 0 0 0 0 0

25 S 95 BrshTap2 0 0 0 0 1 26 S 92 BrSwL 0 0 0 1 1 27 E 18 E OOOWWW 0 0 0 0 2 28 S 93 BrSwH 0 0 0 1 1 29 S 81 SnRoll2 0 0 0 1 1 30 P 10 P Castnt 0 0 0 0 1 31 S 176 AnHitRim 0 2 0 0 0 32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1 33 K 114 BDlong1 0 0 4 0 1 34 S 5 Hip Hop 0 1 0 0 1 35 K 8 BD DRYB1 0 4 0 0 1 36 K 34 BD ELEC2 0 0 0 0 1 37 S 48 S SStck2 40 0 0 0 1 38 S 127 RoldGold 0 3 0 0 0 39 E 32 E BrsHit 0 -5 0 0 1 40 S 127 RoldGold 48 1 0 0 0 41 T 14 Jazz Mid 0 0 0 0 1 42 C 75 H Cls01 0 -2 1 0 1 43 K 56 Pointy 0 -2 0 0 1 44 C 91 H PdlDW 0 0 1 0 1 45 T 16 Jazz Flr 0 -1 0 0 1 46 C 61 H OpnLK 0 0 1 0 1 47 T 14 Jazz Mid 0 3 0 0 1 48 T 13 Jazz Hi 0 0 0 0 1 49 E 50 LPscNoiz 0 0 0 1 3 50 T 15 Jazz Lo 0 0 0 0 1 51 C 28 RideLite 0 0 0 0 1 52 C 43 C Splsh1 0 -1 0 0 1 53 C 33 RidB Rc 10 -1 0 0 1 54 P 93 Tambourn 0 0 0 0 1 55 C 40 CrashB 0 0 0 0 1 56 P 28 P CowB2 20 0 0 0 1 57 C 40 CrashB 0 2 0 0 1 58 P 70 P VibrS 0 0 0 0 1 59 E 62 INDride3 36 13 0 0 1 60 P 7 P BongHi 0 0 0 0 1 61 P 8 P BongLo 0 0 0 0 1 62 P 20 P CongaM 0 0 0 0 1 63 P 11 P Conga 0 1 0 0 1 64 T 175 Night L -30 -5 0 0 1 65 T 175 Night L 0 -1 0 0 1 66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1 67 T 174 Night M 40 -1 0 0 1 68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1 69 T 173 Night H 0 1 0 0 1 70 P 94 Maracas 0 0 0 0 1 71 P 83 SWhistH 0 2 0 1 1 72 P 84 SWhistL 0 2 0 1 1 73 P 39 P GuiSht 0 9 0 0 1 74 P 38 P Guiro 0 0 0 1 1 75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1 76 P 71 P WBloc 0 0 0 0 1 77 P 72 P WHP 0 -6 0 0 1 78 P 31 P CuicaH 0 0 0 0 1 79 E 75 RaveWave 0 -1 0 1 1 80 P 64 P TriMut 0 0 2 0 1 81 E 16 E HipNs 0 0 2 1 1 82 P 49 P Shake1 0 0 0 0 1 83 E 108 NYCLoop 21 0 0 1 3 84 E 101 UptownL -10 0 0 1 3

Corsefine

34 Rock 1

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 T 173 Night H 0 -1 3 0 1

PAD1 SNARE 0 38 40 0 0 0 34 0

14 T 174 Night M 0 -1 3 0 1

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0 0 0 0 13 0

15 T 175 Night L 0 -1 0 0 1

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0 0 0 0 14 0

16 C 101 HHRoKcls 2 0 0 0 1

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0 0 0 0 15 0

17 T 176 Night F 0 0 4 0 1

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0 0 0 0 17 0

18 P 47 P Scrach 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0 0 0 0 53 0

19 P 37 P FSnap2 0 3 0 0 1

PAD7 CRASH 0 55 0 0 0 0 49 83

20 C 104 FTsplsh1 -41 -1 1 0 1

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 20 0 16 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1 0 0 1

PAD9 KICK 0 36 33 0 0 0 0 0

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1 0 0 1

PAD10 0 53 0 0 0 0 0 0

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 53 0 0 0 0 0 0

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 0 0 0 0 0 0

25 S 95 BrshTap2 0 0 0 0 1 26 S 92 BrSwL 0 0 0 1 1 27 S 97 BrshSlpL 0 0 0 0 1 28 S 93 BrSwH 0 0 0 1 1 29 S 81 SnRoll2 0 0 0 1 1 30 P 10 P Castnt 0 0 0 0 1 31 S 98 SAmbie1 0 -1 0 0 0 32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1 33 K 60 2HeadLo 0 0 0 0 1 34 S 210 Fatbrim -36 0 0 0 1 35 K 7 BD 24Dry 0 4 0 0 1 36 K 112 BDbasc2 0 0 0 0 1 37 S 48 S SStck2 40 0 0 0 1 38 S 227 Sheetmtl 32 -1 0 0 0 39 P 14 P ClapA 0 4 0 0 1 40 S 113 Loosy -35 1 0 0 0 41 T 49 DRY GM1 0 0 0 0 1 42 C 76 H ClsNB1 0 -3 1 0 1 43 T 28 Room1Flr 0 0 0 0 1 44 C 97 HHFTpdl1 0 -1 1 0 1 45 T 27 Room1 Lo 0 0 0 0 1 46 C 100 HHRoKopn 0 0 1 0 1 47 T 26 Room1Mid 0 -2 0 0 1 48 T 25 Room1 Hi 0 -1 0 0 1 49 C 40 CrashB 0 -2 0 0 1 50 T 54 DRY GM6 0 0 0 0 1 51 C 28 RideLite 0 0 0 0 1 52 C 39 C CrshAC 0 -2 0 0 1 53 C 33 RidB Rc -26 0 0 0 1 54 P 93 Tambourn 0 0 0 0 1 55 C 42 China 0 -4 0 0 1 56 P 28 P CowB2 20 0 0 0 1 57 C 40 CrashB 0 2 0 0 1 58 E 96 TymKeepr 0 0 0 1 1 59 C 27 SizzlRck -4 0 0 0 1 60 P 7 P BongHi 0 0 0 0 1 61 P 8 P BongLo 0 0 0 0 1 62 P 20 P CongaM 0 0 0 0 1 63 P 11 P Conga 0 1 0 0 1 64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1 65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1 66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1 67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1 0 0 1 68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1 69 P 82 Cabasa 0 0 0 0 1 70 E 97 WetMetal 0 0 0 1 1 71 P 83 SWhistH 0 2 0 1 1 72 E 9 E InsAmb 0 0 0 1 1 73 E 33 E OrcHt1 0 -1 6 0 1 74 E 32 E BrsHit 0 -7 5 0 1 75 E 33 E OrcHt1 0 -3 6 0 1 76 E 32 E BrsHit 0 -9 5 0 1 77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1 78 P 31 P CuicaH 0 0 0 0 1 79 P 66 P CongaG 0 -1 0 0 1 80 E 113 FactryLP 0 0 0 1 3 81 E 99 TakeOff 0 0 2 0 1 82 E 70 AlienSp 0 0 0 1 3 83 C 6 Bell A 0 2 0 0 1 84 E 72 LoMLoop 0 0 0 1 3

Corsefine

150

Appendix

Key-on Mode 0:stack, 1:alter, 2:stack MN, 3:alter MN, 4:hold

Note Number Numbers indicate ch10 Drum Voice, voice names indicate keyboard voices other than from ch10 Key mode 0:Poly, 1:Semi(2), 2:Mono, 3:Hi Mono

Key off 0:disable, 1:enable

36 Industry

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 K 19 BD NN04C 0 0 0 0 1

PAD1 SNARE 0 38 31 0 0 0 34 0

14 K 106 BDurban2 0 -2 0 1 1

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0 0 0 0 79 0

15 E 17 E Motor 0 0 0 0 1

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0 0 0 0 84 0

16 C 80 H ClsTc1 2 0 0 0 1

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0 0 0 0 15 0

17 E 102 Hollis L 0 1 0 1 3

PAD5 TOM4 4 43 0 0 0 0 17 83

18 K 73 AnaQuick 0 -1 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0 0 0 0 53 0

19 P 37 P FSnap2 0 3 0 0 1

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 0 0 0 0 55 83

20 C 94 H SplNB 0 -1 0 0 1

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 20 0 16 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1 0 0 1

PAD9 KICK 0 36 33 13 0 0 0 0

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1 0 0 1

PAD10 0 53 0 0 0 0 0 0

23 P 28 P CowB2 38 0 0 0 1

PAD11 4 71 73 74 76 0 0 0

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 0 0 0 0 0 0

25 S 95 BrshTap2 0 0 0 0 1 26 S 92 BrSwL 0 0 0 1 1 27 S 97 BrshSlpL 0 0 0 0 1 28 S 93 BrSwH 0 0 0 1 1 29 S 81 SnRoll2 0 0 0 1 1 30 P 10 P Castnt 0 0 0 0 1 31 S 206 Ambt1rim 0 0 0 0 0 32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1 33 K 106 BDurban2 0 1 0 0 1 34 S 35 OpnRimD -7 0 0 0 1 35 K 7 BD 24Dry 0 0 0 0 1 36 K 93 BDvman 1 0 0 0 0 1 37 S 48 S SStck2 40 0 0 0 1 38 S 213 Enotype 0 0 0 0 0 39 E 32 E BrsHit 0 -5 0 0 1 40 S 213 Enotype 13 -2 0 0 0 41 T 49 DRY GM1 0 0 0 0 1 42 E 64 DogHats 0 0 1 0 1 43 E 110 HellsBel 0 0 0 1 3 44 C 91 H PdlDW 0 0 1 0 1 45 T 176 Night F 0 2 0 0 1 46 C 57 H OpnL2 0 0 1 0 1 47 T 174 Night M 0 -6 0 0 1 48 T 173 Night H -35 -1 0 0 1 49 C 1 ChinaHi 0 2 0 0 1 50 T 54 DRY GM6 0 0 0 0 1 51 C 28 RideLite 0 0 0 0 1 52 C 43 C Splsh1 0 -1 0 0 1 53 C 6 Bell A 10 -2 0 0 1 54 P 93 Tambourn 0 0 0 0 1 55 C 2 CrshDRK 0 -2 0 0 1 56 P 28 P CowB2 20 0 0 0 1 57 C 40 CrashB 0 2 0 0 1 58 C 49 ReverseC 0 -5 0 0 1 59 C 12 Ridedrk 36 -1 0 0 1 60 P 7 P BongHi 0 0 0 0 1 61 P 8 P BongLo 0 0 0 0 1 62 P 20 P CongaM 0 0 0 0 1 63 P 11 P Conga 0 1 0 0 1 64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1 65 P 61 P TimbL 0 0 0 0 1 66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1 67 s 1 STRNG 4 40 1 0 1 3 68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1 69 P 82 Cabasa 0 0 0 0 1 70 P 94 Maracas 0 0 0 0 1 71 s 1 STRNG 4 0 -12 0 1 3 72 P 84 SWhistL 0 2 0 1 1 73 s 2 STRNG 3 0 2 0 1 3 74 s 2 STRNG 3 0 -24 0 1 3 75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1 76 s 4 SStrngB4 0 -6 0 1 3 77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1 78 P 31 P CuicaH 0 0 0 0 1 79 E 1 E CoolSA 0 -1 0 0 1 80 P 64 P TriMut 0 0 2 0 1 81 P 65 P Triang 0 0 2 0 1 82 P 49 P Shake1 0 0 0 0 1 83 C 43 C Splsh1 0 0 0 0 1 84 E 20 E TV vo -37 0 0 0 0

Corsefine

37 N.Y. 1

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 K 118 BDbass2 0 -12 3 0 1

PAD1 SNARE 0 40 0 0 0 0 34 0

14 K 118 BDbass2 0 -5 3 0 1

PAD2 TOM1 0 RockOrgn (ch=14) 19 0

15 K 118 BDbass2 0 2 0 0 1

PAD3 TOM2 0 RockOrgn (ch=14) 18 0

16 C 80 H ClsTc1 2 4 0 0 1

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0 0 0 0 54 0

17 E 73 LoMsolo 0 2 0 1 3

PAD5 TOM4 4 43 0 0 0 0 17 0

18 P 47 P Scrach 0 0 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0 0 0 0 53 0

19 P 70 P VibrS 0 0 0 0 1

PAD7 CRASH 3 Fifth Ld (ch=15) 0

20 P 36 P FSnap1 0 9 0 0 1

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 46 0 16 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1 0 0 1

PAD9 KICK 1 Synbass1 (cn=16) 0 0

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1 0 0 1

PAD10 0 53 0 0 0 0 0 0

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 1 52 49 0 0 0 0 0

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 0 0 0 0 0 0

25 S 95 BrshTap2 0 0 0 0 1 26 S 92 BrSwL 0 0 0 1 1 27 S 97 BrshSlpL 0 0 0 0 1 28 S 93 BrSwH 0 0 0 1 1 29 E 99 TakeOff 0 0 0 1 1 30 P 10 P Castnt 0 0 0 0 1 31 S 9 Wood65 0 1 0 0 0 32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1 33 K 6 BD GMM2 0 0 0 0 1 34 S 224 FX rim 26 0 0 0 0 35 K 7 BD 24Dry 0 4 0 0 1 36 K 92 BDersko1 0 0 0 0 1 37 S 48 S SStck2 40 0 0 0 1 38 S 249 Cool Dry 0 1 0 0 1 39 P 14 P ClapA 0 4 0 0 1 40 S 113 Loosy -35 2 0 0 0 41 T 49 DRY GM1 0 0 0 0 1 42 C 79 H Cls13 0 0 1 0 1 43 E 104 SwingnL 0 1 0 1 3 44 C 91 H PdlDW 0 0 1 0 1 45 T 8 Dry2 Flr 0 0 0 0 1 46 C 66 H OpnNB 0 0 1 0 1 47 T 14 Jazz Mid 0 1 0 0 1 48 T 13 Jazz Hi 0 2 0 0 1 49 C 40 CrashB 0 0 0 0 1 50 T 54 DRY GM6 0 0 0 0 1 51 C 28 RideLite 0 0 0 0 1 52 E 18 E OOOWWW 0 -1 0 0 1 53 C 6 Bell A 10 -1 0 0 1 54 E 98 SloSprkl 0 -1 0 0 1 55 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1 56 P 28 P CowB2 20 0 0 0 1 57 C 40 CrashB 0 2 0 0 1 58 P 70 P VibrS 0 0 0 0 1 59 C 8 RidesizA 36 -1 0 0 1 60 P 7 P BongHi 0 0 0 0 1 61 P 8 P BongLo 0 0 0 0 1 62 P 20 P CongaM 0 0 0 0 0 63 P 11 P Conga 0 1 0 0 1 64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1 65 P 62 P Timb 0 -5 0 0 1 66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1 67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1 0 0 1 68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1 69 P 82 Cabasa 0 0 0 0 1 70 P 94 Maracas 0 0 0 0 1 71 P 83 SWhistH 0 2 0 1 1 72 P 84 SWhistL 0 2 0 1 1 73 P 39 P GuiSht 0 9 0 0 1 74 P 38 P Guiro 0 0 0 1 1 75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1 76 P 71 P WBloc 0 0 0 0 1 77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1 78 P 31 P CuicaH 0 0 0 0 1 79 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -1 0 0 1 80 P 64 P TriMut 0 0 2 0 1 81 P 65 P Triang 0 0 2 0 1 82 P 49 P Shake1 0 0 0 0 1 83 C 6 Bell A 0 2 0 0 1 84 P 86 Bell Tre 0 4 0 0 0

Corsefine

151

Appendix

38 N.Y. 2

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 30 P CowBAn 0 0 3 0 1

PAD1 SNARE 0 38 40 0 0 0 34 0

14 P 31 P CuicaH 0 2 3 0 1

PAD2 TOM1 2 78 79 80 81 83 0 0

15 P 18 P CongaC 0 2 0 0 1

PAD3 TOM2 2 71 73 74 76 0 0 0

16 P 50 P Shake2 0 4 0 0 1

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0 0 0 0 33 0

17 E 113 FactryLP 0 0 4 1 3

PAD5 TOM4 4 43 17 0 0 0 18 0

18 E 88 BreakOut 0 0 0 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 1 BritePno (ch=13) 0

19 P 15 P ClvsA 0 3 0 0 1

PAD7 CRASH 1 Orch.Hit (ch15) 0

20 P 14 P ClapA 0 0 0 0 1

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 46 0 16 0

21 P 24 P CongBe 0 0 0 0 1

PAD9 KICK 0 36 SynBass1 (ch16) 0 0 0

22 P 23 P CongC7 -19 1 0 0 1

PAD10 0 59 0 0 0 0 0 0

23 P 49 P Shake1 0 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 52 0 0 0 0 0 0

24 P 49 P Shake1 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 0 0 0 0 0 0

25 S 57 Tekk 0 0 0 0 1 26 S 52 Dance02 0 0 0 1 1 27 S 58 Tekk 01 0 0 0 0 1 28 S 55 Dance05 0 0 0 1 1 29 S 53 Dance03 0 0 0 1 1 30 C 93 H PdTit 0 0 0 0 1 31 S 227 Sheetmtl 0 0 0 0 0 32 S 44 S Gate2 0 -1 0 0 1 33 K 109 BDevolvr 0 0 0 0 1 34 S 228 Shmtlrim 0 0 0 0 0 35 K 45 BDAnlg L 0 0 0 0 1 36 K 16 BD KONG1 0 0 0 0 1 37 S 42 S Gate 40 0 0 0 1 38 S 227 Sheetmtl 0 0 0 0 0 39 C 97 HHFTpdl1 0 4 0 0 1 40 S 9 Wood65 0 3 0 0 0 41 S 242 WackyEFX 0 0 0 0 1 42 C 101 HHRoKcls 0 0 1 0 1 43 E 105 KillnL 0 2 0 1 3 44 C 91 H PdlDW 0 0 1 0 1 45 T 154 ACTomF 0 0 0 0 1 46 C 100 HHRoKopn 0 0 1 0 1 47 S 241 Nashvill 0 6 0 0 1 48 S 241 Nashvill 0 9 0 0 1 49 T 168 HybridF 0 2 0 0 1 50 S 241 Nashvill 0 14 0 0 1 51 C 1 ChinaHi 0 -1 0 0 1 52 C 16 FastCras 0 -3 0 0 1 53 T 172 IndTmF 0 -1 0 0 1 54 P 37 P FSnap2 0 0 0 0 1 55 C 33 RidB Rc 0 1 0 0 1 56 P 5 P Bell 0 0 0 0 1 57 T 168 HybridF 0 2 0 0 1 58 P 48 P ShakeA 0 0 0 0 1 59 C 1 ChinaHi 36 0 0 0 1 60 C 90 H PdlMu 0 0 0 0 1 61 C 91 H PdlDW 0 0 0 0 1 62 C 103 HHclsXfd 0 0 0 0 1 63 C 94 H SplNB 0 1 0 0 1 64 C 94 H SplNB 0 -3 0 0 1 65 P 39 P GuiSht 0 0 0 0 1 66 P 39 P GuiSht 0 -8 0 0 1 67 C 86 H TiCls1 40 1 0 0 1 68 C 86 H TiCls1 0 -4 0 0 1 69 C 92 H PdlLit 0 0 0 0 1 70 P 22 P CongaS 0 0 0 0 1 71 s 2 STRNG 3 0 -17 0 1 3 72 P 62 P Timb 0 2 0 1 1 73 s 1 STRNG 4 0 -10 0 1 3 74 s 2 STRNG 3 0 0 0 1 3 75 C 99 FTsplRK2 0 -2 0 0 1 76 s 4 SStrngB4 0 5 0 1 3 77 s 1 STRNG 4 0 5 0 1 3 78 s 1 STRNG 4 0 -22 0 1 3 79 s 1 STRNG 4 0 -15 0 1 3 80 s 1 STRNG 4 0 -7 2 1 3 81 s 1 STRNG 4 0 4 2 1 3 82 P 27 P CowB1 0 0 0 0 1 83 s 1 STRNG 4 0 -5 0 1 3 84 P 64 P TriMut 0 0 0 0 0

Corsefine

39 Country

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 52 P SurdoM 0 0 3 0 1

PAD1 SNARE 0 38 31 40 0 0 34 0

14 E 101 UptownL 0 1 0 1 3

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0 0 0 0 23 0

15 P 40 P HiQ 0 2 0 0 1

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0 0 0 0 18 0

16 C 80 H ClsTc1 2 0 0 0 1

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0 0 0 0 33 0

17 C 1 ChinaHi 0 -1 4 0 1

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0 0 0 0 17 0

18 P 59 P Tambrn 0 -1 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0 0 0 0 53 0

19 P 37 P FSnap2 0 3 0 0 1

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 0 0 0 0 55 83

20 C 94 H SplNB 0 -1 0 0 1

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 20 0 16 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1 0 0 1

PAD9 KICK 0 36 0 0 0 0 0 0

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1 0 0 1

PAD10 0 53 0 0 0 0 0 0

23 P 28 P CowB2 38 0 0 0 1

PAD11 0 53 0 0 0 0 0 0

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 0 0 0 0 0 0

25 S 95 BrshTap2 0 0 0 0 1 26 S 92 BrSwL 0 0 0 1 1 27 S 97 BrshSlpL 0 0 0 0 1 28 S 93 BrSwH 0 0 0 1 1 29 S 81 SnRoll2 0 0 0 1 1 30 P 10 P Castnt 0 0 0 0 1 31 S 9 Wood65 0 0 0 0 0 32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1 33 K 55 WudPoint 0 0 0 0 1 34 S 158 BigWdRim 2 0 0 0 1 35 K 8 BD DRYB1 0 4 0 0 1 36 K 95 BDaftty2 0 0 0 0 1 37 S 48 S SStck2 40 0 0 0 1 38 S 217 Woody 0 0 0 0 0 39 E 32 E BrsHit 0 -5 0 0 1 40 S 135 Nashvill 13 -1 0 0 0 41 T 49 DRY GM1 0 0 0 0 1 42 C 79 H Cls13 0 0 1 0 1 43 T 4 Dry1 Flr 0 -2 0 0 1 44 C 91 H PdlDW 0 0 1 0 1 45 T 3 Dry1 Lo 0 -3 0 0 1 46 C 66 H OpnNB 0 0 1 0 1 47 T 2 Dry1 Mid 0 -1 0 0 1 48 T 1 Dry1 Hi 0 0 0 0 1 49 C 38 C Crash 0 -4 0 0 1 50 T 54 DRY GM6 0 0 0 0 1 51 C 28 RideLite 0 0 0 0 1 52 C 40 CrashB 0 -1 0 0 1 53 C 6 Bell A 10 -1 0 0 1 54 P 93 Tambourn 0 0 0 0 1 55 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1 56 P 28 P CowB2 20 0 0 0 1 57 C 40 CrashB 0 2 0 0 1 58 P 70 P VibrS 0 0 0 0 1 59 C 8 RidesizA 36 -2 0 0 1 60 P 7 P BongHi 0 0 0 0 1 61 P 8 P BongLo 0 0 0 0 1 62 P 20 P CongaM 0 0 0 0 1 63 P 11 P Conga 0 1 0 0 1 64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1 65 P 61 P TimbL 0 0 0 0 1 66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1 67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1 0 0 1 68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1 69 P 82 Cabasa 0 0 0 0 1 70 P 94 Maracas 0 0 0 0 1 71 P 83 SWhistH 0 2 0 1 1 72 P 84 SWhistL 0 2 0 1 1 73 P 39 P GuiSht 0 9 0 0 1 74 P 38 P Guiro 0 0 0 1 1 75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1 76 P 71 P WBloc 0 0 0 0 1 77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1 78 P 31 P CuicaH 0 0 0 0 1 79 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -1 0 0 1 80 P 64 P TriMut 0 0 2 0 1 81 P 65 P Triang 0 0 2 0 1 82 P 49 P Shake1 0 0 0 0 1 83 C 43 C Splsh1 0 0 0 0 1 84 P 86 Bell Tre 0 4 0 0 0

Corsefine

152

Appendix

Key-on Mode 0:stack, 1:alter, 2:stack MN, 3:alter MN, 4:hold

Note Number Numbers indicate ch10 Drum Voice, voice names indicate keyboard voices other than from ch10 Key mode 0:Poly, 1:Semi(2), 2:Mono, 3:Hi Mono

Key off 0:disable, 1:enable

40 BeBop

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 T 17 BrshJzHi 57 2 3 0 1

PAD1 SNARE 0 38 40 0 0 0 34 0

14 T 18 BrshJzMd 0 2 3 0 1

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0 0 0 0 13 0

15 T 19 BrshJzLo 0 -2 0 0 1

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0 0 0 0 14 0

16 C 59 H OpnDW 2 -3 0 0 1

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0 0 0 0 17 0

17 T 20 BrshJzFl 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD5 TOM4 0 28 25 0 0 0 27 0

18 P 47 P Scrach 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0 0 0 0 53 0

19 P 37 P FSnap2 0 3 0 0 1

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 0 0 0 0 55 83

20 C 94 H SplNB 27 0 1 0 1

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 20 0 16 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1 0 0 1

PAD9 KICK 0 33 36 0 0 0 0 0

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1 0 0 1

PAD10 0 53 0 0 0 0 0 0

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 53 0 0 0 0 0 0

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 0 0 0 0 0 0

25 S 199 BrshHit2 0 0 0 0 1 26 S 92 BrSwL 0 0 2 1 1 27 S 197 BrshHit1 0 0 2 0 1 28 S 204 BrshAtak 0 0 2 1 1 29 S 81 SnRoll2 0 0 0 1 1 30 P 10 P Castnt 0 0 0 0 1 31 S 9 Wood65 0 1 0 0 0 32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1 33 K 61 2HedMed1 0 0 0 0 1 34 S 218 Woodyrim 2 1 0 0 1 35 K 7 BD 24Dry 0 4 0 0 1 36 K 92 BDersko1 0 0 0 0 1 37 S 48 S SStck2 40 0 0 0 1 38 S 249 Cool Dry 0 1 0 0 0 39 P 14 P ClapA 0 4 0 0 1 40 S 9 Wood65 0 1 0 0 0 41 T 49 DRY GM1 0 0 0 0 1 42 C 79 H Cls13 0 1 1 0 1 43 T 16 Jazz Flr 0 -4 0 0 1 44 C 88 H Pdl13 -28 -1 1 0 1 45 T 16 Jazz Flr 0 1 0 0 1 46 C 59 H OpnDW -57 -2 1 0 1 47 T 14 Jazz Mid 0 -1 0 0 1 48 T 13 Jazz Hi 0 0 0 0 1 49 C 1 ChinaHi 0 0 0 0 1 50 T 1 Dry1 Hi 0 2 0 0 1 51 C 13 Sizzler 0 -2 0 0 0 52 C 3 DeepCym 0 -2 0 0 1 53 C 32 RidB Drk 10 0 0 0 1 54 P 93 Tambourn 0 0 0 0 1 55 C 16 FastCras 0 -2 0 0 1 56 P 28 P CowB2 20 0 0 0 1 57 C 40 CrashB 0 2 0 0 1 58 P 70 P VibrS 0 0 0 0 1 59 C 8 RidesizA 36 -2 0 0 0 60 P 7 P BongHi 0 0 0 0 1 61 P 8 P BongLo 0 0 0 0 1 62 P 20 P CongaM 0 0 0 0 1 63 P 11 P Conga 0 1 0 0 1 64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1 65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1 66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1 67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1 0 0 1 68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1 69 P 82 Cabasa 0 0 0 0 1 70 P 94 Maracas 0 0 0 0 1 71 P 83 SWhistH 0 2 0 1 1 72 P 84 SWhistL 0 2 0 1 1 73 P 39 P GuiSht 0 9 0 0 1 74 P 38 P Guiro 0 0 0 1 1 75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1 76 P 71 P WBloc 0 0 0 0 1 77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1 78 P 31 P CuicaH 0 0 0 0 1 79 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -1 0 0 1 80 P 64 P TriMut 0 0 2 0 1 81 P 65 P Triang 0 0 2 0 1 82 P 49 P Shake1 0 0 0 0 1 83 C 2 CrshDRK 0 0 0 0 1 84 P 86 Bell Tre 0 4 0 0 0

Corsefine

41 Rock 2

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 T 173 Night H 0 -1 3 0 1

PAD1 SNARE 0 38 40 0 0 0 34 0

14 T 174 Night M 0 -1 3 0 1

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0 0 0 0 13 0

15 T 175 Night L 0 -1 0 0 1

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0 0 0 0 14 0

16 C 101 HHRoKcls 2 0 0 0 1

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0 0 0 0 15 0

17 T 176 Night F 0 0 4 0 1

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0 0 0 0 17 0

18 P 47 P Scrach 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0 0 0 0 53 0

19 P 37 P FSnap2 0 3 0 0 1

PAD7 CRASH 0 55 0 0 0 0 49 83

20 C 104 FTsplsh1 -41 -1 1 0 1

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 20 0 16 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1 0 0 1

PAD9 KICK 0 36 33 0 0 0 0 0

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1 0 0 1

PAD10 0 53 0 0 0 0 0 0

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 53 0 0 0 0 0 0

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 0 0 0 0 0 0

25 S 95 BrshTap2 0 0 0 0 1 26 S 92 BrSwL 0 0 0 1 1 27 S 97 BrshSlpL 0 0 0 0 1 28 S 93 BrSwH 0 0 0 1 1 29 S 81 SnRoll2 0 0 0 1 1 30 P 10 P Castnt 0 0 0 0 1 31 S 98 SAmbie1 0 -1 0 0 0 32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1 33 K 16 BD KONG1 0 0 0 0 1 34 S 170 SnarfRim -36 0 0 0 1 35 K 7 BD 24Dry 0 4 0 0 1 36 K 112 BDbasc2 0 0 0 0 1 37 S 48 S SStck2 40 0 0 0 1 38 S 227 Sheetmtl 32 -1 0 0 0 39 P 14 P ClapA 0 4 0 0 1 40 S 73 RockM -35 1 0 0 0 41 T 49 DRY GM1 0 0 0 0 1 42 C 79 H Cls13 0 0 1 0 1 43 T 28 Room1Flr 0 0 0 0 1 44 C 89 H PdlNB 0 -1 1 0 1 45 T 27 Room1 Lo 0 0 0 0 1 46 C 57 H OpnL2 50 0 1 0 1 47 T 26 Room1Mid 0 -2 0 0 1 48 T 25 Room1 Hi 0 -1 0 0 1 49 C 40 CrashB 0 -2 0 0 1 50 T 54 DRY GM6 0 0 0 0 1 51 C 28 RideLite 0 0 0 0 1 52 C 39 C CrshAC 0 -2 0 0 1 53 C 33 RidB Rc -26 0 0 0 1 54 P 93 Tambourn 0 0 0 0 1 55 C 42 China 0 -4 0 0 1 56 P 28 P CowB2 20 0 0 0 1 57 C 40 CrashB 0 2 0 0 1 58 E 96 TymKeepr 0 0 0 1 1 59 C 27 SizzlRck -4 0 0 0 1 60 P 7 P BongHi 0 0 0 0 1 61 P 8 P BongLo 0 0 0 0 1 62 P 20 P CongaM 0 0 0 0 1 63 P 11 P Conga 0 1 0 0 1 64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1 65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1 66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1 67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1 0 0 1 68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1 69 P 82 Cabasa 0 0 0 0 1 70 E 97 WetMetal 0 0 0 1 1 71 P 83 SWhistH 0 2 0 1 1 72 E 9 E InsAmb 0 0 0 1 1 73 E 11 E MotoM 0 -2 0 0 1 74 E 32 E BrsHit 0 -7 5 0 1 75 E 11 E MotoM 0 -4 0 0 1 76 E 32 E BrsHit 0 -9 5 0 1 77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1 78 P 31 P CuicaH 0 0 0 0 1 79 P 66 P CongaG 0 -1 0 0 1 80 E 113 FactryLP 0 0 0 1 3 81 E 93 6AMBreth 0 0 2 0 1 82 E 70 AlienSp 0 0 0 1 3 83 C 6 Bell A 0 2 0 0 1 84 E 72 LoMLoop 0 0 0 1 3

Corsefine

153

Appendix

42 1970 kit

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 52 P SurdoM 0 0 3 0 1

PAD1 SNARE 0 40 0 0 0 0 34 0

14 E 101 UptownL 0 1 0 1 3

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0 0 0 0 23 0

15 P 40 P HiQ 0 2 0 0 1

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0 0 0 0 18 0

16 C 80 H ClsTc1 2 0 0 0 1

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0 0 0 0 33 0

17 C 1 ChinaHi 0 -1 4 0 1

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0 0 0 0 17 0

18 P 59 P Tambrn 0 -1 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0 0 0 0 53 0

19 P 37 P FSnap2 0 3 0 0 1

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 0 0 0 0 55 83

20 C 94 H SplNB 0 -1 0 0 1

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 20 0 16 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1 0 0 1

PAD9 KICK 0 36 0 0 0 0 0 0

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1 0 0 1

PAD10 0 53 0 0 0 0 0 0

23 P 28 P CowB2 38 0 0 0 1

PAD11 0 53 0 0 0 0 0 0

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 0 0 0 0 0 0

25 S 95 BrshTap2 0 0 0 0 1 26 S 92 BrSwL 0 0 0 1 1 27 S 97 BrshSlpL 0 0 0 0 1 28 S 93 BrSwH 0 0 0 1 1 29 S 81 SnRoll2 0 0 0 1 1 30 P 10 P Castnt 0 0 0 0 1 31 S 10 S Dry 0 0 0 0 0 32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1 33 K 55 WudPoint 0 0 0 0 1 34 S 158 BigWdRim 2 -3 0 0 1 35 K 8 BD DRYB1 0 5 0 0 1 36 K 109 BDevolvr 0 -1 0 0 1 37 S 48 S SStck2 40 0 0 0 1 38 S 217 Woody 0 0 0 0 0 39 E 32 E BrsHit 0 -5 0 0 1 40 S 27 Pilow Sn 13 1 0 0 0 41 T 49 DRY GM1 0 0 0 0 1 42 C 79 H Cls13 0 0 1 0 1 43 T 158 TOMXfadF 0 -2 0 0 1 44 C 91 H PdlDW 0 0 1 0 1 45 T 157 TOMXfadL 0 -3 0 0 1 46 C 66 H OpnNB 0 0 1 0 1 47 T 156 TOMXfadM 0 -1 0 0 1 48 T 155 TOMXfadH 0 0 0 0 1 49 C 38 C Crash 0 -4 0 0 1 50 T 54 DRY GM6 0 0 0 0 1 51 C 28 RideLite 0 0 0 0 1 52 C 40 CrashB 0 -1 0 0 1 53 C 6 Bell A 10 -1 0 0 1 54 P 93 Tambourn 0 0 0 0 1 55 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1 56 P 28 P CowB2 20 0 0 0 1 57 C 40 CrashB 0 2 0 0 1 58 P 70 P VibrS 0 0 0 0 1 59 C 8 RidesizA 36 -2 0 0 1 60 P 7 P BongHi 0 0 0 0 1 61 P 8 P BongLo 0 0 0 0 1 62 P 20 P CongaM 0 0 0 0 1 63 P 11 P Conga 0 1 0 0 1 64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1 65 P 61 P TimbL 0 0 0 0 1 66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1 67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1 0 0 1 68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1 69 P 82 Cabasa 0 0 0 0 1 70 P 94 Maracas 0 0 0 0 1 71 P 83 SWhistH 0 2 0 1 1 72 P 84 SWhistL 0 2 0 1 1 73 P 39 P GuiSht 0 9 0 0 1 74 P 38 P Guiro 0 0 0 1 1 75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1 76 P 71 P WBloc 0 0 0 0 1 77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1 78 P 31 P CuicaH 0 0 0 0 1 79 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -1 0 0 1 80 P 64 P TriMut 0 0 2 0 1 81 P 65 P Triang 0 0 2 0 1 82 P 49 P Shake1 0 0 0 0 1 83 C 43 C Splsh1 0 0 0 0 1 84 P 86 Bell Tre 0 4 0 0 0

Corsefine

43 X-Fade

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

P 52 P SurdoM 0 0 3 0 1

PAD1 SNARE 0 38 31 40 0 0 34 0

13 C 2 CrshDRK 0 0 0 0 1

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0 0 0 0 23 0

14 P 40 P HiQ 0 2 0 0 1

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0 0 0 0 27 0

15 C 80 H ClsTc1 2 0 0 0 1

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0 0 0 0 33 0

16 P 47 P Scrach 0 4 4 0 1

PAD5 TOM4 1 slapbas1 (ch13) 39 0

17 P 47 P Scrach 0 -1 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0 0 0 0 53 0

18 P 37 P FSnap2 0 3 0 0 1

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 0 0 0 0 55 83

19 C 94 H SplNB 0 -1 0 0 1

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 20 0 16 0

20 P 46 P Mtron -20 1 0 0 1

PAD9 KICK 0 36 0 0 0 0 0 0

21 P 45 P MtBel -19 1 0 0 1

PAD10 0 53 0 0 0 0 0 0

22 P 28 P CowB2 38 0 0 0 1

PAD11 0 53 0 0 0 0 0 0

23 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 0 0 0 0 0 0

24 S 95 BrshTap2 0 0 0 0 1 25 S 92 BrSwL 0 0 0 1 1 26 S 97 BrshSlpL 0 0 0 0 1 27 S 93 BrSwH 0 0 0 1 1 28 S 81 SnRoll2 0 0 0 1 1 29 P 10 P Castnt 0 0 0 0 1 30 S 9 Wood65 0 0 0 0 0 31 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1 32 K 55 WudPoint 0 0 0 0 1 33 S 155 Steel -7 0 0 0 1 34 K 8 BD DRYB1 0 4 0 0 1 35 K 109 BDevolvr 0 0 0 0 1 36 S 48 S SStck2 40 0 0 0 1 37 S 217 Woody 0 0 0 0 0 38 E 32 E BrsHit 0 -5 0 0 1 39 S 238 BuzRgRim 13 -2 0 0 0 40 T 3 Dry1 Lo 0 0 0 0 1 41 C 79 H Cls13 0 0 1 0 1 42 K 56 Pointy 0 -2 0 0 1 43 C 91 H PdlDW 0 0 1 0 1 44 T 158 TOMXfadF 0 -1 0 0 1 45 C 66 H OpnNB 0 0 1 0 1 46 T 156 TOMXfadM 0 -1 0 0 1 47 T 155 TOMXfadH 0 0 0 0 1 48 C 40 CrashB 0 0 0 0 1 49 T 54 DRY GM6 0 0 0 0 1 50 C 28 RideLite 0 0 0 0 1 51 C 43 C Splsh1 0 -1 0 0 1 52 C 6 Bell A 10 -1 0 0 1 53 P 93 Tambourn 0 0 0 0 1 54 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1 55 P 28 P CowB2 20 0 0 0 1 56 C 40 CrashB 0 2 0 0 1 57 P 70 P VibrS 0 0 0 0 1 58 C 8 RidesizA 36 -2 0 0 1 59 P 7 P BongHi 0 0 0 0 1 60 P 8 P BongLo 0 0 0 0 1 61 P 20 P CongaM 0 0 0 0 1 62 P 11 P Conga 0 1 0 0 1 63 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1 64 P 61 P TimbL 0 0 0 0 1 65 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1 66 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1 0 0 1 67 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1 68 P 82 Cabasa 0 0 0 0 1 69 P 94 Maracas 0 0 0 0 1 70 P 83 SWhistH 0 2 0 1 1 71 P 84 SWhistL 0 2 0 1 1 72 P 39 P GuiSht 0 9 0 0 1 73 P 38 P Guiro 0 0 0 1 1 74 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1 75 P 71 P WBloc 0 0 0 0 1 76 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1 77 P 31 P CuicaH 0 0 0 0 1 78 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -1 0 0 1 79 P 64 P TriMut 0 0 2 0 1 80 P 65 P Triang 0 0 2 0 1 81 P 49 P Shake1 0 0 0 0 1 82 C 43 C Splsh1 0 0 0 0 1 83 P 86 Bell Tre 0 4 0 0 0

Corsefine

154

Appendix

Key-on Mode 0:stack, 1:alter, 2:stack MN, 3:alter MN, 4:hold

Note Number Numbers indicate ch10 Drum Voice, voice names indicate keyboard voices other than from ch10 Key mode 0:Poly, 1:Semi(2), 2:Mono, 3:Hi Mono

Key off 0:disable, 1:enable

44 Studio

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 52 P SurdoM 0 0 3 0 1

PAD1 SNARE 0 31 0 0 0 0 34 0

14 P 53 P Surdo 0 2 3 0 1

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0 0 0 0 37 0

15 P 40 P HiQ 0 2 0 0 1

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0 0 0 0 56 0

16 P 72 P WHP 2 4 0 0 1

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0 0 0 0 32 0

17 P 47 P Scrach 0 4 4 0 1

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0 0 0 0 52 0

18 P 47 P Scrach 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0 0 0 0 53 0

19 P 37 P FSnap2 0 3 0 0 1

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 0 0 0 0 55 54

20 C 74 H QOPMu 0 0 0 0 1

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 46 0 20 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1 0 0 1

PAD9 KICK 0 36 0 0 0 0 0 0

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1 0 0 1

PAD10 0 51 0 0 0 0 0 0

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 54 0 0 0 0 0 0

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 0 0 0 0 0 0

25 S 95 BrshTap2 0 0 0 0 1 26 S 92 BrSwL 0 0 0 1 1 27 S 97 BrshSlpL 0 0 0 0 1 28 S 93 BrSwH 0 0 0 1 1 29 S 80 SnrRoll 0 0 0 1 1 30 P 10 P Castnt 0 0 0 0 1 31 S 26 Tosh Sn 0 0 0 0 0 32 T 8 Dry2 Flr 0 0 0 0 1 33 K 6 BD GMM2 0 0 0 0 1 34 S 4 Fat looz 0 4 0 0 1 35 K 4 BD GMM 0 0 0 0 1 36 K 7 BD 24Dry 0 -2 0 0 1 37 T 5 Dry2 Hi 40 -2 0 0 1 38 S 16 SnareM 0 0 0 0 0 39 P 14 P ClapA 0 4 0 0 1 40 S 17 SnareH 12 0 0 0 0 41 T 49 DRY GM1 0 0 0 0 1 42 C 78 H ClsMu 0 13 1 0 1 43 T 4 Dry1 Flr 0 2 0 0 1 44 C 92 H PdlLit 0 9 1 0 1 45 T 3 Dry1 Lo 0 2 0 0 1 46 C 67 H OPMu 0 10 1 0 1 47 T 2 Dry1 Mid 0 0 0 0 1 48 T 1 Dry1 Hi 0 3 0 0 1 49 C 41 PaperThn 0 2 0 0 1 50 T 54 DRY GM6 0 0 0 0 1 51 C 28 RideLite 0 0 0 0 1 52 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1 53 C 48 Thrash 10 0 0 0 1 54 T 7 Dry2 Lo 0 0 0 0 1 55 C 44 C Splsh2 0 0 0 0 1 56 T 6 Dry2 Mid 20 -3 0 0 1 57 C 40 CrashB 0 2 0 0 1 58 P 70 P VibrS 0 0 0 0 1 59 C 25 SizzlLit 36 0 0 0 1 60 P 7 P BongHi 0 0 0 0 1 61 P 8 P BongLo 0 0 0 0 1 62 P 20 P CongaM 0 0 0 0 1 63 P 11 P Conga 0 1 0 0 1 64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1 65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1 66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1 67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1 0 0 1 68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1 69 P 82 Cabasa 0 0 0 0 1 70 P 94 Maracas 0 0 0 0 1 71 P 83 SWhistH 0 2 0 1 1 72 P 84 SWhistL 0 2 0 1 1 73 P 39 P GuiSht 0 9 0 0 1 74 P 38 P Guiro 0 0 0 1 1 75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1 76 P 71 P WBloc 0 0 0 0 1 77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1 78 P 31 P CuicaH 0 0 0 0 1 79 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -1 0 0 1 80 P 64 P TriMut 0 0 2 0 1 81 P 65 P Triang 0 0 2 0 1 82 P 49 P Shake1 0 0 0 0 1 83 C 44 C Splsh2 0 7 0 0 1 84 P 86 Bell Tre 0 4 0 0 0

Corsefine

45 Dance 1

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Corsefine Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 52 P SurdoM 0 0 3 0 1

PAD1 SNARE 0 40 0 0 0 0 34 0

14 P 53 P Surdo 0 2 3 0 1

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0 0 0 0 70 0

15 P 40 P HiQ 0 2 0 0 1

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0 0 0 0 17 0

16 P 72 P WHP 2 4 0 0 1

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0 0 0 0 18 0

17 P 47 P Scrach 0 4 4 0 1

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0 0 0 0 52 0

18 P 47 P Scrach 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0 0 0 0 53 0

19 P 37 P FSnap2 0 3 0 0 1

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 0 0 0 0 55 54

20 P 36 P FSnap1 0 9 0 0 1

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 46 0 54 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1 0 0 1

PAD9 KICK 0 36 0 0 0 0 0 0

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1 0 0 1

PAD10 0 53 0 0 0 0 0 0

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 53 0 0 0 0 0 0

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 0 0 0 0 0 0

25 S 95 BrshTap2 0 0 0 0 1 26 S 92 BrSwL 0 0 0 1 1 27 S 97 BrshSlpL 0 0 0 0 1 28 C 49 ReverseC 0 0 0 1 1 29 S 80 SnrRoll 0 0 0 1 1 30 P 40 P HiQ 0 0 0 0 1 31 S 52 Dance02 0 3 0 0 0 32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1 33 K 36 BDDance1 0 0 0 0 1 34 S 165 HiFive 0 0 0 0 1 35 K 44 BDDance9 0 -2 0 0 1 36 K 37 BDDance2 0 0 0 0 1 37 S 65 AnSStick 40 0 0 0 1 38 S 55 Dance05 0 2 0 0 0 39 P 14 P ClapA 0 4 0 0 1 40 S 59 Tekk 02 0 0 0 0 0 41 T 98 TEKK 1F 0 -4 0 0 1 42 C 84 H ClsA1 0 0 1 0 1 43 T 105 TEKK 3L 0 0 0 0 1 44 C 85 H ClsA2 0 0 1 0 1 45 T 104 TEKK 3M 0 0 0 0 1 46 C 69 H OpnAn 0 0 1 0 1 47 T 103 TEKK 3H 0 0 0 0 1 48 T 101 TEKK 2L 0 0 0 0 1 49 C 45 AngCym 0 2 0 0 1 50 T 95 TEKK 1H 0 4 0 0 1 51 C 28 RideLite 0 0 0 0 1 52 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1 53 C 31 RidB Lit 10 0 0 0 1 54 P 93 Tambourn 0 0 0 0 1 55 C 43 C Splsh1 0 2 0 0 1 56 P 30 P CowBAn 32 2 0 0 1 57 C 40 CrashB 0 2 0 0 1 58 P 70 P VibrS 0 0 0 0 1 59 C 34 Ride Anl 36 0 0 0 1 60 P 7 P BongHi 0 0 0 0 1 61 P 8 P BongLo 0 0 0 0 1 62 P 25 P Cong8H 0 0 0 0 1 63 P 26 P Cong8L 0 1 0 0 1 64 P 26 P Cong8L -30 -1 0 0 1 65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1 66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1 67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1 0 0 1 68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1 69 P 82 Cabasa 0 0 0 0 1 70 P 91 AnMaracs 0 1 0 0 1 71 P 83 SWhistH 0 2 0 1 1 72 P 84 SWhistL 0 2 0 1 1 73 P 39 P GuiSht 0 9 0 0 1 74 P 38 P Guiro 0 0 0 1 1 75 P 15 P ClvsA 0 2 0 0 1 76 P 71 P WBloc 0 0 0 0 1 77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1 78 P 47 P Scrach 0 1 0 0 1 79 P 47 P Scrach 0 -4 0 0 1 80 P 64 P TriMut 0 0 2 0 1 81 P 65 P Triang 0 0 2 0 1 82 P 49 P Shake1 0 0 0 0 1 83 P 85 JingBell 0 2 0 0 1 84 P 86 Bell Tre 0 4 0 0 0

155

Appendix

46 Dance 2

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 52 P SurdoM 0 0 3 0 1

PAD1 SNARE 0 31 0 0 0 0 34 0

14 P 53 P Surdo 0 2 3 0 1

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0 0 0 0 82 0

15 P 40 P HiQ 0 2 0 0 1

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0 0 0 0 19 0

16 P 72 P WHP 2 4 0 0 1

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0 0 0 0 18 0

17 P 47 P Scrach 0 4 4 0 1

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0 0 0 0 52 0

18 P 47 P Scrach 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0 0 0 0 53 0

19 P 43 P MarcsA 0 3 0 0 1

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 0 0 0 0 55 54

20 P 36 P FSnap1 0 9 0 0 1

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 46 0 54 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1 0 0 1

PAD9 KICK 0 35 0 0 0 0 0 0

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1 0 0 1

PAD10 0 53 0 0 0 0 0 0

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 53 0 0 0 0 0 0

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 0 0 0 0 0 0

25 S 95 BrshTap2 0 0 0 0 1 26 S 92 BrSwL 0 0 0 1 1 27 S 97 BrshSlpL 0 0 0 0 1 28 C 49 ReverseC 0 0 0 1 1 29 S 80 SnrRoll 0 0 0 1 1 30 P 40 P HiQ 0 0 0 0 1 31 S 55 Dance05 0 3 0 0 0 32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1 33 K 37 BDDance2 0 0 0 0 1 34 S 31 OpnRim 0 0 0 0 1 35 K 44 BDDance9 0 -2 0 0 1 36 K 39 BDDance4 0 0 0 0 1 37 S 65 AnSStick 40 0 0 0 1 38 S 66 AnalogH1 0 2 0 0 0 39 P 14 P ClapA 0 4 0 0 1 40 S 67 AnalogL1 0 0 0 0 0 41 T 98 TEKK 1F 0 -4 0 0 1 42 C 84 H ClsA1 0 0 1 0 1 43 T 98 TEKK 1F 0 0 0 0 1 44 C 85 H ClsA2 0 0 1 0 1 45 T 97 TEKK 1L 0 0 0 0 1 46 C 69 H OpnAn 0 0 1 0 1 47 T 96 TEKK 1M 0 0 0 0 1 48 T 95 TEKK 1H 0 0 0 0 1 49 C 45 AngCym 0 2 0 0 1 50 T 95 TEKK 1H 0 4 0 0 1 51 C 28 RideLite 0 0 0 0 1 52 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1 53 C 31 RidB Lit 10 0 0 0 1 54 P 58 P TambA 0 0 0 0 1 55 C 44 C Splsh2 0 2 0 0 1 56 P 30 P CowBAn 32 2 0 0 1 57 C 40 CrashB 0 2 0 0 1 58 P 70 P VibrS 0 0 0 0 1 59 C 34 Ride Anl 36 0 0 0 1 60 P 7 P BongHi 0 0 0 0 1 61 P 8 P BongLo 0 0 0 0 1 62 P 25 P Cong8H 0 0 0 0 1 63 P 26 P Cong8L 0 1 0 0 1 64 P 26 P Cong8L -30 -1 0 0 1 65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1 66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1 67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1 0 0 1 68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1 69 P 82 Cabasa 0 0 0 0 1 70 P 91 AnMaracs 0 1 0 0 1 71 P 83 SWhistH 0 2 0 1 1 72 P 84 SWhistL 0 2 0 1 1 73 P 39 P GuiSht 0 9 0 0 1 74 P 38 P Guiro 0 0 0 1 1 75 P 15 P ClvsA 0 2 0 0 1 76 P 71 P WBloc 0 0 0 0 1 77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1 78 P 47 P Scrach 0 1 0 0 1 79 P 47 P Scrach 0 -4 0 0 1 80 P 64 P TriMut 0 0 2 0 1 81 P 65 P Triang 0 0 2 0 1 82 P 49 P Shake1 0 0 0 0 1 83 P 85 JingBell 0 2 0 0 1 84 P 86 Bell Tre 0 4 0 0 0

Corsefine

47 HHpDncMX

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 K 118 BDbass2 ** 0 -12 3 0 1

PAD1 SNARE 0 40 0 0 0 0 34 0

14 K 118 BDbass2 ** 0 -5 3 0 1

PAD2 TOM1 0 VoiceOoh (ch14) 0 0 0 0 0

15 K 118 BDbass2 ** 0 2 0 0 1

PAD3 TOM2 0 VoiceOoh (ch14) 0 0 0 0 0

16 C 80 H ClsTc1 2 4 0 0 1

PAD4 TOM3 4 43 0 0 0 0 17 0

17 E 73 LoMsolo 0 2 0 1 3

PAD5 TOM4 0 52 0 0 0 0 17 0

18 P 47 P Scrach 0 0 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0 0 0 0 53 0

19 P 70 P VibrS 0 0 0 0 1

PAD7 CRASH 3 Orch.Hit (ch15) 0

20 P 36 P FSnap1 0 9 0 0 1

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 46 0 16 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1 0 0 1

PAD9 KICK 1 SynBass1(ch16) 0 0 0

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1 0 0 1

PAD10 0 53 0 0 0 0 0 0

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 1 53 49 0 0 0 0 0

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 0 0 0 0 0 0

25 S 95 BrshTap2 0 0 0 0 1 26 S 92 BrSwL 0 0 0 1 1 27 S 97 BrshSlpL 0 0 0 0 1 28 S 93 BrSwH 0 0 0 1 1 29 E 99 TakeOff ** 0 0 0 1 1 30 P 10 P Castnt 0 0 0 0 1 31 S 9 Wood65 0 1 0 0 0 32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1 33 K 6 BD GMM2 0 0 0 0 1 34 S 184 AnaWeRim ** 26 0 0 0 0 35 K 7 BD 24Dry 0 4 0 0 1 36 K 92 BDersko1 ** 0 0 0 0 1 37 S 48 S SStck2 40 0 0 0 1 38 S 249 Cool Dry ** 0 1 0 0 1 39 P 14 P ClapA 0 4 0 0 1 40 S 104 SAna1 ** -35 2 0 0 0 41 T 49 DRY GM1 0 0 0 0 1 42 C 79 H Cls13 0 0 1 0 1 43 E 104 SwingnL 0 1 0 1 3 44 C 91 H PdlDW 0 0 1 0 1 45 T 8 Dry2 Flr 0 0 0 0 1 46 C 66 H OpnNB 0 0 1 0 1 47 T 14 Jazz Mid 0 1 0 0 1 48 T 13 Jazz Hi 0 2 0 0 1 49 C 40 CrashB 0 0 0 0 1 50 T 54 DRY GM6 0 0 0 0 1 51 C 28 RideLite 0 0 0 0 1 52 E 18 E OOOWWW 0 -1 0 0 1 53 C 6 Bell A 10 -1 0 0 1 54 E 98 SloSprkl 0 -1 0 0 1 55 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1 56 P 28 P CowB2 20 0 0 0 1 57 C 40 CrashB 0 2 0 0 1 58 P 70 P VibrS 0 0 0 0 1 59 C 8 RidesizA 36 -1 0 0 1 60 P 7 P BongHi 0 0 0 0 1 61 P 8 P BongLo 0 0 0 0 1 62 P 20 P CongaM 0 0 0 0 0 63 P 11 P Conga 0 1 0 0 1 64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1 65 P 62 P Timb 0 -5 0 0 1 66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1 67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1 0 0 1 68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1 69 P 82 Cabasa 0 0 0 0 1 70 P 94 Maracas 0 0 0 0 1 71 P 83 SWhistH 0 2 0 1 1 72 P 84 SWhistL 0 2 0 1 1 73 P 39 P GuiSht 0 9 0 0 1 74 P 38 P Guiro 0 0 0 1 1 75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1 76 P 71 P WBloc 0 0 0 0 1 77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1 78 P 31 P CuicaH 0 0 0 0 1 79 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -1 0 0 1 80 P 64 P TriMut 0 0 2 0 1 81 P 65 P Triang 0 0 2 0 1 82 P 49 P Shake1 0 0 0 0 1 83 C 6 Bell A 0 2 0 0 1 84 P 86 Bell Tre 0 4 0 0 0

Corsefine

156

Appendix

Key-on Mode 0:stack, 1:alter, 2:stack MN, 3:alter MN, 4:hold

Note Number Numbers indicate ch10 Drum Voice, voice names indicate keyboard voices other than from ch10 Key mode 0:Poly, 1:Semi(2), 2:Mono, 3:Hi Mono

Key off 0:disable, 1:enable

48 WldDncMX

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 52 P SurdoM 0 0 3 0 1

PAD1 SNARE 0 31 0 0 0 0 34 0

14 P 53 P Surdo 0 2 3 0 1

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0 0 0 0 37 0

15 P 40 P HiQ 0 2 0 0 1

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0 0 0 0 56 0

16 P 72 P WHP 2 4 0 0 1

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0 0 0 0 54 0

17 P 47 P Scrach 0 4 4 0 1

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0 0 0 0 32 0

18 P 47 P Scrach 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 4 59 0 0 0 0 53 0

19 P 37 P FSnap2 0 3 0 0 1

PAD7 CRASH 4 49 0 0 0 0 55 83

20 P 36 P FSnap1 0 9 0 0 1

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 46 0 46 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1 0 0 1

PAD9 KICK 0 36 0 0 0 0 0 0

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1 0 0 1

PAD10 0 52 0 0 0 0 0 0

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 67 0 0 0 0 0 0

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 58 0 0 0 0 0 0

25 S 95 BrshTap2 0 0 0 0 1 26 S 92 BrSwL 0 0 0 1 1 27 S 97 BrshSlpL 0 0 0 0 1 28 S 93 BrSwH 0 0 0 1 1 29 S 80 SnrRoll 0 0 0 1 1 30 P 10 P Castnt 0 0 0 0 1 31 S 51 Dance01 0 0 0 0 0 32 E 30 E Door 0 6 0 0 1 33 K 6 BD GMM2 0 0 0 0 1 34 S 56 Dance06 0 0 0 0 1 35 K 4 BD GMM 0 0 0 0 1 36 K 89 BDRave10 0 0 0 0 1 37 E 59 INDrave 40 0 0 1 1 38 S 16 SnareM 0 0 0 0 0 39 P 14 P ClapA 0 4 0 0 1 40 S 17 SnareH 12 0 0 0 0 41 T 49 DRY GM1 0 0 0 0 1 42 C 84 H ClsA1 0 0 1 0 1 43 E 30 E Door 0 -6 0 0 1 44 C 88 H Pdl13 0 15 1 0 1 45 E 35 E NZE 0 2 0 1 1 46 C 69 H OpnAn 0 0 1 0 1 47 E 18 E OOOWWW 0 0 0 0 1 48 E 13 E CBRadi 0 0 0 0 1 49 E 104 SwingnL 0 2 0 1 1 50 T 54 DRY GM6 0 0 0 0 1 51 C 28 RideLite 0 0 0 0 1 52 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1 53 E 60 SDdark! 10 0 0 0 1 54 E 14 E ComVc 0 0 0 0 1 55 E 32 E BrsHit 0 5 0 1 1 56 E 34 E Laugh 20 0 0 0 1 57 C 40 CrashB 0 2 0 0 1 58 P 70 P VibrS 0 0 0 0 1 59 E 50 LPscNoiz 36 -1 0 1 1 60 P 7 P BongHi 0 0 0 0 1 61 P 8 P BongLo 0 0 0 0 1 62 P 20 P CongaM 0 0 0 0 1 63 P 11 P Conga 0 1 0 0 1 64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1 65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1 66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1 67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1 0 0 1 68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1 69 P 82 Cabasa 0 0 0 0 1 70 P 94 Maracas 0 0 0 0 1 71 P 83 SWhistH 0 2 0 1 1 72 P 84 SWhistL 0 2 0 1 1 73 P 39 P GuiSht 0 9 0 0 1 74 P 38 P Guiro 0 0 0 1 1 75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1 76 P 71 P WBloc 0 0 0 0 1 77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1 78 P 31 P CuicaH 0 0 0 0 1 79 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -1 0 0 1 80 P 64 P TriMut 0 0 2 0 1 81 P 65 P Triang 0 0 2 0 1 82 P 49 P Shake1 0 0 0 0 1 83 T 117 ETMooRXL 0 2 0 0 1 84 P 86 Bell Tre 0 4 0 0 0

Corsefine

49 IndustMX

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 E 84 Creature 0 0 3 0 1

PAD1 SNARE 0 31 0 0 0 40 34 0

14 P 53 P Surdo 0 2 3 0 1

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0 0 0 0 37 0

15 P 40 P HiQ 0 2 0 0 1

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0 0 0 0 56 0

16 P 72 P WHP 2 4 0 0 1

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0 0 0 0 54 0

17 P 47 P Scrach 0 4 4 0 1

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0 0 0 0 13 0

18 P 47 P Scrach 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 3 VoiceOoh (ch16)

0 0

19 P 37 P FSnap2 0 3 0 0 1

PAD7 CRASH 2 SlapBas2 (ch15)

0 0

20 P 36 P FSnap1 0 9 0 0 1

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 46 0 46 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1 0 0 1

PAD9 KICK 0 36 0 0 0 0 0 0

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1 0 0 1

PAD10 0 53 0 0 0 0 0 0

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 59 0 0 0 0 0 0

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 45 0 0 0 0 0 0

25 S 95 BrshTap2 0 0 0 0 1 26 S 92 BrSwL 0 0 0 1 1 27 S 97 BrshSlpL 0 0 0 0 1 28 S 93 BrSwH 0 0 0 1 1 29 S 80 SnrRoll 0 0 0 1 1 30 P 10 P Castnt 0 0 0 0 1 31 S 13 Looz Pic 0 0 0 0 0 32 E 82 TineDrum 0 -1 0 0 1 33 K 6 BD GMM2 0 0 0 0 1 34 S 5 Hip Hop 0 0 0 0 1 35 K 4 BD GMM 0 0 0 0 1 36 K 103 BDNIN1 0 0 0 0 1 37 E 50 LPscNoiz 40 0 0 1 1 38 S 16 SnareM 0 0 0 0 0 39 P 14 P ClapA 0 4 0 0 1 40 S 17 SnareH 12 0 0 0 0 41 T 49 DRY GM1 0 0 0 0 1 42 C 78 H ClsMu 0 0 1 0 1 43 E 20 E TV vo 0 0 0 0 2 44 C 90 H PdlMu 0 0 1 0 1 45 E 85 AMRhythm 0 0 0 0 1 46 C 67 H OPMu 0 0 1 0 1 47 S 28 Blaaaghf 0 -9 0 0 1 48 E 76 TablaX 0 0 0 0 1 49 s 4 SStrngB4 0 0 0 1 1 50 T 54 DRY GM6 0 0 0 0 1 51 C 28 RideLite 0 0 0 0 1 52 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1 53 C 31 RidB Lit 10 0 0 0 1 54 E 16 E HipNs 0 -1 0 0 1 55 k 9 SynPf 3 0 2 0 0 1 56 E 35 E NZE 0 3 0 1 1 57 C 40 CrashB 0 2 0 0 1 58 P 70 P VibrS 0 0 0 0 1 59 b 2 SyBass1L 36 0 0 1 1 60 P 7 P BongHi 0 0 0 0 1 61 P 8 P BongLo 0 0 0 0 1 62 P 20 P CongaM 0 0 0 0 1 63 P 11 P Conga 0 1 0 0 1 64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1 65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1 66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1 67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1 0 0 1 68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1 69 P 82 Cabasa ** 0 0 0 0 1 70 P 94 Maracas 0 0 0 0 1 71 P 83 SWhistH 0 2 0 1 1 72 P 84 SWhistL 0 2 0 1 1 73 P 39 P GuiSht 0 9 0 0 1 74 P 38 P Guiro 0 0 0 1 1 75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1 76 b 2 SyBass1L 0 0 0 1 1 77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1 78 b 2 SyBass1L 0 1 0 1 1 79 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -1 0 0 1 80 b 2 SyBass1L 0 3 2 1 1 81 P 65 P Triang 0 0 2 0 1 82 b 2 SyBass1L 0 5 0 1 1 83 P 85 JingBell 0 2 0 0 1 84 b 3 SyBass1H 0 5 0 1 0

Corsefine

157

Appendix

50 Banana

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 52 P SurdoM 0 0 3 0 1

PAD1 SNARE 0 31 0 0 0 0 34 0

14 P 53 P Surdo 0 2 3 0 1

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0 0 0 0 37 0

15 P 40 P HiQ 0 2 0 0 1

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0 0 0 0 56 0

16 P 72 P WHP 2 4 0 0 1

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0 0 0 0 54 0

17 P 47 P Scrach 0 4 4 0 1

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0 0 0 0 32 0

18 P 47 P Scrach 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0 0 0 0 53 0

19 P 37 P FSnap2 0 3 0 0 1

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 0 0 0 0 55 83

20 P 36 P FSnap1 0 9 0 0 1

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 46 0 46 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1 0 0 1

PAD9 KICK 0 36 0 0 0 0 0 0

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1 0 0 1

PAD10 0 53 0 0 0 0 0 0

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 79 0 0 0 0 0 0

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 0 0 0 0 0 0

25 S 95 BrshTap2 0 0 0 0 1 26 S 92 BrSwL 0 0 0 1 1 27 S 97 BrshSlpL 0 0 0 0 1 28 S 93 BrSwH 0 0 0 1 1 29 S 80 SnrRoll 0 0 0 1 1 30 P 10 P Castnt 0 0 0 0 1 31 S 70 Electrik 0 2 0 0 0 32 P 59 P Tambrn 0 -1 0 0 1 33 K 6 BD GMM2 0 0 0 0 1 34 S 6 BrassPic 0 0 0 0 1 35 K 4 BD GMM 0 0 0 0 1 36 K 34 BD ELEC2 0 -1 0 0 1 37 S 48 S SStck2 40 0 0 0 1 38 S 16 SnareM 0 0 0 0 0 39 P 14 P ClapA 0 4 0 0 1 40 S 17 SnareH 12 0 0 0 0 41 T 49 DRY GM1 0 0 0 0 1 42 C 78 H ClsMu 0 13 1 0 1 43 P 67 P Udo F 0 -2 0 0 1 44 C 92 H PdlLit 0 9 1 0 1 45 P 68 P Udo H 0 -5 0 0 1 46 C 67 H OPMu 0 10 1 0 1 47 T 45 Tron Hi 0 0 0 0 1 48 T 53 DRY GM5 0 0 0 0 1 49 C 44 C Splsh2 0 2 0 0 1 50 T 54 DRY GM6 0 0 0 0 1 51 C 28 RideLite 0 0 0 0 1 52 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1 53 C 31 RidB Lit 10 0 0 0 1 54 P 93 Tambourn 0 2 0 0 1 55 C 44 C Splsh2 0 0 0 0 1 56 P 102 TalknDrD 20 0 0 0 1 57 C 40 CrashB 0 2 0 0 1 58 P 70 P VibrS 0 0 0 0 1 59 C 25 SizzlLit 36 0 0 0 1 60 P 7 P BongHi 0 0 0 0 1 61 P 8 P BongLo 0 0 0 0 1 62 P 20 P CongaM 0 0 0 0 1 63 P 11 P Conga 0 1 0 0 1 64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1 65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1 66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1 67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1 0 0 1 68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1 69 P 82 Cabasa 0 0 0 0 1 70 P 94 Maracas 0 0 0 0 1 71 P 83 SWhistH 0 2 0 1 1 72 P 84 SWhistL 0 2 0 1 1 73 P 39 P GuiSht 0 9 0 0 1 74 P 38 P Guiro 0 0 0 1 1 75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1 76 P 71 P WBloc 0 0 0 0 1 77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1 78 P 31 P CuicaH 0 0 0 0 1 79 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -1 0 0 1 80 P 64 P TriMut 0 0 2 0 1 81 P 65 P Triang 0 0 2 0 1 82 P 49 P Shake1 0 0 0 0 1 83 - off off 0 2 0 0 1 84 P 86 Bell Tre 0 4 0 0 0

Corsefine

51 LatinPer

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 52 P SurdoM 0 0 3 0 1

PAD1 SNARE 0 64 0 0 0 0 20 0

14 P 53 P Surdo 0 2 3 0 1

PAD2 TOM1 0 65 0 0 0 0 56 0

15 P 6 P BongMu 0 2 0 0 1

PAD3 TOM2 0 66 0 0 0 0 55 0

16 P 72 P WHP 2 4 0 0 1

PAD4 TOM3 0 57 0 0 0 0 52 0

17 P 12 P CongAn 0 4 4 0 1

PAD5 TOM4 0 28 0 0 0 0 58 0

18 P 22 P CongaS 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 67 0 0 0 0 68 0

19 P 21 P CongaO 0 3 0 0 1

PAD7 CRASH 0 79 0 0 0 0 49 54

20 P 19 P CongaH 0 0 0 0 1

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 63 47 59 0 0 62 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1 0 0 1

PAD9 KICK 0 33 0 0 0 0 0 0

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1 0 0 1

PAD10 0 81 0 0 0 0 0 0

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 60 0 0 0 0 0 0

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 61 0 0 0 0 0 0

25 P 92 XfadeTri 0 0 0 0 1 26 P 99 Tabla OV 0 0 0 1 1 27 P 100 CongaMV 0 0 0 0 1 28 P 69 P Udo L 0 -2 0 1 1 29 P 103 TalknDrU 0 0 0 1 1 30 P 10 P Castnt 0 0 0 0 1 31 S 9 Wood65 0 0 0 0 0 32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1 33 K 61 2HedMed1 0 0 0 0 1 34 S 31 OpnRim 0 0 0 0 1 35 P 22 P CongaS 0 4 0 0 1 36 P 24 P CongBe 0 -4 0 0 1 37 S 48 S SStck2 40 0 0 0 1 38 P 25 P Cong8H -29 0 0 0 0 39 P 14 P ClapA 0 4 0 0 1 40 P 26 P Cong8L 0 3 0 0 0 41 P 28 P CowB2 0 0 0 0 1 42 C 79 H Cls13 0 0 1 0 1 43 P 35 P EthWB 0 0 0 0 1 44 C 88 H Pdl13 0 0 1 0 1 45 P 41 P Log H 0 0 0 0 1 46 C 63 H OpnLA2 0 0 1 0 1 47 P 42 P Log L 0 0 0 0 1 48 P 54 P TablaH 0 0 0 0 1 49 C 38 C Crash 0 2 0 0 1 50 P 56 P TablaN 0 0 0 0 1 51 C 28 RideLite 0 0 0 0 1 52 P 57 P TablaO 0 -2 0 0 1 53 C 31 RidB Lit 10 0 0 0 1 54 P 93 Tambourn 0 0 0 0 1 55 P 63 P TimCas 0 2 0 0 1 56 P 27 P CowB1 20 0 0 0 1 57 P 68 P Udo H 0 2 0 0 1 58 P 70 P VibrS 0 0 0 0 1 59 P 69 P Udo L 36 0 0 0 1 60 P 7 P BongHi 0 0 0 0 1 61 P 8 P BongLo 0 0 0 0 1 62 P 20 P CongaM 0 0 0 0 1 63 P 11 P Conga 0 1 0 0 1 64 P 11 P Conga -30 -4 0 0 1 65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1 66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1 67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1 0 0 1 68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1 69 P 82 Cabasa 0 0 0 0 1 70 P 94 Maracas 0 0 0 0 1 71 P 83 SWhistH 0 2 0 1 1 72 P 84 SWhistL 0 2 0 1 1 73 P 39 P GuiSht 0 9 0 0 1 74 P 38 P Guiro 0 0 0 1 1 75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1 76 P 96 Tabla BL 0 0 0 0 1 77 P 66 P CongaG 0 -6 0 0 1 78 P 31 P CuicaH 0 0 0 0 1 79 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -1 0 0 1 80 P 64 P TriMut 0 0 2 0 1 81 P 65 P Triang 0 0 2 0 1 82 P 49 P Shake1 0 0 0 0 1 83 P 85 JingBell 0 2 0 0 1 84 P 86 Bell Tre 0 4 0 0 0

Corsefine

158

Appendix

Key-on Mode 0:stack, 1:alter, 2:stack MN, 3:alter MN, 4:hold

Note Number Numbers indicate ch10 Drum Voice, voice names indicate keyboard voices other than from ch10 Key mode 0:Poly, 1:Semi(2), 2:Mono, 3:Hi Mono

Key off 0:disable, 1:enable

52 Symphony

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 52 P SurdoM 0 0 3 0 1

PAD1 SNARE 0 38 0 0 0 0 16 0

14 P 53 P Surdo 0 2 3 0 1

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0 0 0 0 76 0

15 k 2 Marimba 0 4 0 0 1

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0 0 0 0 77 0

16 P 72 P WHP 0 0 0 0 1

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0 0 0 0 59 0

17 k 2 Marimba 0 7 4 0 1

PAD5 TOM4 0 35 0 0 0 0 58 0

18 k 2 Marimba 0 9 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 81 0 0 0 0 51 80

19 k 2 Marimba 0 10 0 0 1

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 0 0 0 0 55 54

20 E 7 E Gun 3 0 0 0 0 1

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 40 46 44 46 0 54 0

21 E 7 E Gun 3 0 0 0 0 1

PAD9 KICK 0 33 0 0 0 0 0 0

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1 0 0 1

PAD10 0 83 0 0 0 0 0 0

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 52 0 0 0 0 0 0

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 0 0 0 0 0 0

25 S 95 BrshTap2 0 0 0 0 1 26 S 92 BrSwL 0 0 0 1 1 27 S 97 BrshSlpL 0 0 0 0 1 28 S 93 BrSwH 0 0 0 1 1 29 S 80 SnrRoll 0 0 0 1 1 30 P 10 P Castnt 0 0 0 0 1 31 S 16 SnareM 0 2 0 0 0 32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1 33 P 17 P BassDr 0 0 0 0 1 34 S 31 OpnRim 0 0 0 0 1 35 K 49 GrnCassa 0 -4 0 0 1 36 K 50 GrCMute 0 0 0 0 1 37 S 48 S SStck2 40 0 0 0 1 38 S 26 Tosh Sn 0 0 0 0 0 39 P 14 P ClapA 0 4 0 0 1 40 P 76 P TimpH 0 4 0 0 0 41 T 12 Lite Flr 0 -4 0 0 1 42 C 78 H ClsMu 0 0 1 0 1 43 P 78 P GranC 0 -3 0 0 1 44 C 90 H PdlMu 0 0 1 0 1 45 P 77 P TimpL 0 -4 0 0 1 46 P 76 P TimpH 0 4 1 0 1 47 P 77 P TimpL 0 1 0 0 1 48 P 76 P TimpH 0 0 0 0 1 49 C 51 HCymOpnL 0 5 0 0 1 50 P 76 P TimpH 0 4 0 0 1 51 C 28 RideLite 0 0 0 0 1 52 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1 53 C 31 RidB Lit 10 0 0 0 1 54 P 93 Tambourn 0 0 0 0 1 55 C 40 CrashB 0 1 0 0 1 56 P 27 P CowB1 20 0 0 0 1 57 C 53 HCymOpnM 0 2 0 0 1 58 P 70 P VibrS 0 0 0 0 1 59 C 52 HCymClsL 36 4 0 0 1 60 P 7 P BongHi 0 0 0 0 1 61 P 8 P BongLo 0 0 0 0 1 62 P 20 P CongaM 0 0 0 0 1 63 P 11 P Conga 0 1 0 0 1 64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1 65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1 66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1 67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1 0 0 1 68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1 69 P 82 Cabasa 0 0 0 0 1 70 P 94 Maracas 0 0 0 0 1 71 P 83 SWhistH 0 2 0 1 1 72 P 84 SWhistL 0 2 0 1 1 73 P 39 P GuiSht 0 9 0 0 1 74 P 38 P Guiro 0 0 0 1 1 75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1 76 P 71 P WBloc 0 0 0 0 1 77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1 78 P 31 P CuicaH 0 0 0 0 1 79 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -1 0 0 1 80 P 64 P TriMut 0 0 2 0 1 81 P 65 P Triang 0 0 2 0 1 82 P 49 P Shake1 0 0 0 0 1 83 P 85 JingBell 0 2 0 0 1 84 P 86 Bell Tre 0 4 0 0 0

Corsefine

53 Latin

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 52 P SurdoM 0 -2 3 0 1

PAD1 SNARE 0 38 0 0 0 0 34 0

14 P 53 P Surdo 0 -8 3 0 1

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0 0 0 0 37 0

15 P 52 P SurdoM 0 0 0 0 1

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0 0 0 0 56 0

16 P 53 P Surdo 0 2 0 0 1

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0 0 0 0 32 0

17 P 1 P AgogCh 0 -3 4 0 1

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0 0 0 0 52 0

18 S 162 LesRim 0 5 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0 0 0 0 53 0

19 P 27 P CowB1 0 4 0 0 1

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 0 0 0 0 55 54

20 P 10 P Castnt 0 -2 0 0 1

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 46 0 46 0

21 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -5 0 0 1

PAD9 KICK 0 36 0 0 0 0 0 0

22 P 41 P Log H -19 16 0 0 1

PAD10 0 53 0 0 0 0 0 0

23 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 67 0 0 0 0 0 0

24 P 42 P Log L 0 16 0 0 1

PAD12 0 68 0 0 0 0 0 0

25 S 95 BrshTap2 0 0 0 0 1 26 P 6 P BongMu 0 0 0 0 1 27 P 18 P CongaC 0 -1 0 0 1 28 P 19 P CongaH 0 0 0 0 1 29 S 81 SnRoll2 0 -5 0 1 1 30 P 22 P CongaS 0 0 0 0 1 31 S 24 SnareL2 0 0 0 0 0 32 P 35 P EthWB 0 2 0 0 1 33 K 8 BD DRYB1 0 0 0 0 1 34 S 122 AmbiRim 0 -1 0 0 1 35 K 94 BDaftty1 0 -6 0 0 1 36 K 77 BigSofty 0 3 0 0 1 37 S 47 S SStck1 40 0 0 0 1 38 S 9 Wood65 0 0 0 0 0 39 P 13 P Clap8 0 2 0 0 1 40 S 82 S RO_S 0 4 0 0 0 41 T 4 Dry1 Flr 0 0 0 0 1 42 C 77 H ClsNB2 0 0 1 0 1 43 T 4 Dry1 Flr 0 4 0 0 1 44 C 89 H PdlNB 0 0 1 0 1 45 T 4 Dry1 Flr 0 8 0 0 1 46 C 57 H OpnL2 0 2 1 0 1 47 T 3 Dry1 Lo 0 6 0 0 1 48 T 3 Dry1 Lo 0 9 0 0 1 49 C 39 C CrshAC 0 2 0 0 1 50 T 3 Dry1 Lo 0 14 0 0 1 51 C 3 DeepCym 0 0 0 0 1 52 C 1 ChinaHi 0 -8 0 0 1 53 C 32 RidB Drk 0 2 0 0 1 54 P 59 P Tambrn 0 -1 0 0 1 55 C 41 PaperThn 0 1 0 0 1 56 P 28 P CowB2 0 -4 0 0 1 57 C 40 CrashB 0 2 0 0 1 58 P 70 P VibrS 0 -4 0 0 1 59 C 13 Sizzler 36 0 0 0 1 60 P 7 P BongHi 0 0 0 0 1 61 P 8 P BongLo 0 0 0 0 1 62 P 22 P CongaS 0 -4 0 0 1 63 P 21 P CongaO 0 -1 0 0 1 64 P 21 P CongaO 0 -6 0 0 1 65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -4 0 0 1 66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -10 0 0 1 67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 -6 0 0 1 68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -12 0 0 1 69 P 9 P Cabasa 0 0 0 0 1 70 P 44 P Marcs 0 0 0 0 1 71 P 73 P Whist 0 5 0 1 1 72 P 73 P Whist 0 -1 0 1 1 73 P 39 P GuiSht 0 -1 0 0 1 74 P 38 P Guiro 0 -6 0 0 1 75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1 76 P 63 P TimCas 0 1 0 0 1 77 P 66 P CongaG 0 -1 0 0 1 78 P 31 P CuicaH 0 4 0 0 1 79 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -4 0 0 1 80 P 64 P TriMut 0 0 2 0 1 81 P 65 P Triang 0 0 2 0 1 82 P 49 P Shake1 0 -5 0 0 1 83 P 49 P Shake1 0 -19 0 0 1 84 P 81 P WCHim 0 -7 0 0 0

Corsefine

159

Appendix

54 World 1

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 52 P SurdoM 0 0 3 0 1

PAD1 SNARE 0 40 0 0 0 0 34 0

14 P 53 P Surdo 0 -9 3 0 1

PAD2 TOM1 0 65 0 0 0 0 37 0

15 P 26 P Cong8L 0 -20 0 0 1

PAD3 TOM2 0 66 0 0 0 0 56 0

16 P 55 P TablaM 0 -8 0 0 1

PAD4 TOM3 0 43 0 0 0 0 32 0

17 P 57 P TablaO 0 2 4 0 1

PAD5 TOM4 0 71 0 0 0 0 52 0

18 P 55 P TablaM 0 0 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 67 0 0 0 0 53 0

19 P 56 P TablaN 0 0 0 0 1

PAD7 CRASH 0 54 0 0 0 0 55 54

20 P 54 P TablaH 0 0 0 0 1

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 69 82 44 46 0 70 0

21 P 42 P Log L 0 -6 0 0 1

PAD9 KICK 0 33 28 0 0 0 0 0

22 P 42 P Log L -19 1 0 0 1

PAD10 0 59 0 0 0 0 0 0

23 P 41 P Log H 0 3 0 0 1

PAD11 0 19 0 0 0 0 0 0

24 P 41 P Log H 0 8 0 0 1

PAD12 0 17 0 0 0 0 0 0

25 S 95 BrshTap2 0 4 0 0 1 26 P 69 P Udo L 0 -2 0 0 1 27 P 69 P Udo L 0 0 0 0 1 28 P 68 P Udo H 0 -2 0 0 1 29 P 68 P Udo H 0 0 0 0 1 30 P 67 P Udo F 0 0 0 0 1 31 S 239 Philydry 0 0 0 0 0 32 P 67 P Udo F 0 2 0 0 1 33 K 21 BD ROOM2 0 0 0 0 1 34 S 156 SteelRim 0 0 0 0 1 35 K 60 2HeadLo 0 0 0 0 1 36 K 63 2HeadHi 0 3 0 0 1 37 S 48 S SStck2 40 0 0 0 1 38 S 28 Blaaaghf 0 0 0 0 0 39 P 14 P ClapA 0 4 0 0 1 40 S 207 Powerpic 0 3 0 0 0 41 T 4 Dry1 Flr 0 -1 0 0 1 42 C 76 H ClsNB1 0 0 1 0 1 43 T 4 Dry1 Flr 0 2 0 0 1 44 C 89 H PdlNB 0 0 1 0 1 45 T 4 Dry1 Flr 0 7 0 0 1 46 C 68 H Opn13 0 0 1 0 1 47 T 3 Dry1 Lo 0 5 0 0 1 48 T 2 Dry1 Mid 0 2 0 0 1 49 C 23 FasCrash 0 3 0 0 1 50 T 1 Dry1 Hi 0 5 0 0 1 51 C 5 Rider3 0 0 0 0 1 52 C 36 MinChina 0 -8 0 0 1 53 C 31 RidB Lit 0 -1 0 0 1 54 P 59 P Tambrn 0 0 0 0 1 55 C 47 C FX02 0 1 0 0 1 56 P 28 P CowB2 0 0 0 0 1 57 C 38 C Crash 0 2 0 0 1 58 C 53 HCymOpnM 0 0 0 0 1 59 C 27 SizzlRck 36 0 0 0 1 60 P 7 P BongHi 0 -2 0 0 1 61 P 8 P BongLo 0 -2 0 0 1 62 P 22 P CongaS 0 -1 0 0 1 63 P 21 P CongaO 0 0 0 0 1 64 P 21 P CongaO 0 -5 0 0 1 65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1 66 P 60 P TimbH 0 -12 0 0 1 67 P 2 P AgogH1 40 0 0 0 1 68 P 2 P AgogH1 0 -6 0 0 1 69 P 49 P Shake1 0 -7 0 0 1 70 P 49 P Shake1 0 -2 0 0 1 71 E 86 TungDrum 0 -4 0 0 1 72 E 86 TungDrum 0 2 0 0 1 73 P 75 P TalkD 0 -10 0 0 1 74 P 75 P TalkD 0 -4 0 0 1 75 P 75 P TalkD 0 0 0 0 1 76 P 75 P TalkD 0 3 0 0 1 77 P 75 P TalkD 0 9 0 0 1 78 E 115 DIGERDO 0 0 0 1 1 79 E 82 TineDrum 0 -1 0 0 1 80 P 64 P TriMut 0 0 2 0 1 81 P 65 P Triang 0 0 2 0 1 82 P 49 P Shake1 0 0 0 0 1 83 P 85 JingBell 0 -9 0 0 1 84 E 82 TineDrum 0 -13 0 0 0

Corsefine

55 World 2

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 23 P CongC7 0 -13 3 0 1

PAD1 SNARE 0 31 0 0 0 0 34 0

14 P 23 P CongC7 0 -8 3 0 1

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0 0 0 0 37 0

15 P 55 P TablaM 0 -2 0 0 1

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0 0 0 0 56 0

16 P 57 P TablaO 0 1 0 0 1

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0 0 0 0 32 0

17 P 57 P TablaO 0 4 4 0 1

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0 0 0 0 52 0

18 P 55 P TablaM 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0 0 0 0 53 0

19 P 56 P TablaN 0 3 0 0 1

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 0 0 0 0 55 54

20 P 56 P TablaN 0 0 0 0 1

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 46 0 46 0

21 P 54 P TablaH 0 0 0 0 1

PAD9 KICK 0 36 0 0 0 0 0 0

22 P 2 P AgogH1 -19 -13 0 0 1

PAD10 0 35 0 0 0 0 0 0

23 P 2 P AgogH1 0 -8 0 0 1

PAD11 0 52 0 0 0 0 0 0

24 P 44 P Marcs 0 -11 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 0 0 0 0 0 0

25 P 44 P Marcs 0 -19 0 0 1 26 P 49 P Shake1 0 -8 0 0 1 27 P 49 P Shake1 0 -12 0 0 1 28 P 42 P Log L 0 -20 0 0 1 29 P 42 P Log L 0 -11 0 0 1 30 P 42 P Log L 0 -8 0 0 1 31 P 41 P Log H 0 -8 0 0 0 32 P 41 P Log H 0 -1 0 0 1 33 P 53 P Surdo 0 -9 0 0 1 34 P 35 P EthWB 0 0 0 0 1 35 P 7 P BongHi 0 5 0 0 1 36 P 6 P BongMu 0 0 0 0 1 37 P 7 P BongHi 40 -3 0 0 1 38 P 6 P BongMu 0 -4 0 0 0 39 P 8 P BongLo 0 -1 0 0 1 40 P 18 P CongaC 0 3 0 0 0 41 P 18 P CongaC 0 0 0 0 1 42 P 22 P CongaS 0 1 1 0 1 43 P 22 P CongaS 0 -1 0 0 1 44 P 22 P CongaS 0 -4 1 0 1 45 P 21 P CongaO 0 2 0 0 1 46 P 19 P CongaH 0 2 1 0 1 47 P 21 P CongaO 0 -1 0 0 1 48 P 21 P CongaO 0 -6 0 0 1 49 P 19 P CongaH 0 0 0 0 1 50 P 21 P CongaO 0 -11 0 0 1 51 P 66 P CongaG 0 5 0 0 1 52 P 66 P CongaG 0 -2 0 0 1 53 P 61 P TimbL 0 -11 0 0 1 54 P 62 P Timb 0 -12 0 0 1 55 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1 56 P 62 P Timb 0 -9 0 0 1 57 P 60 P TimbH 0 -8 0 0 1 58 P 62 P Timb 0 -3 0 0 1 59 P 62 P Timb 36 0 0 0 1 60 P 60 P TimbH 0 -4 0 0 1 61 P 62 P Timb 0 5 0 0 1 62 P 60 P TimbH 0 0 0 0 1 63 P 63 P TimCas 0 -2 0 0 1 64 P 63 P TimCas 0 0 0 0 1 65 P 69 P Udo L 0 -3 0 0 1 66 P 69 P Udo L 0 0 0 0 1 67 P 68 P Udo H 40 0 0 0 1 68 P 68 P Udo H 0 6 0 0 1 69 P 67 P Udo F 0 -3 0 0 1 70 P 67 P Udo F 0 1 0 0 1 71 E 86 TungDrum 0 -5 0 0 1 72 E 86 TungDrum 0 2 0 0 1 73 E 86 TungDrum 0 9 0 0 1 74 E 82 TineDrum 0 -8 0 0 1 75 E 82 TineDrum 0 -4 0 0 1 76 E 82 TineDrum 0 2 0 0 1 77 E 115 DIGERDO 0 -8 0 1 1 78 E 115 DIGERDO 0 -3 0 1 1 79 E 83 MetalDip 0 -6 0 0 1 80 P 81 P WCHim 0 -3 0 0 1 81 P 81 P WCHim 0 -17 0 0 1 82 P 65 P Triang 0 -11 0 0 1 83 P 85 JingBell 0 -8 0 0 1 84 P 86 Bell Tre 0 -24 0 0 0

Corsefine

160

Appendix

Key-on Mode 0:stack, 1:alter, 2:stack MN, 3:alter MN, 4:hold

Note Number Numbers indicate ch10 Drum Voice, voice names indicate keyboard voices other than from ch10 Key mode 0:Poly, 1:Semi(2), 2:Mono, 3:Hi Mono

Key off 0:disable, 1:enable

56 GM std 1

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Corsefine Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 52 P SurdoM 0 0 3 0 1

PAD1 SNARE 0 31 0 0 0 0 34 0

14 P 53 P Surdo 0 2 3 0 1

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0 0 0 0 37 0

15 P 40 P HiQ 0 2 0 0 1

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0 0 0 0 56 0

16 P 72 P WHP 2 4 0 0 1

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0 0 0 0 32 0

17 P 47 P Scrach 0 4 4 0 1

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0 0 0 0 52 0

18 P 47 P Scrach 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0 0 0 0 53 0

19 P 37 P FSnap2 0 3 0 0 1

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 0 0 0 0 55 54

20 P 36 P FSnap1 0 9 0 0 1

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 46 0 46 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1 0 0 1

PAD9 KICK 0 33 0 0 0 0 0 0

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1 0 0 1

PAD10 0 53 0 0 0 0 0 0

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 53 0 0 0 0 0 0

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 0 0 0 0 0 0

25 S 95 BrshTap2 0 0 0 0 1 26 S 92 BrSwL 0 0 0 1 1 27 S 97 BrshSlpL 0 0 0 0 1 28 S 93 BrSwH 0 0 0 1 1 29 S 80 SnrRoll 0 0 0 1 1 30 P 10 P Castnt 0 0 0 0 1 31 S 16 SnareM 0 2 0 0 0 32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1 33 K 5 BD GML 0 0 0 0 1 34 S 31 OpnRim 0 0 0 0 1 35 K 4 BD GMM 0 0 0 0 1 36 K 3 BD GMH 0 0 0 0 1 37 S 48 S SStck2 40 0 0 0 1 38 S 16 SnareM 0 0 0 0 0 39 P 14 P ClapA 0 4 0 0 1 40 S 17 SnareH 12 0 0 0 0 41 T 49 DRY GM1 0 0 0 0 1 42 C 78 H ClsMu 0 0 1 0 1 43 T 50 DRY GM2 0 0 0 0 1 44 C 90 H PdlMu 0 0 1 0 1 45 T 51 DRY GM3 0 0 0 0 1 46 C 67 H OPMu 0 0 1 0 1 47 T 52 DRY GM4 0 0 0 0 1 48 T 53 DRY GM5 0 0 0 0 1 49 C 38 C Crash 0 2 0 0 1 50 T 54 DRY GM6 0 0 0 0 1 51 C 28 RideLite 0 0 0 0 1 52 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1 53 C 31 RidB Lit 10 0 0 0 1 54 P 93 Tambourn 0 -1 0 0 1 55 C 43 C Splsh1 0 2 0 0 1 56 P 27 P CowB1 20 0 0 0 1 57 C 40 CrashB 0 2 0 0 1 58 P 70 P VibrS 0 0 0 0 1 59 C 25 SizzlLit 6 1 0 0 1 60 P 7 P BongHi 0 0 0 0 1 61 P 8 P BongLo 0 0 0 0 1 62 P 20 P CongaM 0 0 0 0 1 63 P 11 P Conga 0 1 0 0 1 64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1 65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1 66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1 67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1 0 0 1 68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1 69 P 82 Cabasa 0 0 0 0 1 70 P 94 Maracas 0 0 0 0 1 71 P 83 SWhistH 0 2 0 1 1 72 P 84 SWhistL 0 2 0 1 1 73 P 39 P GuiSht 0 9 0 0 1 74 P 38 P Guiro 0 0 0 1 1 75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1 76 P 71 P WBloc 0 0 0 0 1 77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1 78 P 31 P CuicaH 0 0 0 0 1 79 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -1 0 0 1 80 P 64 P TriMut 0 0 2 0 1 81 P 65 P Triang 0 0 2 0 1 82 P 49 P Shake1 0 0 0 0 1 83 P 85 JingBell 0 2 0 0 1 84 P 86 Bell Tre 0 4 0 0 0

57 GM std 2

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 52 P SurdoM 0 0 3 0 1

PAD1 SNARE 0 31 0 0 0 0 34 0

14 P 53 P Surdo 0 2 3 0 1

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0 0 0 0 37 0

15 P 40 P HiQ 0 2 0 0 1

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0 0 0 0 56 0

16 P 72 P WHP 2 4 0 0 1

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0 0 0 0 32 0

17 P 47 P Scrach 0 4 4 0 1

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0 0 0 0 52 0

18 P 47 P Scrach 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0 0 0 0 53 0

19 P 37 P FSnap2 0 3 0 0 1

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 0 0 0 0 55 54

20 P 36 P FSnap1 0 9 0 0 1

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 46 0 46 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1 0 0 1

PAD9 KICK 0 33 0 0 0 0 0 0

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1 0 0 1

PAD10 0 53 0 0 0 0 0 0

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 67 0 0 0 0 0 0

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 68 0 0 0 0 0 0

25 S 95 BrshTap2 0 0 0 0 1 26 S 92 BrSwL 0 0 0 1 1 27 S 97 BrshSlpL 0 0 0 0 1 28 S 93 BrSwH 0 0 0 1 1 29 S 81 SnRoll2 0 0 0 1 1 30 P 10 P Castnt 0 0 0 0 1 31 S 26 Tosh Sn 0 0 0 0 0 32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1 33 K 62 2HedMed2 0 0 0 0 1 34 S 34 OpnRimC 0 0 0 0 1 35 K 6 BD GMM2 0 4 0 0 1 36 K 1 BD DRY 1 0 -4 0 0 1 37 S 48 S SStck2 40 0 0 0 1 38 S 14 Wood Sn -29 0 0 0 0 39 P 14 P ClapA 0 4 0 0 1 40 S 17 SnareH 0 3 0 0 0 41 T 49 DRY GM1 0 0 0 0 1 42 C 78 H ClsMu 0 0 1 0 1 43 T 50 DRY GM2 0 0 0 0 1 44 C 88 H Pdl13 0 0 1 0 1 45 T 51 DRY GM3 0 0 0 0 1 46 C 67 H OPMu 0 0 1 0 1 47 T 52 DRY GM4 0 0 0 0 1 48 T 53 DRY GM5 0 0 0 0 1 49 C 38 C Crash 0 2 0 0 1 50 T 54 DRY GM6 0 0 0 0 1 51 C 28 RideLite 0 0 0 0 1 52 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1 53 C 31 RidB Lit 10 0 0 0 1 54 P 93 Tambourn 0 -1 0 0 1 55 C 43 C Splsh1 0 2 0 0 1 56 P 27 P CowB1 20 0 0 0 1 57 C 40 CrashB 0 2 0 0 1 58 P 70 P VibrS 0 0 0 0 1 59 C 25 SizzlLit 36 0 0 0 1 60 P 7 P BongHi 0 0 0 0 1 61 P 8 P BongLo 0 0 0 0 1 62 P 20 P CongaM 0 0 0 0 1 63 P 11 P Conga 0 1 0 0 1 64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1 65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1 66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1 67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1 0 0 1 68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1 69 P 82 Cabasa 0 0 0 0 1 70 P 94 Maracas 0 0 0 0 1 71 P 83 SWhistH 0 2 0 1 1 72 P 84 SWhistL 0 2 0 1 1 73 P 39 P GuiSht 0 9 0 0 1 74 P 38 P Guiro 0 0 0 1 1 75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1 76 P 71 P WBloc 0 0 0 0 1 77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1 78 P 31 P CuicaH 0 0 0 0 1 79 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -1 0 0 1 80 P 64 P TriMut 0 0 2 0 1 81 P 65 P Triang 0 0 2 0 1 82 P 49 P Shake1 0 0 0 0 1 83 P 85 JingBell 0 2 0 0 1 84 P 86 Bell Tre 0 4 0 0 0

Corsefine

161

Appendix

58 GM room

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 52 P SurdoM 0 0 3 0 1

PAD1 SNARE 0 31 0 0 0 0 34 0

14 P 53 P Surdo 0 2 3 0 1

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0 0 0 0 37 0

15 P 40 P HiQ 0 2 0 0 1

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0 0 0 0 56 0

16 P 72 P WHP 2 4 0 0 1

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0 0 0 0 32 0

17 P 47 P Scrach 0 4 4 0 1

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0 0 0 0 52 0

18 P 47 P Scrach 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0 0 0 0 53 0

19 P 37 P FSnap2 0 3 0 0 1

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 0 0 0 0 55 54

20 P 36 P FSnap1 0 9 0 0 1

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 46 0 46 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1 0 0 1

PAD9 KICK 0 36 0 0 0 0 0 0

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1 0 0 1

PAD10 0 53 0 0 0 0 0 0

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 53 0 0 0 0 0 0

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 0 0 0 0 0 0

25 S 95 BrshTap2 0 0 0 0 1 26 S 92 BrSwL 0 0 0 1 1 27 S 97 BrshSlpL 0 0 0 0 1 28 S 93 BrSwH 0 0 0 1 1 29 S 80 SnrRoll 0 0 0 1 1 30 P 10 P Castnt 0 0 0 0 1 31 S 16 SnareM 0 2 0 0 0 32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1 33 K 5 BD GML 0 0 0 0 1 34 S 31 OpnRim 0 0 0 0 1 35 K 4 BD GMM 0 0 0 0 1 36 K 16 BD KONG1 -27 0 0 0 1 37 S 48 S SStck2 40 0 0 0 1 38 S 14 Wood Sn 0 -2 0 0 0 39 P 14 P ClapA 0 4 0 0 1 40 S 17 SnareH 45 0 0 0 0 41 T 55 Room 1 0 0 0 0 1 42 C 78 H ClsMu 0 0 1 0 1 43 T 56 Room 2 0 0 0 0 1 44 C 90 H PdlMu 0 0 1 0 1 45 T 57 Room 3 0 0 0 0 1 46 C 67 H OPMu 0 0 1 0 1 47 T 58 Room 4 0 0 0 0 1 48 T 59 Room 5 0 0 0 0 1 49 C 38 C Crash 0 2 0 0 1 50 T 60 Room 6 0 0 0 0 1 51 C 28 RideLite 0 0 0 0 1 52 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1 53 C 31 RidB Lit 10 0 0 0 1 54 P 93 Tambourn 0 -1 0 0 1 55 C 43 C Splsh1 0 2 0 0 1 56 P 27 P CowB1 20 0 0 0 1 57 C 40 CrashB 0 2 0 0 1 58 P 70 P VibrS 0 0 0 0 1 59 C 25 SizzlLit 36 1 0 0 1 60 P 7 P BongHi 0 0 0 0 1 61 P 8 P BongLo 0 0 0 0 1 62 P 20 P CongaM 0 0 0 0 1 63 P 11 P Conga 0 1 0 0 1 64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1 65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1 66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1 67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1 0 0 1 68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1 69 P 82 Cabasa 0 0 0 0 1 70 P 94 Maracas 0 0 0 0 1 71 P 83 SWhistH 0 2 0 1 1 72 P 84 SWhistL 0 2 0 1 1 73 P 39 P GuiSht 0 9 0 0 1 74 P 38 P Guiro 0 0 0 1 1 75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1 76 P 71 P WBloc 0 0 0 0 1 77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1 78 P 31 P CuicaH 0 0 0 0 1 79 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -1 0 0 1 80 P 64 P TriMut 0 0 2 0 1 81 P 65 P Triang 0 0 2 0 1 82 P 49 P Shake1 0 0 0 0 1 83 P 85 JingBell 0 2 0 0 1 84 P 86 Bell Tre 0 4 0 0 0

Corsefine

59 GM rock

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 52 P SurdoM 0 0 3 0 1

PAD1 SNARE 0 31 0 0 0 0 34 0

14 P 53 P Surdo 0 2 3 0 1

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0 0 0 0 37 0

15 P 40 P HiQ 0 2 0 0 1

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0 0 0 0 56 0

16 P 72 P WHP 2 4 0 0 1

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0 0 0 0 32 0

17 P 47 P Scrach 0 4 4 0 1

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0 0 0 0 52 0

18 P 47 P Scrach 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0 0 0 0 53 0

19 P 37 P FSnap2 0 3 0 0 1

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 0 0 0 0 55 54

20 P 36 P FSnap1 0 9 0 0 1

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 46 0 46 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1 0 0 1

PAD9 KICK 0 36 0 0 0 0 0 0

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1 0 0 1

PAD10 0 53 0 0 0 0 0 0

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 53 0 0 0 0 0 0

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 0 0 0 0 0 0

25 S 95 BrshTap2 0 0 0 0 1 26 S 92 BrSwL 0 0 0 1 1 27 S 97 BrshSlpL 0 0 0 0 1 28 S 93 BrSwH 0 0 0 1 1 29 S 80 SnrRoll 0 0 0 1 1 30 P 10 P Castnt 0 0 0 0 1 31 S 73 RockM 0 1 0 0 0 32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1 33 K 30 BD GATE2 0 2 0 0 1 34 S 31 OpnRim 0 0 0 0 1 35 K 16 BD KONG1 0 0 0 0 1 36 K 28 BD Metal 0 0 0 0 1 37 S 48 S SStck2 40 0 0 0 1 38 S 110 BeatyRim 0 0 0 0 0 39 P 14 P ClapA 0 4 0 0 1 40 S 15 12Soprno 12 0 0 0 0 41 T 61 Rock 1 0 0 0 0 1 42 C 78 H ClsMu 0 0 1 0 1 43 T 62 Rock 2 0 0 0 0 1 44 C 91 H PdlDW 0 0 1 0 1 45 T 63 Rock 3 0 0 0 0 1 46 C 60 H OpnL3 0 0 1 0 1 47 T 64 Rock 4 0 0 0 0 1 48 T 65 Rock 5 0 0 0 0 1 49 C 38 C Crash 0 2 0 0 1 50 T 66 Rock 6 0 0 0 0 1 51 C 28 RideLite 0 0 0 0 1 52 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1 53 C 31 RidB Lit 10 0 0 0 1 54 P 93 Tambourn 0 -1 0 0 1 55 C 43 C Splsh1 0 2 0 0 1 56 P 27 P CowB1 20 0 0 0 1 57 C 40 CrashB 0 2 0 0 1 58 P 70 P VibrS 0 0 0 0 1 59 C 27 SizzlRck 36 0 0 0 1 60 P 7 P BongHi 0 0 0 0 1 61 P 8 P BongLo 0 0 0 0 1 62 P 20 P CongaM 0 0 0 0 1 63 P 11 P Conga 0 1 0 0 1 64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1 65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1 66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1 67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1 0 0 1 68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1 69 P 82 Cabasa 0 0 0 0 1 70 P 94 Maracas 0 0 0 0 1 71 P 83 SWhistH 0 2 0 1 1 72 P 84 SWhistL 0 2 0 1 1 73 P 39 P GuiSht 0 9 0 0 1 74 P 38 P Guiro 0 0 0 1 1 75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1 76 P 71 P WBloc 0 0 0 0 1 77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1 78 P 31 P CuicaH 0 0 0 0 1 79 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -1 0 0 1 80 P 64 P TriMut 0 0 2 0 1 81 P 65 P Triang 0 0 2 0 1 82 P 49 P Shake1 0 0 0 0 1 83 P 85 JingBell 0 2 0 0 1 84 P 86 Bell Tre 0 4 0 0 0

Corsefine

162

Appendix

Key-on Mode 0:stack, 1:alter, 2:stack MN, 3:alter MN, 4:hold

Note Number Numbers indicate ch10 Drum Voice, voice names indicate keyboard voices other than from ch10 Key mode 0:Poly, 1:Semi(2), 2:Mono, 3:Hi Mono

Key off 0:disable, 1:enable

60 GM elec.

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 52 P SurdoM 0 0 3 0 1

PAD1 SNARE 0 38 0 0 0 0 34 0

14 P 53 P Surdo 0 2 3 0 1

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0 0 0 0 37 0

15 P 40 P HiQ 0 2 0 0 1

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0 0 0 0 56 0

16 P 72 P WHP 2 4 0 0 1

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0 0 0 0 32 0

17 P 47 P Scrach 0 4 4 0 1

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0 0 0 0 52 0

18 P 47 P Scrach 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0 0 0 0 53 0

19 P 37 P FSnap2 0 3 0 0 1

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 0 0 0 0 55 54

20 P 36 P FSnap1 0 9 0 0 1

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 46 0 46 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1 0 0 1

PAD9 KICK 0 36 0 0 0 0 0 0

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1 0 0 1

PAD10 0 53 0 0 0 0 0 0

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 53 0 0 0 0 0 0

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 18 0 0 0 0 0 0

25 S 95 BrshTap2 0 0 0 0 1 26 S 92 BrSwL 0 0 0 1 1 27 S 97 BrshSlpL 0 0 0 0 1 28 C 49 ReverseC 0 0 0 1 1 29 S 80 SnrRoll 0 0 0 1 1 30 P 40 P HiQ 0 0 0 0 1 31 S 157 BigWood 0 0 0 0 0 32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1 33 K 3 BD GMH 0 0 0 0 1 34 S 144 SlapyRim 0 0 0 0 1 35 K 31 BD GATE3 0 0 0 0 1 36 K 32 BD GateM 0 0 0 0 1 37 S 48 S SStck2 40 0 0 0 1 38 S 74 RockL 0 0 0 0 0 39 P 14 P ClapA 0 4 0 0 1 40 S 72 RockH 12 0 0 0 0 41 T 67 E Tom1 0 0 0 0 1 42 C 77 H ClsNB2 0 0 1 0 1 43 T 68 E Tom2 0 0 0 0 1 44 C 88 H Pdl13 0 0 1 0 1 45 T 69 E Tom3 0 0 0 0 1 46 C 56 H OpnL1 0 0 1 0 1 47 T 70 E Tom4 0 0 0 0 1 48 T 71 E Tom5 0 0 0 0 1 49 C 38 C Crash 0 2 0 0 1 50 T 72 E Tom6 0 0 0 0 1 51 C 28 RideLite 0 0 0 0 1 52 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1 53 C 31 RidB Lit 10 0 0 0 1 54 P 93 Tambourn 0 -1 0 0 1 55 C 43 C Splsh1 0 2 0 0 1 56 P 27 P CowB1 20 0 0 0 1 57 C 40 CrashB 0 2 0 0 1 58 P 70 P VibrS 0 0 0 0 1 59 C 30 RideRock 36 0 0 0 1 60 P 7 P BongHi 0 0 0 0 1 61 P 8 P BongLo 0 0 0 0 1 62 P 20 P CongaM 0 0 0 0 1 63 P 11 P Conga 0 1 0 0 1 64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1 65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1 66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1 67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1 0 0 1 68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1 69 P 82 Cabasa 0 0 0 0 1 70 P 94 Maracas 0 0 0 0 1 71 P 83 SWhistH 0 2 0 1 1 72 P 84 SWhistL 0 2 0 1 1 73 P 39 P GuiSht 0 9 0 0 1 74 P 38 P Guiro 0 0 0 1 1 75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1 76 P 71 P WBloc 0 0 0 0 1 77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1 78 P 47 P Scrach 0 1 0 0 1 79 P 47 P Scrach 0 -4 0 0 1 80 P 64 P TriMut 0 0 2 0 1 81 P 65 P Triang 0 0 2 0 1 82 P 49 P Shake1 0 0 0 0 1 83 P 85 JingBell 0 2 0 0 1 84 P 86 Bell Tre 0 4 0 0 0

Corsefine

61 GM anal.

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 52 P SurdoM 0 0 3 0 1

PAD1 SNARE 0 38 0 0 0 0 34 0

14 P 53 P Surdo 0 2 3 0 1

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0 0 0 0 37 0

15 P 40 P HiQ 0 2 0 0 1

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0 0 0 0 56 0

16 P 72 P WHP 2 4 0 0 1

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0 0 0 0 32 0

17 P 47 P Scrach 0 4 4 0 1

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0 0 0 0 52 0

18 P 47 P Scrach 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0 0 0 0 53 0

19 P 37 P FSnap2 0 3 0 0 1

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 0 0 0 0 55 54

20 P 36 P FSnap1 0 9 0 0 1

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 46 0 46 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1 0 0 1

PAD9 KICK 0 36 0 0 0 0 0 0

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1 0 0 1

PAD10 0 53 0 0 0 0 0 0

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 54 0 0 0 0 0 0

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 78 0 0 0 0 0 0

25 S 95 BrshTap2 0 0 0 0 1 26 S 92 BrSwL 0 0 0 1 1 27 S 97 BrshSlpL 0 0 0 0 1 28 C 49 ReverseC 0 0 0 1 1 29 S 80 SnrRoll 0 0 0 1 1 30 P 40 P HiQ 0 0 0 0 1 31 S 74 RockL 0 3 0 0 0 32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1 33 K 19 BD NN04C 0 0 0 0 1 34 S 31 OpnRim 0 0 0 0 1 35 K 45 BDAnlg L 0 -2 0 0 1 36 K 46 BDAnlg H 0 0 0 0 1 37 S 65 AnSStick 40 0 0 0 1 38 S 66 AnalogH1 0 2 0 0 0 39 P 14 P ClapA 0 4 0 0 1 40 S 67 AnalogL1 0 0 0 0 0 41 T 73 AnlgTom1 0 0 0 0 1 42 C 84 H ClsA1 0 0 1 0 1 43 T 74 AnlgTom2 0 0 0 0 1 44 C 85 H ClsA2 0 0 1 0 1 45 T 75 AnlgTom3 0 0 0 0 1 46 C 71 H OpnAMu 0 0 1 0 1 47 T 76 AnlgTom4 0 0 0 0 1 48 T 77 AnlgTom5 0 0 0 0 1 49 C 45 AngCym 0 2 0 0 1 50 T 78 AnlgTom6 0 0 0 0 1 51 C 28 RideLite 0 0 0 0 1 52 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1 53 C 31 RidB Lit 10 0 0 0 1 54 P 93 Tambourn 0 -1 0 0 1 55 C 43 C Splsh1 0 2 0 0 1 56 P 30 P CowBAn 32 2 0 0 1 57 C 40 CrashB 0 2 0 0 1 58 P 70 P VibrS 0 0 0 0 1 59 C 25 SizzlLit 36 0 0 0 1 60 P 7 P BongHi 0 0 0 0 1 61 P 8 P BongLo 0 0 0 0 1 62 P 25 P Cong8H 0 0 0 0 1 63 P 26 P Cong8L 0 1 0 0 1 64 P 26 P Cong8L -30 -1 0 0 1 65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1 66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1 67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1 0 0 1 68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1 69 P 82 Cabasa 0 0 0 0 1 70 P 91 AnMaracs 0 1 0 0 1 71 P 83 SWhistH 0 2 0 1 1 72 P 84 SWhistL 0 2 0 1 1 73 P 39 P GuiSht 0 9 0 0 1 74 P 38 P Guiro 0 0 0 1 1 75 P 15 P ClvsA 0 2 0 0 1 76 P 71 P WBloc 0 0 0 0 1 77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1 78 P 47 P Scrach 0 1 0 0 1 79 P 47 P Scrach 0 -4 0 0 1 80 P 64 P TriMut 0 0 2 0 1 81 P 65 P Triang 0 0 2 0 1 82 P 49 P Shake1 0 0 0 0 1 83 P 85 JingBell 0 2 0 0 1 84 P 86 Bell Tre 0 4 0 0 0

Corsefine

163

Appendix

62 GM jazz

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 52 P SurdoM 0 0 3 0 1

PAD1 SNARE 0 31 0 0 0 0 34 0

14 P 53 P Surdo 0 2 3 0 1

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0 0 0 0 37 0

15 P 40 P HiQ 0 2 0 0 1

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0 0 0 0 56 0

16 P 72 P WHP 2 4 0 0 1

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0 0 0 0 32 0

17 P 47 P Scrach 0 4 4 0 1

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0 0 0 0 52 0

18 P 47 P Scrach 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0 0 0 0 53 0

19 P 37 P FSnap2 0 3 0 0 1

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 0 0 0 0 55 54

20 P 36 P FSnap1 0 9 0 0 1

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 46 0 46 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1 0 0 1

PAD9 KICK 0 36 0 0 0 0 0 0

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1 0 0 1

PAD10 0 53 0 0 0 0 0 0

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 53 0 0 0 0 0 0

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 0 0 0 0 0 0

25 S 95 BrshTap2 0 0 0 0 1 26 S 92 BrSwL 0 0 0 1 1 27 S 97 BrshSlpL 0 0 0 0 1 28 S 93 BrSwH 0 0 0 1 1 29 S 80 SnrRoll 0 0 0 1 1 30 P 10 P Castnt 0 0 0 0 1 31 S 16 SnareM 0 1 0 0 0 32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1 33 K 5 BD GML 0 0 0 0 1 34 S 31 OpnRim 0 0 0 0 1 35 K 4 BD GMM 0 -1 0 0 1 36 K 10 BD GMJ 0 0 0 0 1 37 S 48 S SStck2 40 0 0 0 1 38 S 16 SnareM 0 0 0 0 0 39 P 14 P ClapA 0 4 0 0 1 40 S 17 SnareH 12 0 0 0 0 41 T 16 Jazz Flr 0 -6 0 0 1 42 C 78 H ClsMu 0 0 1 0 1 43 T 16 Jazz Flr 0 -2 0 0 1 44 C 90 H PdlMu 0 0 1 0 1 45 T 15 Jazz Lo 0 -1 0 0 1 46 C 67 H OPMu 0 0 1 0 1 47 T 14 Jazz Mid 0 -1 0 0 1 48 T 13 Jazz Hi 0 -1 0 0 1 49 C 38 C Crash 0 2 0 0 1 50 T 13 Jazz Hi 0 3 0 0 1 51 C 28 RideLite 0 0 0 0 1 52 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1 53 C 31 RidB Lit 10 0 0 0 1 54 P 93 Tambourn 0 -1 0 0 1 55 C 43 C Splsh1 0 2 0 0 1 56 P 27 P CowB1 20 0 0 0 1 57 C 40 CrashB 0 2 0 0 1 58 P 70 P VibrS 0 0 0 0 1 59 C 25 SizzlLit 36 1 0 0 1 60 P 7 P BongHi 0 0 0 0 1 61 P 8 P BongLo 0 0 0 0 1 62 P 20 P CongaM 0 0 0 0 1 63 P 11 P Conga 0 1 0 0 1 64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1 65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1 66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1 67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1 0 0 1 68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1 69 P 82 Cabasa 0 0 0 0 1 70 P 94 Maracas 0 0 0 0 1 71 P 83 SWhistH 0 2 0 1 1 72 P 84 SWhistL 0 2 0 1 1 73 P 39 P GuiSht 0 9 0 0 1 74 P 38 P Guiro 0 0 0 1 1 75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1 76 P 71 P WBloc 0 0 0 0 1 77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1 78 P 31 P CuicaH 0 0 0 0 1 79 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -1 0 0 1 80 P 64 P TriMut 0 0 2 0 1 81 P 65 P Triang 0 0 2 0 1 82 P 49 P Shake1 0 0 0 0 1 83 P 85 JingBell 0 2 0 0 1 84 P 86 Bell Tre 0 4 0 0 0

Corsefine

63 GM brush

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 52 P SurdoM 0 0 3 0 1

PAD1 SNARE 0 28 0 0 0 0 39 0

14 P 53 P Surdo 0 2 3 0 1

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0 0 0 0 31 0

15 P 40 P HiQ 0 2 0 0 1

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0 0 0 0 25 0

16 P 72 P WHP 2 4 0 0 1

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0 0 0 0 38 0

17 P 47 P Scrach 0 4 4 0 1

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0 0 0 0 52 0

18 P 47 P Scrach 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0 0 0 0 53 0

19 P 37 P FSnap2 0 3 0 0 1

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 0 0 0 0 55 54

20 P 36 P FSnap1 0 9 0 0 1

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 46 0 46 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1 0 0 1

PAD9 KICK 0 36 0 0 0 0 0 0

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1 0 0 1

PAD10 0 53 0 0 0 0 0 0

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 26 0 0 0 0 0 0

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 84 0 0 0 0 0 0

25 S 95 BrshTap2 0 0 0 0 1 26 S 92 BrSwL 0 0 0 1 1 27 S 97 BrshSlpL 0 0 0 0 1 28 S 93 BrSwH 0 0 0 1 1 29 S 80 SnrRoll 0 0 0 1 1 30 P 10 P Castnt 0 0 0 0 1 31 S 97 BrshSlpL 0 2 0 0 0 32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1 33 K 5 BD GML 0 0 0 0 1 34 S 31 OpnRim 0 0 0 0 1 35 K 4 BD GMM 0 -1 0 0 1 36 K 15 BD Soft 0 0 0 0 1 37 S 48 S SStck2 40 0 0 0 1 38 S 97 BrshSlpL 0 0 0 0 0 39 S 88 S Brsh H 0 0 0 0 1 40 S 95 BrshTap2 12 0 0 0 0 41 T 20 BrshJzFl 0 -7 0 0 1 42 C 78 H ClsMu 0 0 1 0 1 43 T 20 BrshJzFl 0 -2 0 0 1 44 C 90 H PdlMu 0 0 1 0 1 45 T 19 BrshJzLo 0 -2 0 0 1 46 C 67 H OPMu 0 0 1 0 1 47 T 18 BrshJzMd 0 -2 0 0 1 48 T 17 BrshJzHi 0 -2 0 0 1 49 C 38 C Crash 0 2 0 0 1 50 T 17 BrshJzHi 0 3 0 0 1 51 C 28 RideLite 0 0 0 0 1 52 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1 53 C 31 RidB Lit 10 0 0 0 1 54 P 93 Tambourn 0 -1 0 0 1 55 C 43 C Splsh1 0 2 0 0 1 56 P 27 P CowB1 20 0 0 0 1 57 C 40 CrashB 0 2 0 0 1 58 P 70 P VibrS 0 0 0 0 1 59 C 25 SizzlLit 36 0 0 0 1 60 P 7 P BongHi 0 0 0 0 1 61 P 8 P BongLo 0 0 0 0 1 62 P 20 P CongaM 0 0 0 0 1 63 P 11 P Conga 0 1 0 0 1 64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1 65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1 66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1 67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1 0 0 1 68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1 69 P 82 Cabasa 0 0 0 0 1 70 P 94 Maracas 0 0 0 0 1 71 P 83 SWhistH 0 2 0 1 1 72 P 84 SWhistL 0 2 0 1 1 73 P 39 P GuiSht 0 9 0 0 1 74 P 38 P Guiro 0 0 0 1 1 75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1 76 P 71 P WBloc 0 0 0 0 1 77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1 78 P 31 P CuicaH 0 0 0 0 1 79 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -1 0 0 1 80 P 64 P TriMut 0 0 2 0 1 81 P 65 P Triang 0 0 2 0 1 82 P 49 P Shake1 0 0 0 0 1 83 P 85 JingBell 0 2 0 0 1 84 P 86 Bell Tre 0 4 0 0 0

Corsefine

164

Appendix

Key-on Mode 0:stack, 1:alter, 2:stack MN, 3:alter MN, 4:hold

Note Number Numbers indicate ch10 Drum Voice, voice names indicate keyboard voices other than from ch10 Key mode 0:Poly, 1:Semi(2), 2:Mono, 3:Hi Mono

Key off 0:disable, 1:enable

y Style No. Category Style name Tempo

1 Rock & Pop RP Hop 92 2 RP FunkS 105 3 RP Dirge 78 4 RP N.Y.! 106 5 RP Rhino 120 6 RP Judge 100 7 RP Earth 111 8 RP Troll 180 9 RP SeeYa 150

10 RP Mouth 134 11 RP Party 154 12 RP GetUp 120 13 RP Rozza 110 14 RP Faces 128 15 RP Start 120 16 RP Candy 148 17 RP RkBgy 152 18 Latin LA Batuc 120 19 LA Brasl 115 20 LA Cha 1 120 21 LA Cha 2 125 22 LA Cha 3 135 23 LA Parsa 150 24 LA Mmbo1 105 25 LA Mmbo2 112 26 LA Meren 140 27 LA Mozam 125 28 LA Smba1 98 29 LA Soca 120 30 LA Songo 108 31 LA Cmbia 100 32 LA Rmba1 110 33 LA Ska 170 34 LA Tejan 130 35 LA Salsa 185 36 LA Smba2 120 37 LA Bossa 120 38 LA TinRk 132 39 LA Rmba2 116 40 LA Tango 132 41 Dance DA Club 140 42 DA House 130 43 DA Wintr 115 44 DA Jazzy 115 45 DA AcidJ 102 46 DA Dark? 92 47 DA JackS 112 48 DA Mage! 120 49 DA ABCDE 120 50 DA Disco 120 51 DA Train 106 52 DA Coast 120

Preset Style List 64 GM class

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 52 P SurdoM 0 0 3 0 1

PAD1 SNARE 0 31 0 0 0 0 34 0

14 P 53 P Surdo 0 2 3 0 1

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0 0 0 0 37 0

15 P 40 P HiQ 0 2 0 0 1

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0 0 0 0 54 0

16 P 72 P WHP 2 4 0 0 1

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0 0 0 0 52 0

17 P 47 P Scrach 0 4 4 0 1

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0 0 0 0 58 0

18 P 47 P Scrach 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0 0 0 0 53 0

19 P 37 P FSnap2 0 3 0 0 1

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 0 0 0 0 55 54

20 P 36 P FSnap1 0 9 0 0 1

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 46 0 46 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1 0 0 1

PAD9 KICK 0 35 0 0 0 0 0 0

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1 0 0 1

PAD10 0 53 0 0 0 0 0 0

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 76 0 0 0 0 0 0

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 77 0 0 0 0 0 0

25 S 95 BrshTap2 0 0 0 0 1 26 S 92 BrSwL 0 0 0 1 1 27 S 97 BrshSlpL 0 0 0 0 1 28 S 93 BrSwH 0 0 0 1 1 29 S 80 SnrRoll 0 0 0 1 1 30 P 10 P Castnt 0 0 0 0 1 31 S 16 SnareM 0 2 0 0 0 32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1 33 K 8 BD DRYB1 0 0 0 0 1 34 S 31 OpnRim 0 0 0 0 1 35 K 49 GrnCassa 0 0 0 0 1 36 K 50 GrCMute 0 0 0 0 1 37 S 48 S SStck2 40 0 0 0 1 38 S 26 Tosh Sn 0 -1 0 0 0 39 P 14 P ClapA 0 4 0 0 1 40 S 21 MrcSnrH 12 0 0 0 0 41 T 12 Lite Flr 0 -4 0 0 1 42 C 78 H ClsMu 0 0 1 0 1 43 T 12 Lite Flr 0 0 0 0 1 44 C 90 H PdlMu 0 0 1 0 1 45 T 11 Lite Lo 0 0 0 0 1 46 C 67 H OPMu 0 0 1 0 1 47 T 10 Lite Mid 0 0 0 0 1 48 T 9 Lite Hi 0 0 0 0 1 49 C 51 HCymOpnL 0 2 0 0 1 50 T 9 Lite Hi 0 4 0 0 1 51 C 55 HCym2 0 0 0 0 1 52 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1 53 C 31 RidB Lit 10 0 0 0 1 54 P 93 Tambourn 0 0 0 0 1 55 C 43 C Splsh1 0 2 0 0 1 56 P 27 P CowB1 20 0 0 0 1 57 C 53 HCymOpnM 0 2 0 0 1 58 P 70 P VibrS 0 0 0 0 1 59 C 52 HCymClsL 36 0 0 0 1 60 P 7 P BongHi 0 0 0 0 1 61 P 8 P BongLo 0 0 0 0 1 62 P 20 P CongaM 0 0 0 0 1 63 P 11 P Conga 0 1 0 0 1 64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1 65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1 66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1 67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1 0 0 1 68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1 69 P 82 Cabasa 0 0 0 0 1 70 P 94 Maracas 0 0 0 0 1 71 P 83 SWhistH 0 2 0 1 1 72 P 84 SWhistL 0 2 0 1 1 73 P 39 P GuiSht 0 9 0 0 1 74 P 38 P Guiro 0 0 0 1 1 75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1 76 P 71 P WBloc 0 0 0 0 1 77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1 78 P 31 P CuicaH 0 0 0 0 1 79 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -1 0 0 1 80 P 64 P TriMut 0 0 2 0 1 81 P 65 P Triang 0 0 2 0 1 82 P 49 P Shake1 0 0 0 0 1 83 P 85 JingBell 0 2 0 0 1 84 P 86 Bell Tre 0 4 0 0 0

Corsefine

165

Appendix

Preset Song List

Style No. Category Style name Tempo 53 Ballad BA Llade 76 54 BA Group 108 55 BA LovIt 100 56 BA Grand 90 57 BA Magma 110 58 BA Venus 64 59 BA Human 72 60 BA RioDJ 90 61 BA Witby 67 62 BA RWalz 106 63 BA EWalz 90 64 Hard Rock HR Speed 235 65 HR Drive 148 66 HR HurtN 70 67 HR Piles 132 68 HR BoogE 200 69 HR Help! 90 70 Rock & Roll RR Crock 162 71 RR Billy 125 72 RR Gravy 128 73 RR Jngle 107 74 RR BgWgy 165 75 Rhythm & Blues RB Good! 142 76 RB Going 100 77 RB Funky 100 78 RB Brass 100 79 RB NFunk 96 80 RB JFunk 120 81 RB CFS01 122 82 RB Blues 94 83 RB SBlus 67 84 RB South 60 85 RB Free! 128 86 Jazz JA Elope 120 87 JA Afro 100 88 JA Trio 200 89 JA Dook! 214 90 JA Bebop 140 91 JA Dixie 112 92 JA Zzz.. 102 93 JA Vince 180 94 JA WFuse 106 95 JA EFuse 123 96 Reggae RE Cycle 144 97 RE Tired 94 98 RE Gular 107 99 World WO Ghan1 155

100 WO Ghan2 150 101 WO HiLif 130 102 WO India 120 103 WO Ju-Ju 120 104 WO Sowet 106 105 WO Zydco 195 106 WO NuOrl 93 107 WO Grass 120 108 WO Polka 126 109 WO Mrch 126 110 WO Waltz 180

No. Name Repeat Play Recorded Track 1 CityDogs Linear Track

(TR1,TR2)2 Vee Bop 3 NYC BOYZ 4 Whirled 5 FeelNite 6 Straight 7 HR 01 Pattern

(Rhythm, Bass, Chord)

Pattern (Rhythm, Bass, Chord)

8 HR 02 9 HR 03

10 HR 04 11 HR 05 12 BA 01 13 BA 02 14 BA 03 15 BA 04 16 BA 05 17 BA 06 18 BA 07 19 RP 01 20 RP 02 21 RP 03 22 RP 04 23 RP 05 24 RP 06 25 RP 07 26 RP 08 27 RP 09 28 DA 01 29 DA 02 30 DA 03 31 DA 04 32 DA 05 33 DA 06 34 DA 07 35 DA 08 36 LA 01 37 LA 02 38 LA 03 39 LA 04 40 LA 05 41 LA 06 42 LA 07 43 LA 08 44 LA 09 45 LA 10 46 LA 11 47 LA 12 48 LA 13 49 LA 14 50 RB 01

51 RB 02 52 RB 03 53 RB 04 54 RB 05 55 RB 06 56 RB 07 57 RB 08 58 RB 09 59 RB 10 60 RR 01 61 RR 02 62 JA 01 63 JA 02 64 JA 03 65 JA 04 66 JA 05 67 JA 06 68 JA 07 69 JA 08 70 JA 09 71 RE 01 72 RE 02 73 WO 01 74 WO 02 75 WO 03 76 WO 04 77 WO 05 78 WO 06 79 WO 07 80 WO 08 81 8 Beat Linear Track

(TR1,TR2)82 Shuffle1 83 Funk 1 84 Funk 2 85 Funk 3 86 Funk 4 87 Funk 5 88 Funk 6 89 Ballad 1 90 Ballad 2 91 Samba FU 92 Fusion 1 93 Fusion 2 94 Shuffle2 95 Shuffle3 96 SlowRock 97 Jazz 1 98 Jazz 2 99 Jazz 3

100 Jazz 4

No. Name Repeat Play Recorded Track

166

Appendix

D ru

m K

it N

am e:

IN P

U T

1 2

3 4

5 6

7 8

9 10

11 12

P A

D T

yp e

P A

D G

ai n

Le ve

l R an

ge V

el oc

ity R

an ge

V el

oc ity

C ur

ve S

el f R

ej ec

tio n

R ej

ec tio

n S

pe c.

R ej

ec tio

n 1s

t N

ot e

V oi

ce G

at e

T im

e M

ID I

2n d

N ot

e V

oi ce

M ID

I 3r

d N

ot e

V oi

ce M

ID I

4t h

N ot

e V

oi ce

M ID

I 5t

h N

ot e

V oi

ce M

ID I

R IM

N ot

e V

oi ce

M ID

I M

U T

E N

ot e

V oi

ce M

ID I

K ey

-o n

M od

e V

el . X

-F ad

e R

IM M

od e

R IM

V el

oc ity

P A

D F

un ct

io n

F S

F un

ct io

n F

C F

un ct

io n

H iH

at C

on tr

ol F

S M

ID I

F C

M ID

I F

S H

iH at

C ls

. F

C S

en si

tiv ity

D ru

m K

it T

ri gg

er E

d it

P ar

am et

er ( B

la n k C

h ar

t)

167

Appendix

Drum Kit Voice Edit Parameter (Blank Chart)

Drum Kit Name:

Note No.

Voice Volume Pan Pitch

C F Reverb Send Modify Filter Decay

Key Mode

Alternate Group Key off Out Port

No. Name

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

Root Reverb Return Send Prog. Change Send Pan

Note Reverb Type Send Bank Select Send Cntrl Change

Reverb Time Send Volume

168

Appendix

0 - 127

0 - 127 ( 123 - 127 )

: True number

: Song Position : Song Select : Tune

: Clock : Commands

: Local On/Off : All Notes Off : Active Sense : Reset

Program Change

System Exclusive

System Common

System Real Time

Aux Messages

Mode 2: OMNI ON, MONO Mode 4: OMNI OFF, MONO

Mode 1: OMNI ON, POLY Mode 3: OMNI OFF, POLY

: Yes : No

Notes : (*1) ; assignable

0, 1, 6, 7 10, 11, 64 71, 72, 73 74, 84, 91 100, 101

120 121

1 - 119

Control Change

(*1)

All sound off Reset All Controllers

Default Changed

Default Messages Altered

: True voice

Note on Note off

Key's Ch's

Basic Channel

Mode

Note Number

Velocity

After Touch

Pitch Bender

Function... Transmitted Recognized Remarks

1 - 16 1 - 16 3 3 0 - 127 0 - 127 v = 1 - 127

5, 6, 7, 10 1 - 16 0 - 127 0 - 127 9nH, v = 1 - 127 9nH, v = 0 (*1) (*1)

memorized

7 bit resolution

YAMAHA [ Drum Trigger Module ] Model : DTX MIDI ImplementationChart

Date: 9-Jan-1996 Version: 1.0

INDONESIA PT. Yamaha Music Indonesia (Distributor) PT. Nusantik Gedung Yamaha Music Center, Jalan Jend. Gatot Subroto Kav. 4, Jakarta 12930, Indonesia Tel: 21-520-2577

KOREA Cosmos Corporation #131-31, Neung-Dong, Sung Dong-ku, Seoul Korea Tel: 02-466-0021-5

MALAYSIA Yamaha Music (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. LOT 8. JALAN PERBANDARAN SS6 47301 PETALING JAYA SELANGOR DARUL EHSAN MALAYSIA Tel: 3-703-0900

PHILIPPINES Yupangco Music Corporation 339 Gil J. Puyat Avenue, P.O. Box 885 MCPO, Makati, Metro Manila, Philippines Tel: 819-7551

SINGAPORE Yamaha Music (Asia) Pte., Ltd. 80 Tannery Lane Singapore 1334 Singapore Tel: 747-4374

TAIWAN Kung Hsue She Trading Co., Ltd. No. 322, Section 1, Fu Hsing S. Road, Taipei 106, Taiwan. R.O.C. Tel: 02-709-1266

THAILAND SIAM MUSIC YAMAHA CO., LTD. RS TOWER 17TH FL. 121/60-61 Rachadaphisek Rd., Dindaeng, Bangkok 10320 THAILAND Tel: 2-641-2951

THE PEOPLES REPUBLIC OF CHINA AND OTHER ASIAN COUNTRIES

Yamaha Corporation, International Marketing Division Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Hamamatsu, Japan 430 Tel: 053-460-2314

OCEANIA AUSTRALIA

Yamaha Music Australia Pty. Ltd. 17-33 Market Street, South Melbourne, Vic. 3205, Australia Tel: 3-699-2388

NEW ZEALAND MUSIC HOUSES OF (N.Z.) LTD. NEW P.O.BOX. NO. 6246 WELLESLEY ST. NEW ZEALAND 146/148 Captain Springs Rd. Auckland Tel: 9-634-0099

COUNTRIES AND TRUST TERRITORIES IN PACIFIC OCEAN

Yamaha Corporation, International Marketing Division Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Hamamatsu, Japan 430 Tel: 053-460-2314

SPAIN Yamaha-Hazen Electronica Musical, S.A. Jorge Juan 30, 28001, Madrid, Spain Tel: 91-577-7270

PORTUGAL Valentim de Carvalho CI SA Estrada de Porto Salvo, Pao de Arcos 2780 Oeiras, Portugal Tel: 01-443-3398/4030/1823

GREECE Philippe Nakas S.A. Navarinou Street 13, P.Code 10680, Athens, Greece Tel: 01-364-7111

SWEDEN Yamaha Scandinavia AB J. A. Wettergrens Gata 1 Box 30053, 400 43 Gteborg, Sweden Tel: 031-496090

DENMARK YS Copenhagen Liaison Office Finsensvej 86, DK-2000 Frederiksberg, Denmark Tel: 31-87 30 88

FINLAND Fazer Music Inc. Aleksanterinkatu 11, SF-00101 Helsinki, Finland Tel: 0435 011

NORWAY Narud Yamaha AS stemdalen 29, 1345 sters, Norway Tel: 67 14 47 90

ICELAND Skifan H.F. Skifunni 17 Reykjavik, Iceland Tel: 525 5000

OTHER EUROPEAN COUNTRIES Yamaha Europa GmbH. Siemensstrae 22-34, D-2084 Rellingen, F.R. of Germany Tel: 04101-3030

AFRICA Yamaha Corporation, International Marketing Division Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Hamamatsu, Japan 430 Tel: 053-460-2314

MIDDLE EAST TURKEY/CYPRUS

Yamaha Musique France, Division Export BP 70-77312 Marne-la-Vale Cedex 2, France Tel: 01-64-61-4000

OTHER COUNTRIES Yamaha Corporation, International Marketing Division Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Hamamatsu, Japan 430 Tel: 053-460-2314

ASIA HONG KONG

Tom Lee Music Co., Ltd. 11th Floor, Tower 1, Silvercord, 30 Canton Road, Tsimshatsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong Tel: 730-1098

NORTH AMERICA CANADA

Yamaha Canada Music Ltd. 135 Milner Avenue, Scarborough, Ontario, M1S 3R1, Canada Tel: 416-298-1311

U.S.A. Yamaha Corporation of America, Band and Orchestral Division 3445 East Paris Avenue, SE P.O. Box 899 Grand Raplds, M149512-0899, U.S.A. Tel: 616-940-4900

CENTRAL & SOUTH AMERICA MEXICO

Yamaha De Mexico S.A. De C.V., Departamento de ventas Javier Rojo Gomez No.1149, Col. Gpe Del Moral, Deleg. Iztapalapa, 09300 Mexico, D.F. Tel: 686-00-33

BRASIL Yamaha Musical Do Brasil LTDA. Ave. Reboucas 2636, So Paulo, Brasil Tel: 55-11 853-1377

ARGENTINA YAMAHA MUSIC ARGENTINA S. A. Viamonte 1145 Piso 2-B Buenos Aires, Argentina Tel: 54-1-371-7021

OTHER LATIN AMERICAN COUNTRIES AND CARIBBEAN COUNTRIES

YAMAHA DE PANAMA S. A. Apartad Postal 8448 Zona 7 PANAMA R.U.C. 1188-164-125656 Tel: 507-69-5311

EUROPE THE UNITED KINGDOM

Yamaha-Kemble Music (U.K.) Ltd. Sherbourne Drive, Tilbrook, Milton Keynes, MK7 8BL, England Tel: 0908-366700

IRELAND Danfay Ltd. 61D, Sallynoggin Road, Dun Laoghaire, Co. Dublin Tel: 01-2859177

GERMANY/SWITZERLAND Yamaha Europa GmbH. Siemensstrae 22-34, D-2084 Rellingen, F.R. of Germany Tel: 04101-3030

AUSTRIA/HUNGARY/SLOVENIA/ ROMANIA/BULGARIA

Yamaha Music Austria Ges m b H. Schleiergasse 20, A-1100 Wien Austria Tel: 0222-60203900

FRANCE Yamaha Musique France, Division Instruments Electroniques et de Scne BP 70-77312 Marne-la-Vale Cedex 2, France Tel: 01-64-61-4000

ITALY Yamaha Musica Italia S.P.A., Combo Division Viale Italia 88, 20020 Lainate (Milano), Italy Tel: 02-935-771

Die Einzelheiten zu Produkten sind bei Ihrer unten aufgefhrten Nie- derlassung und bei Yamaha Vertragshndlern in den jeweiligen Bestimmungslndern erhltlich.

Para detalles sobre productos, contacte su tienda Yamaha ms cercana o el distribuidor autorizado que se lista debajo.

For details of products, please contact your nearest Yamaha or the authorized distributor listed below.

Pour plus de dtails sur les produits, veuillez-vous adresser Yamaha ou au distributeur le plus proche de vous figurant dans la liste suivante.

HEAD OFFICE Yamaha Corporation Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Hamamatsu, Japan 430 Tel: 053-460-2445

D T M

Y A M

A H A D

R U M

TR IG

G ER

M O

D U LE D

TX V

ER S IO

N 2

Manualsnet FAQs

If you want to find out how the DTX Yamaha works, you can view and download the Yamaha DTX Module Owner's Manual on the Manualsnet website.

Yes, we have the Owner's Manual for Yamaha DTX as well as other Yamaha manuals. All you need to do is to use our search bar and find the user manual that you are looking for.

The Owner's Manual should include all the details that are needed to use a Yamaha DTX. Full manuals and user guide PDFs can be downloaded from Manualsnet.com.

The best way to navigate the Yamaha DTX Module Owner's Manual is by checking the Table of Contents at the top of the page where available. This allows you to navigate a manual by jumping to the section you are looking for.

This Yamaha DTX Module Owner's Manual consists of sections like Table of Contents, to name a few. For easier navigation, use the Table of Contents in the upper left corner.

You can download Yamaha DTX Module Owner's Manual free of charge simply by clicking the “download” button in the upper right corner of any manuals page. This feature allows you to download any manual in a couple of seconds and is generally in PDF format. You can also save a manual for later by adding it to your saved documents in the user profile.

To be able to print Yamaha DTX Module Owner's Manual, simply download the document to your computer. Once downloaded, open the PDF file and print the Yamaha DTX Module Owner's Manual as you would any other document. This can usually be achieved by clicking on “File” and then “Print” from the menu bar.